it y

r s
DIVISION
v e
n
OF i
U
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

y a
un
ar
K
 Code Subject Name Credit

IT201 Digital Integrated Circuits 3:1:0

y
IT202 Digital Integrated Circuits Lab 0:0:2

it
IT203 Communication Engineering 4:0:0
IT204 Computer Architecture 4:0:0
IT205 Data Communication and Computer Networks 4:0:0

s
IT206 Interactive Multimedia 3:1:0
IT207 Interactive Multimedia Lab 0:0:2
IT208
IT209
IT210
IT211
Internetworking
Modern Communication Technology
Data Structures
File Design & Data Structures Lab

er 4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
0:0:2

v
IT301 Neural Networks and Applications 4:0:0

i
IT302 Multimedia and Virtual Reality Systems 4:0:0
IT303 Advanced Networks 4:0:0
IT304 TCP/IP Networking 4:1:0
IT305 Mobile Computing

n 4:0:0

U
IT201 DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
Credit: 3:1:0

a
Marks (40 + 60)
Unit I : Number Systems

y
Need for binary numbers, Conversions: binary to decimal, decimal to binary, octal to
decimal, decimal to octal, hexadecimal to binary and vice versa. ASCII code, Excess-3 code,
Gray code.

n
Arithmetic Circuits: Binary Addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, signed, unsigned
numbers, 2’s complement arithmetic, arithmetic building blocks: adder, subtractor.

r u
Unit II : Logic Circuits Analysis And Design
Binary number system, NOT, OR, AND, NAND, NOR gates, Boolean algebra, laws and
theorems, sum of products, products of sum method, Karnaugh map.

a
Data Processing Circuits: Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, Decoder, Encoder, XOR gate, Parity
Generator and Checker, ROM, PAL.

K
Unit III : Digital ICs
TTL circuits and CMOS circuits, 7400 devices, TTL parameters, AND-OR-invert gate, open
collector gates, Three state TTL devices, External drive for TTL loads, positive and negative
logic.
CMOS Circuits: E-type MOSFET, MOS inverter, 74C00 CMOS characteristics, TTL-CMOS
interface, TTL clock, 555 timer and applications.

Division of Information Technology 1

Unit : IV
RS, JK and D Flip-flops, Schmitt trigger, Types of shift register, synchronous and
asynchronous counter, counters, Shift Counters.

Unit : V
Semiconductors Memories: Memory Addressing, ROMs, PROMs, EPROMs, RAMs,
DRAMs, memory cells. D/A and A/D conversion.

(In all the five units, trouble-shooting section not included)

it y
Text Book

r s
1. Albert Paul Malvino and Donald P. Leech, Digital Principles and Applications, Fourth
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 1991.

Reference Book

v e
1. M. Morris Mano, Digital Logic and Computer Design, Second Edition, Prentice-Hall

i
of India Private Limited, 1990.

n
IT 202 DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LAB
Credit: 0:0:2

U
Marks (50 + 50)
1. Summing amplifier using op-amp
2. Integrator and differentiator using op-amp
3. Active filter using op-amp

a
4. 555 Timer
5. Counters using flip-flops

y
6. Decoder and Encoder
7. Multiplexer and Demultiplexer
8. Shift register using flip flops

n
9. Parity generator and checker
10. Half adder and full adder using gates

u
a
Unit : I r IT 203 COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Credit: 4:0:0
Marks (40 + 60)

Noise and its effects, sources and types of noise, need for modulation, basis of AM,

K
modulation index, and signal power, SSB, the roll of the receiver, receiver techniques and
stages, AM demodulation, SSB and CW demodulation, AM features and drawbacks, concept
of frequency modulation, FM spectrum and bandwidth, transmitters, receiver functions, FM
demodulation, phase modulation, comparison of AM, FM and PM, FM receivers.
(Sections 3.6, 3.7, 4.1 - 4.3, 4.5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.6, 5.7, 5.9, 6.1 - 6.5, 6.7, 6.8)

Division of Information Technology 2

Unit : II
Twisted pair and coaxial cables, Impedance and line fundamentals, waveguides, line and load
matching, propagation and the function of antennas, propagation modes, antenna
fundamentals, elementary antennas, advanced single-element antennas.
(Sections 7.4, 8.1, 8.3, 8.4, 9.1, 9.2, 9.4, 9.5, 9.7)

Unit : III
Analog to digital converters, digital to analog converters, pulse code modulation, delta
modulation, asynchronous systems and synchronous systems, error detection and correction,

it y
s
basic digital modulation and demodulation, Quadrature Amplitude Modulation.

r
(Sections 11.1, 11.2, 11.4, 12.6, 12.7, 13.1, 13.2)

Unit : IV

e
Imaging basis, TV signal, color TV, TV receivers, Facsimile, the RS-232 Interface standard,
RS-232 operation, RS- 232 ICs, Modem functions, communications and orbits, satellite

v
design, ground station, cellular concepts, cellular system implementation.

i
(Sections 14.1 – 14.5, 17.1 – 17.3, 17.5, 19.1 – 19.3, 20.1, 20.2)

n
Unit : V
Radar concepts and display, Multiplexing introduction, space division multiplexing,
frequency division multiplexing, time division multiplexing, multiple stage multiplexing,

U
Fiber optics system characteristics, the optical fiber, sources and detectors, complete systems.
(Sections 21.1, 22.1 – 22.5, 24.1 – 24.4)

Text Book

a
1. William Schweber, Electronic Communication Systems - A Complete Course, Third
Edition, Prentice-Hall International, 1999.

Reference Book

y
1. Taub and Schilling, “Principles of Communication”, Second Edition, Tata McGraw

n
Hill, 1991

r u IT204 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

Credit: 4:0:0
Marks (40 + 60)

a
Unit : I
Register transfer and microoperations, Register transfer language, Register transfer, Bus and
memory transfers, Arithmetic, logic and shift micro operations

K
Basic computer organization and design: Instruction Codes, Computer Instructions, Timing
and Control Instruction Cycle, Memory-Reference Instructions, Input-Output and Interrupt.
(Chapter 4 & 5)

Division of Information Technology 3

Unit : II
Central processing unit: General Register Organization, Stack Organization, Instruction
Formats, Addressing Modes, Data Transfer and Manipulation, Program Control, Reduced
Instruction Set Computer (RISC). (Chapter 8)

Unit : III
Microprogrammed control: Control Memory, Address Sequencing.

it
Processings: Parallel Processing, Pipelining, Vector Processing, Array Processors, and y
s
Characteristics of Multiprocessors

r
Computer arithmetic: Addition and Subtraction, Multiplication Algorithms, Division
Algorithms. (Chapter 7,10)

e
Unit : IV
Input-output organization: Peripheral Devices, Input-Output Interface, Asynchronous Data

v
Transfer, Modes of Transfer, Direct Memory Access (DMA). (Chapter 11)

Unit : V

n i
Memory organization: Memory Hierarchy, Main Memory, Associative Memory, Cache
Memory, Virtual Memory.(chapter 12)

U
Text book
1. M. Morris Mano, Computer System Architecture, Third Edition, Prentice Hall of India,
1996. (Chapters 4,5,7,8,10-12 only)

a
Reference books
1. William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture, Fourth Edition,

y
Prentice Hall of India, 1996.
2. Thomas C. Bartee, “Computer Architecture and Logic Design”, McGraw Hill
International Edition, 1991

n
3. John P. Hayes, “Computer Architecture and Organisation” McGraw Hill International
Edition, 1998

u
a r
IT205 DATA COMMUNICATION AND COMPUTER NETWORKS

Unit I : Physical Layer

Credit: 4:0:0
Marks (40 + 60)

Uses of Computer Networks – Network Hardware – Network Software – Reference Models –

K
Example Networks – Example Data Communication Services – Network Standardization –
The Theoretical Basis for Data Communication – Transmission Media – Wireless
Transmission – The Telephone System – Narrow band ISDN , Broadband ISDN and ATM –
Cellular Radio – Communication Satellites

Division of Information Technology 4

Unit II : Data Link Layer
Data Link Layer Design Issues – Error Detection and Correction – Elementary Data Link
Protocols – Sliding Window Protocols – Protocol Specification and Verification – Example
Data Link Protocols – The Channel Allocation Problem – Multiple Access Protocols – IEEE
Standard 802 for LANS and MANS – Bridges – High Speed LANS – Satellite Networks

Unit III : Network Layer

Network Layer Design Issues – Routing Algorithms – Congestion Control Algorithms –

it
Internetworking – The Network Layer in the Internet – The Network Layer in ATM Networks y
s
Transport Layer

r
Transport Service – Elements of Transport Protocols – A simple transport protocol – The
Internet Transport Protocols (TCP and UDP) – The ATM AAL Layer Protocols –
Performance Issues

Unit IV : Application Layer

v e
Network Security – Domain Name System (DNS) – Simple Network Management Protocol

i
(SNMP) – Electronic Mail – Usenet News – The World Wide Web – Multimedia

n
Unit V : ATM Networks
Introduction - ATM – Historical perspective – protocol architecture – logical connectives –
cells – transmission of ATM cells – SDH – SONET – Switches.

U
ATM Protocol – Connection setup – routing , switching.

Text Book:
1. Andrew S.Tanenbaum , Computer Networks, Prentice Hall of India ,1997

a
4. Rainer Handel, Manfred N.Huber, Stefan Schroder, ”ATM Networks”, Addison
Wesley, 1999.

Reference Books:

n
Fourth Edition ,1996
y
1. W.Stallings ,Data and Computer Communication, Prentice Hall of India ,New Delhi,

2. F.Halsai ,Data Communications, Computer Networks and Open Systems, Addison-

u
Wesley Publications , Third Edition ,1994.

r
3. Peterson, Computer Networks, Second edition.

a
IT206 INTERACTIVE MULTIMEDIA
Credit: 3:1:0
Marks (40 + 60)

K
Unit I : Uses Of Multimedia Information
Multimedia and personalized computing, multimedia systems: the challenges. Architectures
and issues for distributed multimedia systems: distributed multimedia systems –
synchronization, Orchestration, and QOS architecture – the role of standard, a framework for
multimedia systems. Digital sound – digital audio signal processing, Transmission of digital
sound – digital audio signal proessing, digital music making – brief survey of speech
recognition and regeneration – digital audio and the computer. Video technology: Rester

Division of Information Technology 5

Scanning principles – sensors for TV Cameras – color fundamentals – video performance
measurements – analog video artifacts – video equipments – worldwide television standards.

Unit II : Digital Video And Image Compression

Evaluating A compression system – redundancy and visibility – video compression
techniques – the IPEG image compression standard – the MEPG motion video compression

it
standard – DVI technology, Multimedia information systems – Middle ware system Services,
Architecture – goals of Multimedia system service architecture – media stream protocol –
multimedia device presentation service and user interface. y
Unit III : Multimedia File Systems And Information Models

r s
The case for multimedia information systems – File system support for continuous media –
data models for multimedia and hypermedia information Multimedia presentation and

e
authoring: current state of the industry – design paradigms and user interface – barriers to
widespread use.

Unit IV : Multimedia Communications Systems

i v
Multimedia services over the public network: Requirements, Architecture and Protocols –

n
Applications – Network services – network protocols - Multimedia interchange: Quick Time
Movie File (QMF) format – MHEG (Multimedia and Hypermedia Information Encoding
Expert Group) – format function and representation summary – real-time interchange –

U
Multimedia conferencing: teleconferencing systems – requirements for multimedia
communications – shared application architectures and embedded distributed objects –
multimedia conferencing architectures.

a
Unit V : Multimedia Group Ware
Seams and design approaches – architecture of team workstation – experimental use of team

y
workstation – nomenclature – video versus computing – HDTV, ATV, EDTV, IDTV –
standardization issues – knowledge – based Multimedia systems – problems facing
multimedia systems – the anatomy of an intelligent multimedia systems.

Text Book

un
1. John. F. Koegelbuford, Multimedia systems, AWP, 1994.

a r
Reference Book
1. Nigel Chapman, Jenny Capman, “Digital Multimedia”, John Wiley & Sons, 2000.

K 1.
2.
3.
4.
IT207 INTERACTIVE MULTIMEDIA LAB

Spotlight effect in Flash

Designing Calculator in Flash
Bouncing ball in Flash
Calling flash file in HTML
Credit: 0:0:2
Marks (50 + 50)

Division of Information Technology 6

 5. Editing picture using Photoshop
6. Image processing techniques using Matlab
a) 2D Fourier Transform
b) Image enhancement

IT208 INTERNETWORKING

it
Credit: 4:0:0
y
Marks (40 + 60)

s
Pre-requisite: IT205 Data Communication And Computer Networks

Unit I : Introduction

numbers – standardization process – the internet.

er
Introduction – layering – DNS - encapsulation – de-multiplexing – client /server model – port

Link layer : introduction – Ethernet and IEEE 802 encapsulation – trailer encapsulation –

v
SLIP – PPP- Loop back interface – MTU .

i
Internet protocol: introduction – IP header – IP routing – subnet addressing – subnet mask-
special case of IP addresses – a subnet example.

Unit II : Address resolution protocol

n
Introduction – an example – ARP cache – ARP packet format – ARP examples –Proxy ARP –

U
ARP command.
RARP: Introduction – RARP packet format – RARP examples – RARP server design.
ICMP: Introduction – ICMP message types – ICMP address mask request and reply-ICMP
timestamp request and reply- 4.4 BSD processing of ICMP Messages.

Unit III : Ping program

y a
Introduction – ping program – IP record route option – IP time stamp option.
Trace route program: Introduction – trace route program operation – LAN output – WAN
output- IP source routing option.

n
IP routing: Introduction – routing principles – ICMP host – ICMP redirect errors
Dynamic Routing protocols: introduction – dynamic routing – RIP- OSPF – BGP – CIDR.

u
UDP: introduction – UDP header – UDP checksum – IP Fragmentation – UDP Server design.

a r
Unit IV : DNS
Introduction- basics – message format – simple example – pointer quires – resource records –
caching – UDP
TFTP: introduction –protocol – security . BOOTP: introduction – packet format – server
design – through router .

K
TCP : Introduction – services – headers – connection establishment and termination –timeout
of connection establishment- maximum segment size- half –close – state transition diagram –
reset segments – simultaneous open and close- options – server design.

Unit V : SNMP
Introduction – protocol – structure of management information – object identifiers –
management information base – instance identification .

Division of Information Technology 7

Telnet : rlogin protocols – examples – telnet protocol and examples . FTP – protocol –
examples – SMTP protocols – examples –NFS – TCP/IP Applications.

Text Book:
1. W. Richard Stevens , TCP/IP Illustrated Volume – I “ The Protocols “, Addison
Wesley Longman, 1994.

Reference Book:
1. Jaiswal .S,TCP\IP principles,Architecture,Protocols And

it y
Implementation,First

s
Edition, Galgotia Publications Pvt Ltd,1996.

IT209 MODERN COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY

er Credit: 4:0:0
Marks (40 + 60)

v
Unit : I

i
The elements of technical communication – Topology of networks – Devices with hardware
control – Terminals with software Control – efficiency – switching techniques – packet

n
switching – circuit switching – comparison – X.25

Unit : II

U
IDN – ISDN structure / architecture – connections - Standards and Interfaces – transmission
structure – user network interface configuration – ISDN protocol architecture – ISDN
addressing – ISDN terminals.

a
Unit : III
Basic user network interface – primary rate user – network interface – U interface – ISDN

y
data link layer – LAPD – Terminal adapt ion – bearer channel – Data link control .

Unit IV

n
ISDN Network layer
Overview – basic cell control – control of supplementary services – summary.

u
r
Unit : V
Broadband ISDN and ISDN services
Broad band architecture – BISDN standards – services – requirement – architecture – ISDN

a
services – service capabilities – bearer services and tele services – basic and supplementary
services – ISDN in commercially used network – ISDN in private house holds – ISDN
telephone – ISDN video telephone – telefax etc.

K
Text Book
1. William Stallings , “ ISDN and broadband ISDN with frame relay and ATM”, Pearson
Education Asia, Fourth Edition – 2001

Division of Information Technology 8

Reference Book
1. Dr. Horst – Edgar martin, “Communication with ISDN”, Markt & Technik – Galgotia
Print, 1991.
2. ISDN – Gary C. Kebler, 2nd edition, McGraw Hill, 1995.

IT210 DATA STRUCTURES

it
Credit: 4:0:0 y
s
Marks (40 + 60)

r
Unit : I
Algorithms for Data Structures - Specifics of PSEUDO - Data types, constants, Variables and
expressions, Program modules in PSEUDO Logic and Control structures in PSEUDO -

e
Linked lists, arrays, ssingly linked lists - Insertions and deletions - variations on linked list
structures, Dummy Headers, Circular linked lists, Doubly linked circular list - Fixed length

v
string method - workspace/Index table method Processing efficiency considerations of the

i
workspace/Index talk method - Garbage collection - Linked list method.

n
Unit : II
Circular implementation of a queue - Linked list implementation of a queue, priority queues -
stacks - Array implementations of a stack, linked list implementation of a stack, parsing and

U
Evaluation of Arithmetic expressions using stacks, postfix, prefix and lnfex notations
converting Infix expressions to postfix, Evaluating post fix expression - Recursion, Tower of
Hanoi Problem, Recursive Algorithms, implemented non-recurisvely, recursion, stacks and
backtracking. the 8 queues problem.

Unit : Ill

y a
Tree structures, Binanry trees, implementation of Binary trees ' linear representation of a
binary tree, linked representation of a binary tree, binary tree traversals, pre-order, In order,
post order traversals of a binary tree - Deletion algorithm for lists maintained with binary tree.

General trees.

un
Threaded binary trees, insertions into a binary tree, height - balanced trees, AVL - rotations,

r
Unit : IV
Implementing a multidimensional array - sparse matrices and generalised Dope vector
implementation - Linked list implementation of a sparse matrix. Graphs and networks,

a
implementation of graphs - the adjacency matrix, Depth-first search, breadth--first
search.Networks-Minimum spanning tree - The shortest path algorithm - Topological
ordering.

K
Unit : V
Sorting: Internal sorts, the Bubble sort, the insertion sort, the selection sort, the shell sort the
quick sort, the heap sort, External sorting or file sorting, the Merge sort. Search strategies:
Quantity dependent search techniques, sequential search, Binary search, Binary tree search -
Density dependent search techniques, Construction of Hashing function, Collision Processing
- indexed search techniques Indexed indexing, Tree indexing.

Division of Information Technology 9

Text Book
1. Introduction to Data Structures - by Bhagat Singh and Thomas L.Naps - TMH 1986.

Reference Books
1. An Introduction to data Structures with applications - by Jeanpaup Tremblay and
Paul G.Sorenson - TMH, Second Edition. 1 99 1
2. Fundamental of Data Structures - by E.Horowitz and S.Sahni, Gaigotia Book source,
1983.

it y
s
3. Data Structures and program design - by Robert L.Kruse, Prentice Hall of India

r
Pvt.Ltd.,1987 - 2nd Edition.

IT211 FILE DESIGN AND DATA STRUCTURES LAB

v e Credit: 0:0:2

i
Marks (50 + 50)

n
1. Develop a date structure for trees. Include addition, deletion, access procedures.
Apply this to problems like students list, passengers list, polynominal representations.

U
2. Write an algorithm for balancing a B tree, B plus tree and tree.

3. Develop data structures for multilevel indexing to store records. Write procedures for
insertion, deletion and accessing a record. Calculate access times.

y a
4. Develop file structures for a direct address calculation method (Hashing). Assume a
proper disk size and hashing function.

5. Write an algorithm to convert a tree into a binary tree. Also traverse the tree. Write a

un
search algorithm using an ordered binary tree.

6. Write algorithm to sort a list of records based on a key using a tree data structure.

a r
7. Sort a file containing records using quick sort.

8. Merge two sorted files.

9. Write algorithm to access records based on a non-key value (inverted list - approach).

K 10. Insert a large file (of 1500 records) into disk using (a) contiguous allocation approach
(b) linked blocks approach.

11. Given a graph, suggest a suitable data structure; develop an algorithm to detect a
cycle.

Division of Information Technology 10

 12. A dictionary has words in two languages. Write search algorithms to search for w
word that may be in any language.

Unit-I
IT301 NEURAL NETWORKS AND APPLICATIONS

it y
Credit 4:0:0
Marks 40 +60

s
Introduction to Artificial Neural Network : Fundamentals of ANN – Biological neural

r
network – Human and Computer – Artificial neuron, activation functions – Architecture of
ANN – Training of ANN, Learning Methods – Perceptron – Limitation and overcoming the
linear separability.

Unit-II

v e
Multilayers Network: Introduction – Back propagation network – Training algorithm –

i
Applications – practical difficulties – CPN – Training the kohonen and Grossberg layers – full
CPN – Application.

Unit-III

n
Associative Memory & Bottzmann Machine: Associative memory definitions – BAM

U
structure – Types of BAM – Hopfield network – Binary & continuous systems – Bottzmann
machine training- SOM – Application.

Unit-IV

a
Adaptive Resonance Theory and Optical Neural Networks: ART architecture – classification
operation – Implementation – training example – characteristics – theorems of ART –

y
Advantages of optical neural network – Network configuration types – optical image
recognition – volume holograms.

Unit-V

n
Applications of Neural Networks : Traveling salesman problem – Multitarget tracking – Time

u
series prediction - Talling network and phonetic typewriter – Autonomous vehicle

r
Navigation – Handwritten digit recognition – Image Compression using back propagation –
Visual processing Networks

a
Text Books
1. Waserman., : “Neural Computing Theory and Practice”,
2. N.K. Bose., P. Liang.,: “ Neural Network Fundamentals with Graphs, Algorithms and

K applications”,

Reference Book
1. James A. Freeman., David M. Skapura.,: Neural Networks”

Division of Information Technology 11

 IT302 MULTIMEDIA AND VIRTUAL REALITY SYSTEMS
Credit 4:0:0
Marks 40 +60
MULTIMEDIA

Unit - I

it y
Architecture and issues for distributed multimedia systems. Digital audio representation and
processing. Video technology, Digital video and image compression, Time based media
representation and delivery.

Unit - II

r s
Operating system support for continuous media applications. Middleware system services
architecture. Multimedia devices, presentation services and the user interface. Multimedia

e
file systems and information models. Multimedia presentation and authoring

v
Unit - III

i
Multimedia services over the public network; requirements, architectures and protocols.
Multimedia interchange. Multimedia conferencing. Multimedia groupware: Computer and

n
Video fusion approach to open shared workspace.

VIRTUAL REALITY

Unit IV

U
Virtual environment system: An introduction – terminology – classification – system
architecture – synthesis – Physiology & perception in virtual environments – Enabling

a
technology: Visual, Auditory, Haptic/Kinaesthetic environment systems.

y
Unit V
Software: Desktop virtual reality, VPL RB2 system, virtual environmental operating shell,
Minimal Reality, World Tool Kit, Multigen, Generic Visual system – Software considerations

un
Virtual environment displays – position and orientation tracking – visually coupled system
requirements – interaction with virtual objects – applications of virtual environments.

Text Books

a r
1. John F. Koegel Bufford, Multimedia Systems, Addison Wesley, 1994.
2. Roy S. Kalawsky, The science of Virtual Reality and Virtual Environments , Addison
Wesley 1993.

K
Credit: 4:0:0

Unit-I
IT303 - ADVANCED NETWORKS
Marks: 40+60

Circuit Switched Networks: SONET :introduction –layers – frame structure– SONET

multiplexing – DWDM - Fiber to the Home – Passive optical networks- Passive Photonic

Division of Information Technology 12

loop-Hybrid Scheme -DSL – ADSL - ISDN – BISDN- CATV- Layout-Layer network-
Services

Unit-II
ATM: Main features of ATM –ATM protocols- Addressing Signaling & Routing –Meta
signaling-ATM adaptation layer for signaling– Signaling Protocols for CS1-PNNI-Header
Structure – ATM Adaptation layer –Type 0-Type 1-Type2-Type 3/4 –Type 5.

Unit-III

it y
s
Management and control: Fault Management- ATM Traffic & Congestion control –

r
Network status monitoring & Configuration- Flow control –error detection- error control
Internetworking with ATM: LAN- IP over ATM – Multiprotocol over ATM – Frame Relay
over ATM

Unit –IV

v e
Wireless Networks: The wireless channel – Link level design – Channel access – Network

i
design – standards.

n
Unit-V
Recent Trends: Optical Networks – Cross-connects – LANS – Voice Over IP – Multimedia
Networks.

Text Book:

U
1. Walrand. J. Varaiya, “High Performance Communication Network”, Morgan
Kauffman-Harcourt Asia Pvt. , Ltd., 2nd Edition- 2000.

a
2. Bates & Donald W. Gregory “Voice & Data Communications Handbook”, McGraw
hill, 3 rd edition – 2000.

Reference:

n
th
y
1. William Stallings ,“ISDN & Broadband ISDN with frame Relay & ATM P III”,
Prentice Hall, 4 Edition , 2000.
2. Rainer Handel, Manfred N. Huber , Stefen Schroder ”ATM Networks, Concepts,

u
rd
Protocols Applications, 3 edition,1999.

r
3. J.F.Kurose & K.W. Ross “Computer Networking-A top-down approach featuring the
internet”, Addison Wesely,2001

K a
Credit: 4:1:0

Unit I
IT304 -TCP/IP NETWORKING

Introduction and overview –Network interface layer - Internet addresses

Marks: 40+60

Address discovery and binding - ARP – Determining an internet address at Startup - RARP

Division of Information Technology 13

Unit II
Internet protocol- global software organization – routing table & algorithm –fragmentation &
reassembly –Error processing -ICMP.

Unit III
Internet multicasting – IGMP- User datagrams (UDP)
Socket level interface-RIP –OSPF

Unit IV

it y
s
TCP-Data structures & input processing- finite stats machine implementation – output

r
processing –timer management.

Unit V

e
TCP-Flow control & adaptive retransmission – urgent data processing & the push function
SNMP- MIB variables ,representations & bindings-client & server.

Text Book:

i v
1. W.Richard Stevens, Gary R.Wright, Gary Wright, “TCP/IP - Illustrated 3rd Volume”,

n
Addison Wesley Professional; 1st edition, 2002
2. “Internetworking with TCP/IP”, Volume II ,Design, Implementation &Internals,
Douglas.E.Comer , David L.Stevens, Prentice Hall, Second edition 1994.

REFERENCES:

U
1. Douglas.E.Comer . , “Internetworking with TCP/IP”, Volume I, Principles, Protocols
& Architecture, Prentice Hall, Third edition,1995.

a
2. Gary R. Wright, W. Richard Stevens Pearson, “TCP/IP”, Education Aisa Pvt. Ltd.,
Third Indian reprint 2000.

Credit 4:0:0

Unit-I

n y
IT305- MOBILE COMPUTING
Marks: 40+60

u
Introduction:Applications – history – simplified reference model . Medium access control:

r
MAC - SDMA – FDMA – TDMA – CDMA. Telecommunication systems: GSM –DECT –
TETRA – UMTS and IMT – 2000.

a
Unit-II
Satellite systems:History – applications – Basics – Routing – Localization – Handover –
examples. Boardcast systems: cyclic repitation of data – Digital audio broadcasting – Digital

K
video broadcasting.
Standards: Wireless LAN – IEEE 802.11 – HIPERLAN – Bluetooth.

Unit-III
Wireless ATM : WATM working group – Services – Reference model – Functions – Radio
access layer – Handover – Location management – Addressing – Mobile quality of service –
Access point control protocol

Division of Information Technology 14

Unit-IV
Network Issues: Mobile IP – DHCP –Ad hoc networks. Mobile transport layer – Indirect
TCP – Snooping TCP – Mobile TCP – Transmission time out freezing – Selective
retransmission – Transaction oriented TCP.

Unit-V

it
Application Issues: File systems –consistency - examples – world wide web - Wireless
application protocol– Analysis of existing wireless network. y
Text Book:

r
1. J. Schiller, “Mobile Communications”, Addison Wesley, 2000.
s
e
Reference:
1. William C.Y. Lee, “Mobile Communication Design Fundamentals”, John Wiley,

v
1993.

i
2. Feher K., “Wireless digital communications “, PHI, New Delhi, 1995.
3. Rappaport T.S., “Wireless Communications; Principles and Practice “, Prentice Hall,

n
NJ, 1996.
4. Lee W.C.Y., “Mobile Communications Engineering: Theory and Applications”,
Second Edition, McGraw Hill, New York, 1998.

U
y a
un
a r
K
Division of Information Technology 15
 ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS

Code Subject Name Credit

IT212
IT213
IT214
Digital Integrated Circuits
Computer Architecture
Data Structures and Algorithms
3:1:0
4:0:0
3:1:0

it y
s
IT215 Digital Integrated Circuits Lab 0:0:2
IT216 Data Structures and Algorithms Lab 0:0:2

r
IT217 Microprocessors and Interfacing 4:0:0
IT218 Computer Networks 4:0:0

e
IT219 Communication Engineering 3:0:0
IT220 Microprocessors and Interfacing Lab 0:0:2

v
IT221 Mobile Communication 4:0:0

i
IT222 High Speed Networks 3:0:0
IT223 Networking and Security Lab 0:0:2
IT224 Computer Hardware and Peripherals Lab 0:0:2

n
IT225 Case Tools Lab 0:0:2
IT226 Artificial Intelligence 4:0:0
IT227 Data Mining 4:0:0

U
IT228 Mobile Computing 4:0:0
IT229 Software Testing 4:0:0
IT230 Software Project Management 4:0:0
IT231 Software Quality Management 4:0:0
IT232
IT233
IT234
IT306
E-commerce
TCP/IP Protocols
Multimedia Systems

y a
Advanced Database Technologies
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0

n
IT307 Principles of Network Management 4:0:0
IT308 Web Services 4:0:0

u
IT309 Network Security 4:0:0
IT310 Internetworking 4:0:0

r
IT311 Internetworking and Web Technology Lab 0:0:2
IT312 Computer Network Management 4:0:0

a
IT313 LAN Design and Implementation 4:0:0
IT314 Mobile computing and communication 4:0:0
IT315 Multimedia Communications 4:0:0

K
IT316 Network design and management Lab 0:0:2

Division of Information Technology 86

 IT212 DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS

Credits: 3 : 1 : 0 Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I
Number Systems: Review of binary, octal, decimal & hexadecimal number systems – Binary

it y
addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, representation of signed numbers – floating
point number representation – BCD – ASCII – EBCDIC – Excess 3 codes – Gray code –
Error detecting & correcting codes

s
Boolean algebra: Postulates & theorems of Boolean algebra – Canonical forms –

r
Simplification of logic functions using Karnaugh map
(Chapters 1, 2, 3)

e
UNIT II
Combinational Logic: Logic gates – Implementation of combinational logic functions –

v
encoders and decoders – multiplexers and demultiplexers – code converters – magnitude

i
comparator – Binary adder-Subtractor – Decimal Adder - Parity generator / checker –
Implementation of logical functions using multiplexers, ROM

n
(Sections 4.1-4.10)

UNIT III

U
Sequential Logic: Sequential Circuits – Latches – Flip-Flops – Shift registers – Ripple
counters – Synchronous Counters – Other Counters.
(Sections 5.1-5.3, 6.1-6.5)

a
UNIT IV
Logic Families: Introduction – Special Characteristics – Bipolar Transistor Characteristics –

y
RTL and DTL Circuits – Transistor-Transistor Logic – Emitter-Coupled Logic – Metal
Oxide Semiconductor – CMOS
(Sections 10.1-10.8)

UNIT V

un
Memory and Programmable Logic: Random Access Memory – Memory Decoding – Read

r
Only Memory – Programmable Logic Array – Programmable Array Logic – Sequential
Programmable devices
(Chapter 7)

K a
Text Book:
1. Morris Mano, Digital Design, Prentice Hall of India, Third Edition, 2002. (Sections
on HDL excluded)

Reference Book:
1. Thomas Floyd, Digital Fundamentals, Pearson Education (Singapore), Eighth
Edition, 2003.

IT213 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

Division of Information Technology 87

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0 Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I
Introduction - Computer System: Top level view of computer function and interconnection -
Cache Memory

UNIT II
Internal Memory - External Memory - Input/Output

it y
s
UNIT III

r
Central Processing Unit-Instruction Set: Characteristics and Functions - Addressing modes
and formats

e
UNIT IV
CPU Structure and Function

UNIT V

i
Control Unit: Control Unit Operation - Microprogrammed Control
v
Text Book:

n
William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture, Sixth edition, Prentice Hall of

U
India, 2003. (Chapters 1, 3-5, 7, 9-12, 16, 17)

IT214 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

Credits: 3 : 1 : 0

UNIT I

y a Marks: (40 + 60)

Stacks - Introduction to Recursion - Backtracking: Postponing the Work - Principles of

Recursion

n
Queues - Definition - Implementation of Queues - Circular Queues - Application of Queues:
Simulation

u
r
(Chapter 3, 4.1-4.4)

UNIT II

a
Lists - Pointers and Linked List - Linked Queues - List Specifications - Implementation of
Lists - Linked Lists in Arrays
Searching: Introduction and Notation - Sequential search - Binary search - Comparison Trees

K
(Sections 4.5, 4.6, 5.1, 5.2, 5.5, 6.1, 6.2, 6.4, 6.5)

UNIT III
Sorting - Introduction - Insertion sort - Selection Sort - Shell sort - Divide and Conquer
sorting - Merge Sort for Linked Lists - Quick sort for Contiguous List - Heaps and Heap sort
Tables and Information Retrieval: Introduction - Rectangular Arrays - Tables of various
Shapes - Applications: Radix sort - Hashing

Division of Information Technology 88

(Sections 7.1-7.9, 8.1-8.6)

UNIT IV
Binary Trees - Introduction - Binary Search Trees - Building a Binary Search Tree - Height
Balance Trees
Multiway Trees: External Searching - B Trees
(Sections 9.1-9.4, 10.3)

UNIT V

it y
s
Graphs-Mathematical Background - Graph Traversal - Topological Sorting - A Greedy

r
Algorithm: Shortest Path
The Polish Notation: The Problem - The Idea - Evaluation of the Polish Notation -
Translation from Infix form to Polish form

e
(Sections 11.1-11.5, 12.1-12.4)

v
Text Book

i
1. Robert L. Kruse, Bruce P. Leung and Clovis L. Tondo, Data Structures and Program
Design in C, Prentice- Hall, Second Edition, 1997.

Reference Book:

n
1. Mark Allen Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C, Pearson Education,

U
1997.

IT215 DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LAB

Credits: 0 : 0 : 2

y a Marks: (50 + 50)

12 Experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time

un IT216 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS LAB

r
Credits: 0 : 0 : 2 Marks: (50 + 50)

12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time

K a
Credits: 4 : 0 : 0

UNIT I
IT217 MICROPROCESSORS AND INTERFACING

Marks: (40 + 60)

Introduction – 8088 & 8086 Microprocessors architecture – software model of 8088/8086

Microprocessor – Memory address space & data organization – Data types – Segment
registers and memory segmentation – Dedicated reserved and general use Memory –

Division of Information Technology 89

Instruction Pointer – Data Registers – Pointers & Index Registers – Status Registers –
Generating a Memory Address – The Stack – I/O Address space (Chapter 2)

UNIT II
Instruction set – Addressing Modes – Integer instructions and computations – Control flow
instructions and Program structures. (Chapters 3.3 -3.5, 5, 6)

UNIT III
Memory I/O Interfaces: Minimum-mode & Maximum-mode systems – Minimum-mode and

it y
s
Maximum-mode Interface signals – Electrical Characteristics – Bus cycle & Time states –

r
Hardware organization of the memory address space – Address Bus status codes – Memory
control signals – Read/Write Bus Cycles – Memory Interface Circuits – Types of I/O –
Isolated I/O interface – I/O Data Transfer – I/O Instructions – I/O Bus Cycles (Chapter 8)

UNIT IV

v e
I/O Interface circuits: core and special purpose I/O Interfaces – Byte wide I/O ports using

i
Isolated I/O – I/O Handshake and parallel printer interface – 8255A Programmable
Peripheral Interface – Memory Mapped I/O 8254A - Programmable Interval Timer- 8237A

n
Programmable Direct Memory Access controller – Serial Communication Interface –
Programmable Communication Interface Controllers – Keyboard & Display Interfaces –
8279 Programmable Keyboard/Display Controller. (Chapter 10)

UNIT V

U
Interrupt Interface of 8088 & 8086 Microprocessors: Interrupt mechanism – Types & Priority
– Interrupt Vector Table – Interrupt Instructions – Enable/Disable of Interrupts – External

a
Hardware – Interrupt sequence – 8259A Programmable Interrupt Controller – Interrupt
Interface Circuits using 8259A – S/W Interrupts – Non-Maskable Interrupt Reset – Internal

y
Interrupt functions. (Chapter 11)

Text Book

n
1. Walter A. Triebel, Avatar Singh, The 8088 & 8086 Microprocessor, program,
Interfacing, Software, Hardware and Applications, Prentice Hall of India, Fourth

u
Edition, 2002.

r
Reference Book:
1. Hall D.V, Microprocessor and Interfacing – Programming and Hardware, Tata
McGraw Hill, 1991.

K a
Credits: 4 : 0 : 0

UNIT I
IT218 COMPUTER NETWORKS
Marks: (40 + 60)

Introduction: The uses of computer networks - Network hardware - Network software -

Reference models - Example of networks- Network standardization - The physical layer:
The theoretical basis for data communication - Guided Transmission media - Wireless
transmission – PSTN (Chapter 1, 2.1-2.3, 2.5)

Division of Information Technology 90

UNIT II
The Data Link Layer: Data link layer design issues - Error detection and correction -
Elementary data link protocols - Sliding window protocols - Example of data link protocols -
The channel allocation problem - Multiple Access protocols - Ethernet - Wireless LANS-
Data link layer Switching (Chapter 3, 4.1-4.4, 4.7)

UNIT III

it
The network layer: Network layer design issues - Routing algorithms - Congestion control y
s
algorithms - Internetworking- Network layer in Internet (Chapter 5)

UNIT IV

er
The transport layer: The Transport service - Elements of Transport protocols - Simple
transport protocol - Internet transport protocols UDP- Internet transport protocols TCP
(Chapter 6)

UNIT V

i v
The application layer: Domain name system - Electronic mail - World Wide Web –

n
Multimedia (Chapter 7)

Text Book:

U
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, Fourth Edition, Prentice Hall of India,
2003.

Reference Book:

a
1. William Stallings, Data and Computer Communications, Fourth Edition, Prentice
Hall of India, 2004.

n
Credits: 3 : 0 : 0
y
IT219 COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Marks: (40 + 60)

u
UNIT I

r
Decibels and noise-Amplitude Modulation - Receivers for AM: RF stage - IF stage
(Chapters 3-5)

a
UNIT II
Frequency and Phase Modulation - Wire and Cable Media: Parameters - Balanced and
Unbalanced Lines - Drivers and Receivers - Twisted pair and Coaxial Cables - Time Domain

K
Reflectometry - Propagation and Antennas (Chapters 6,7, 9)

UNIT III
Digital Communication Fundamentals - Digital Communication Systems - Digital
Modulation and Testing (Chapter 11-13)

Division of Information Technology 91

UNIT IV
TV/Video, Facsimile - Telephone System - RS 232 Interface Standard, Modems and High
Speed Ports Links (Chapters 14, 16, 17)

UNIT V
Satellite Communication - Navigation, Global Positioning System - Cellular Telephone -
Advanced Wireless Systems - Radar Systems
(Chapter 19-21)

it y
s
Text Book

r
1. William Schweber, Electronic Communication Systems - A Complete Course, Fourth
Edition, Prentice-Hall International, 2002.

IT220 MICROPROCESSOR AND INTERFACING LAB

v e
i
Credits: 0 : 0 : 2 Marks: (50 + 50)

n
12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time

U
IT221 MOBILE COMMUNICATION
Credits: 4 : 0 : 0 Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I

a
Wireless Transmission: Frequencies for radio transmission, Signals, Antennas, Signal
Propagation, Multiplexing, Modulation, Spread Spectrum, Cellular Systems

y
Medium Access Control: Motivation, SDMA, FDMA, TDMA, CDMA - Comparison

UNIT II

n
Telecommunication Systems: GSM, DECT, TETRA, UMTS and IMT- 2000
Satellite Systems: Basics - Routing - Localization - Handover

u
r
UNIT III
Broadcast Systems: Cyclic repetition of data - Digital audio broadcasting, Digital video
broadcasting

a
Wireless LAN: Infrared Vs radio transmission, Infrastructure and ad hoc networks, IEEE
802.11, HYPERLAN, Bluetooth.

K
UNIT IV
Wireless ATM: Motivation, Working group, WATM services, Reference model, Functions,
Radio access layer, Handover, Location management, Addressing, Quality of service, Access
point control protocol
Mobile network layer: Mobile IP, Dynamic host configuration protocol, Ad-hoc networks

Division of Information Technology 92

UNIT V
Mobile transport layer: Traditional TCP, Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP, Mobile TCP, Fast
retransmission/ fast recovery, Selective retransmission, Transaction oriented TCP
Support for mobility: File systems, World Wide Web, Wireless application protocol

Textbook
1. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communications, Addison Wesley, 2000.

Reference Book

it y
s
1. Yi-Bing Lin and Imrich Chlamtac, Wireless and Mobile Network Architecture,

r
Second Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2001.

Credits: 3 : 0 : 0
IT222 HIGH SPEED NETWORKS

v e Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I

n i
Circuit Switched Networks: Performance of circuit switched networks – SONET – Dense
Wave Division Multiplexing (DWDM) – Fiber – Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) – Intelligent
Networks – CATV

UNIT II

U
ATM: Main features of ATM – Addressing Signaling & Routing – ATM Header Structure –
ATM Adaptation layer – Management and control – BISDN

a
Internetworking with ATM: Multiprotocol Encapsulation over AAL5 – LAN Emulation over
ATM – IP over ATM – Multiprotocol over ATM – Frame Relay over ATM

UNIT III

y
Wireless Networks: Introduction – The wireless channel – Link level design – Channel

n
access – Network design – Standards – Future System and Standards

u
UNIT IV

r
Control of Networks: Objectives and methods of control – Circuit – Switched Networks –
Datagram networks – ATM Networks

a
UNIT V
Optical Networks: Optical Links – WDM System – Optical Cross connects – Optical LANs –
Optical Paths and Networks – Switching

K
Textbook:
1. Jean Walrand and Pravin Varaiya, High Performance Communication Networks,
Second Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2000.
(Chapters 5-8, 11, 12)

Division of Information Technology 93

 IT223 NETWORKING AND SECURITY LAB
Credits: 0 : 0 : 2 Marks: (50 + 50)

12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time

IT224 COMPUTER HARDWARE AND PERIPHERALS LAB

Credits: 0 : 0 : 2 Marks: (50 + 50)

it y
r s
12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time

e
IT225 CASE TOOLS LAB
Credits: 0 : 0 : 2 Marks: (50 + 50)

i v
12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0
n
IT226 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I

U
Introduction – Foundations of AI, History of AI, State of the Art Intelligent Agents: Agents
and Environments, Good Behaviour, Nature of Environments, Structure of Agents - Problem

a
Solving: Solving problems by searching – Problem solving agents, Example Problems.
Searching for solutions, Uninformed Search Strategies, Avoiding repeated search states,

y
searching with partial information

UNIT II

n
Informed Search and exploration: Informed Search Strategies, Heuristic functions, Local
Search Algorithms and Optimization Problems, Local Search in continuous spaces, Online

u
Search Agents and Unknown environments

r
Adversial Search: Games, Optimal Decisions in Games, Alpha-Beta Pruning, Imperfect
Real-Time Decisions, Games that include an Element of Chance, State-of-the-art Game
Programs

a
UNIT III
Knowledge and Reasoning: Logical Agents – Knowledge-Based Agents, The Wumpus

K
world, Logic, Propositional Logic, Reasoning patterns in PL, Effective Propositional
inference, Agents based on PL
First-Order Logic: Syntax and Semantics of First-Order Logic, Using First-Order Logic,
Knowledge Engineering in First-Order Logic
Inference in First-Order Logic: Propositional vs First-Order Logic inference, Unification and
Lifting, Forward Chaining, Backward Chaining, Resolution

Division of Information Technology 94

UNIT IV
Knowledge Representation: Ontological Reasoning, Categories and Objects, Actions. -
Situations and Events, Mental Events and Mental Objects, The Internet Shopping World,
Reasoning Systems for Categories, Reasoning with Default Information, Truth Maintenance
Systems

it
Planning: The Planning Problem, Planning with State-Space search, Partial-Order Planning,
Planning graphs, Planning with Propositional Logic
y
s
UNIT V

r
Uncertainity: Acting under Uncertainity, Basic Probability Notation, The Axioms of
Probability, Inference using Full-Joint Distributions, Independence, Bayes’ Rule and its
useMaking Simple Decisions: Combining Beliefs and Desires under Uncertainity, Basis of

e
Utility Theory, Utility Functions, Multiattribute Utility Functions, Decision Networks, The
Value of Information, Decision-Theoretic Expert Systems Learning: Learning from

v
observations – Forms of Learning, Inductive Learning, Learning Decision Trees, Ensemble

i
Learning

n
Text Book
1. Stuart Russell, Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence – A Modern Approach” – Second
Edition, Pearson Education, 2004. (Chapters 1-4, 6-11, 13, 16,18)

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0
U
IT227 DATA MINING
Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I

y a
Introduction: Data Mining – Functionalities – Patterns Classification - Major issues - Data
Warehouse and OLAP technology for data mining: data warehouse - multidimensional data
model - data warehouse architecture – implementation - development of data cube

UNIT II

un
technology - data mining to data warehousing

r
Data Preprocessing: Reason for data preprocess - data cleaning - data integration and
transformation - data reduction - discretization and concept hierarchy generation - data
mining primitives, Languages and System Architecture: data mining primitives - data mining

a
query language - Designing graphical user interfaces-architectures of data mining Systems

UNIT III

K
Concept Description: Data Generalization and Summarization - Analytical Characterization -
Mining class Comparisons - Mining Descriptive Statistical Measures in Large databases -
Discussion - Mining Association Rules in Large Databases: Association Rule Mining -
Mining Single-Mining Multilevel Association Rules from Transaction Databases - Mining
multidimensional Association Rules from Relational Databases and Data Warehouses -
Association Mining to Correlation Analysis - Constraint Based Association Mining

Division of Information Technology 95

UNIT IV
Classification and Prediction: Issues Regarding Classification and Prediction - Classification
by decision Tree Induction - Bayesian Classification - Classification by Backpropagation -
Classification Based on Concepts from Association Rule Mining - Classification Methods -
Prediction - Classifier Accuracy - Cluster Analysis: Types - Categorization of Major
Clustering Methods - Partitioning Methods - Hierarchical Methods - Density Based Methods
- Grid Based Methods - Model Based Clustering Methods - Outlier Analysis

UNIT V

it y
s
Multidimensional Analysis and Descriptive Mining of Complex Data Objects - Mining

r
spatial Databases - Mining Multimedia Databases - Mining Time Series And Sequence Data
Mining Text Databases - Mining The World Wide Web - Applications and Trends in Data
Mining: Data Mining Applications - Data Mining System Products And Research Prototypes

e
- Additional Themes on Data Mining - Social Impacts of Data Mining-Trends In Data
Mining

Text Book

i v
1. Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, Data Mining concepts and Techniques, Morgan

n
Kaufmann Publishers, 2002. (Chapters 1-8)

Reference Book

U
1. Mehmed Kantardzic, Data Mining Concepts, Models, Methods and Algorithms, John
Wiley & Sons Publications, 2003.

a
IT228 MOBILE COMPUTING
Credits: 4 : 0 : 0 Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I

y
Pervasive Computing - Information Access Devices - Smart Identification - Embedded

n
Controls - Entertainment Systems

u
UNIT II

r
Software: Java - Operating Systems: Windows CE – Palm OS - Symbian OS - Java Card-
Client Middleware - Security

a
UNIT III
Connecting the world: Internet Protocols and Formats - Mobile Internet - Voice - Web
Services - Connectivity

K
UNIT IV
Service Discovery - Back-End Server Infrastructure: Gateways - Application Servers -
Internet Portals-Synchronization

Division of Information Technology 96

UNIT V
Home Services - Communication Services - Home Automation - Security Services - Travel
and Business Services - Consumer Services

Text Book

Mobile Computing ,Springer International Edition, Second Edition, 2003.

it y
1. Uwe Hansmann, Lothar Merk, Martin S.Nicklous and Thomas Stober, Principles of

r s
v e
n i
U
y a
un
a r
K
Division of Information Technology 97
 IT229 SOFTWARE TESTING
Credits: 4 : 0 : 0 Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I
Software testing – Role of software testing – A Structured approach – Test strategy –
Methods for developing test strategy – Testing methodologies

UNIT II
Tools and Techniques – Eleven step software testing process – Testing the validity of

it y
s
software estimate – Testing the status of the software system – Test plan

UNIT III

er
Requirement phase testing – Risk matrix test tool – Walkthrough test tool – Design phase
testing – Design review test tool – Execute test and record results – Test data and volume test
tools

UNIT IV

i v
Installation and Documentation: Acceptance test – Evaluate test effectiveness – Testing

n
software changes – Develop/Update the training material – Creating test documentation –
Test plan documentation – Test Analysis report documentation

U
UNIT V
Testing software applications: Rapid prototyping – Spiral testing – Testing Client Server
System – Testing web based systems – Workbench – Selecting tests – Selecting tools

a
Text Book
1. William Perry, Effective Methods for Software Testing, Second Edition, John Wiley

y
and Sons, 2000. (Chapters 1-10, 12-21)

Reference Book:

n
1. Ron Patton, Software Testing, SAMS Publishers, 2001.

u
r
IT230 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0 Marks: (40 + 60)

K a
UNIT I
What is a Project - Traditional Project Management - Scoping the Project - Identifying
Project Activities

UNIT II
Estimating Duration, Resource Requirements and Cost - Constructing and Analyzing the
Project Network Diagram - Finalizing the Schedule and Cost Based on Resource Availability
- Organizing and Conducting the Joint Project Planning Session

Division of Information Technology 98

UNIT III
Recruiting Organizing and Managing the Project Team - Monitoring and Controlling
Progress - Closing out the Projects - Critical Chain Project Management

UNIT IV
Introduction to the Adaptive Project Framework - Version Scope - Cycle Plan - Cycle Build -
Client Checkpoint - Post-Version Review - Variations to APF

UNIT V

it y
s
Organizational Considerations - Project Portfolio Management - Project Support Office

Text Book

r
1. Robert K. Wyzocki, Rudd McGary, Effective Project Management, WILEY-
Dreamtech India Pvt. Ltd., 2003.

e
Credits: 4 : 0 : 0

i
IT231 SOFTWARE QUALITY MANAGEMENT

v Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I

n
Theory of Software Quality: Introduction –Quality-Software Quality - Views of Quality –

U
Hierarchical Models of Quality: Hierarchical Model – Hierarchical Models of Boehm and
McCall- Interrelation of Quality Criteria

UNIT II

a
Measuring Software Quality: Measuring Quality Software Metrics- Metrics cited in the
Literature-Problem with the metrics-Overall Measure of Quality-Developments in measuring

y
Quality – The Work Gilb-The COQUAMO Project-Quality Profiles

UNIT III

n
The Case for Tools and Methods: Growth of Software Engineering Methods: Methodologies
based upon the Water Fall Life Cycle –CASE Tools – Contribution of Methods and Tools to

u
Quality –Alternative approaches Software Quality- Standards Based on the Software

r
Engineering Life Cycle –Quality Management Systems –A Historical Perspective –Terms-
Elements of QMS –The Key to Quality Management – Quality in Software – the Problem of
User Requirements- A QMS for Software – Quality Assurance or Quality improvement

K a
UNIT IV
The ISO9000 Series of Quality Management Standards –The Purpose of standards –The
ISO9000 Series –ISO9000-3- The Impact of ISO9000 and TickIT- Models and Standards for
Process Improvements-Capability Maturity Model –Individual Levels of the CMM –Role of
CMM – SPICE

UNIT V
Case Studies: Introduction to Case Studies – Total Quality in the Kitchen –Sherwood
Computer Services-Benefits of Quality – Trends in Quality: The Future

Division of Information Technology 99

Text Book:
1. Alan C Gillies, Software Quality Theory and Management, Thomson, Second
Edition, 2003.

Reference Book:
1. Stephen H.Kan, Metrics and Models in Software Quality Engineering, Pearson
Education, Second Edition, 2003.

it y
s
IT232 E-COMMERCE

r
Credits: 4 : 0 : 0 Marks (40 + 60)

UNIT I

e
Introduction – Internet and World Wide Web – Client Side Programming

v
UNIT II

i
Server side Programming: Servlet Fundamentals – Database Connectivity – Session Tracking

n
UNIT III
Basic Cryptography for enabling e-commerce – Internet Security – Advanced Technologies
for e-commerce

UNIT IV

U
Internet Payment Systems – Consumer oriented e-commerce – Business oriented e-
commerce

UNIT V

y a
Web Advertising and Web Publishing – Building the Virtual Book Store

Text Book

n
1. Henry Chan, Raymond Lee, Tharam Dillon and Elizabeth Chang, E-Commerce
Fundamentals and Applications, John Wiley and Sons Ltd., 2001.

u
a
UNIT I r
Credits: 4 : 0 : 0
IT233 TCP/IP PROTOCOLS

Introduction - Link Layer – IP – ARP – RARP – ICMP

Marks: (40 +60)

K
UNIT II
Ping Program – Traceroute Program – IP Routing - Dynamic Routing Protocols – UDP –
Broadcasting and Multicasting

Division of Information Technology 100

UNIT III
IGMP – DNS – TFTP – BOOTP – TCP – TCP Connection Establishment and Termination –
TCP Interactive Data Flow

UNIT IV
TCP Bulk Data Flow – TCP Timeout and Retransmission – TCP Persist Timer – TCP
Keepalive Timer – TCP Futures and Performance – SNMP

UNIT V

it y
s
Telnet and Rlogin – FTP – SMTP – NFS – TCP Applications

Text Book:

r
1. W. Richard Stevens, TCP/IP Illustrated Volume – I, The Protocols, Pearson
Education, 2000

e
v
Reference Book:

i
1. Douglas E. Comer, Internetworking with TCP/IP – Principles, Protocols and
Architecture, Pearson Education, Fourth Edition, 2000.

n
IT234 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS

U
Credits: 4 : 0 : 0 Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I
Introduction: Branch- overlapping Aspects of Multimedia- Content- Global Structure-

a
Multimedia Literature - Multimedia: Media and Data Streams: Medium- Main Properties of a
Multimedia System- Multimedia- Traditional Data Stream Characteristics- Data Streams

y
Characteristics for Continuous Media- Information Units - Sound/Audio: Basic Sound
Concepts- Music- Speech - Image and Graphics: Basic Concepts- Computer Image
Processing -Video and Animation- Basic Concepts- Television- Computer based Animation.

UNIT II

un
Data Compression: Storage Space- Coding Requirements- Source, Entropy, and Hybrid

r
Coding- Some Basic Compression Techniques- JPEG- H-261 (px64)- MPEG- DVI-: Optical
Storage: History- Basic Technology- Video Disks and Other WORMs- Compact Disk Digital
Audio- Compact Disk Read Only Memory- CD-ROM Extended Architecture- Further CD-

a
ROM based Developments- Compact Disc Write Once- Compact Disk Magneto Optical- The
Prospects of CD Technologies - Computer Technology: Communication Architecture-
Multimedia Workstations.

K
UNIT III
Multimedia Operating Systems: Introduction- Real-Time- Resource Management- Process
Management- File Systems- Additional Operating System Issues- System Architecture-
Concluding Remarks - Networking Systems: Layers, Protocols, and Services- Networks-
Local Area Networks (LANs)- Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs)- Wide Area Networks
(WANs).

Division of Information Technology 101

UNIT IV
Multimedia Communication Systems: Application Subsystem- Transport Subsystem- Quality
of Service and Resource Management:-Data Base Systems : Multimedia Database
Management System- Characteristics of an MDBMS- Data Analysis- Data Structure-
Operations on Data- Integration in a Database Model - Documents, Hypertext and
Hypermedia : Documents- Hypertext and Hypermedia: Document Architecture SGML-
Document Architecture ODA- MHEG .

it y
s
UNIT V

r
User Interface: General Design Issues- Current Work- Extension through Video and Audio-
Video at the User Interface- Audio at the User Interface- User: friendliness as the Primary
Goal-Synchronization: Introduction- Notion of Synchronization- Presentation Requirements-

e
A Reference Model for Multimedia Synchronization- Synchronization- Case Studies.

v
Text Book

i
1. Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt, Multimedia: Computing, Communications and
Applications, Pearson Education Asia, 1995. (Chapters 1-15)

Reference Book:

n
1. Nigel Chapman and Jenny Chapman, Digital Multimedia, John Wiley and Sons

U
Private Limited, 2001.

IT306 ADVANCED DATABASE TECHNOLOGIES

a
Credits: 4 : 0 : 0 Marks: (40 + 60)

y
UNIT I
Overview of Transaction Management: The ACID Properties – Transactions and Schedules –
Concurrent Execution of Transactions- Lock- Based Concurrency Control – Performance of

n
Locking- Transaction Support in SQL – Introduction to Crash Recovery
Concurrency Control: 2PL, Serializability and Recoverability – Introduction to Lock

u
Management – Lock Conversions- Dealing with Deadlocks- Specialized Locking Techniques

r
– Concurrency control without Locking. Crash Recovery: Introduction to ARIES – The Log
– Other Recovery- Related Structures – The Write- ahead Log Protocol – Check pointing –
Recovering from a System Crash – Media Recovery. (Chapters 16-18)

a
UNIT II
Physical Database Design and Tuning: Introduction to Physical Database Design –

K
Guidelines fro Index Selection – Clustering and Indexing – Tools to assist Index Selection –
Overview of Database Tuning – Choices in tuning the Conceptual Schema – Choices in
Tuning Queries and Views – Impact of Concurrency – Case Study: The Internet Shop.
Security and Authorization: Introduction to database Security- Access Control- Discretionary
and mandatory access control – Security for Internet applications – Additional Issues related
to Security.
(Sections 20.1, 20.2, 20.4, 20.6-20.11, Chapter 21)

Division of Information Technology 102

UNIT III
Parallel and Distributed Databases: Architecture for parallel databases – Parallel Query
Evaluation- Parallelizing Individual Operations- Parallel Query Optimization – Types of
Distributed Databases – distributed DBMS Architecture – Storing data in Distributed DBMS
– Distributed catalog management - Distributed Query Processing- updating Distributed
Data- Distributed Transactions - Distributed Concurrency Control – Distributed recovery.

it
Deductive Databases: Introduction to recursive queries- theoretical Foundations - recursive
queries with negation. y
s
(Chapter 22, Sections 24.1-24.3)

UNIT IV

er
Information retrieval and XML data: Colliding worlds: Databases, IR and XML –
Introduction to information retrieval- Indexing for text search – Web search engines –
managing text in a DBMS- a data model for XML- X Queries: Querying XML data –

v
Efficient evaluation of XML queries. (Chapter 27)

UNIT V

n i
Spatial data Management: Types of spatial data and queries – Application involving Spatial
data- Introduction to spatial Indexes – Indexing based on space filling curves- Grid files – R-
trees- issues in High dimensional indexing- Advanced Transaction processing- Data

U
Integration – Mobile databases- Main memory databases- Multimedia databases- Geographic
Information System – Temporal Databases- Biological Databases- Information
Visualizations (Chapter 28, 29)

a
Text Book
1. Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke, Database Management Systems, Tata

y
McGraw Hill, 2003.

Reference Book:

n
1. Elmasri, Navathae, Fundamentals of Database Systems, Third Edition, Pearson
Education, 2000.

u
a r
Credits: 4 : 0 : 0

UNIT I
IT307 PRINCIPLES OF NETWORK MANAGEMENT

Marks: (40 + 60)

K
Introduction-Analogy of telephone network management -Data and Telecommunication
network-Distributed Computing Environments-TCP/IP Based Networks –Communication
Protocols and standards-Network Management: Goals, Organization and Functions-Network
Management System Platform.

Division of Information Technology 103

UNIT II
SNMPV Network Management – History – Internet or Organizations and standards – SNMP
Models – Organization Model – Information Model – Communication Model-Functional
Model.

UNIT III

it
SNMP V2 – System Architecture – Structure Of Management Information – MIB – Protocol
– Compatibility with SNMPV1 – SNMPV3 – Documentation – Architecture-Applications –
MIB security – User band security model access control . y
UNIT IV

r
Remote Monitoring – RMON SMI and MIB – RMON1 – RMON2 – ATM Remote
s
Monitoring – Case Study of Internet Traffic Using RMON-Network Management Tools –

e
Network Statistics Measurement Systems – History of Enterprise Management – Network
Management Systems – Commercial Network Management Systems – system Management

v
– Enterprise Management Solution.

UNIT V

n i
Web based Management – Web Interface – Desktop Management Interface – Enterprise
Management – WBEM –Java Management Extension.

U
Text Book:
Mani Subramanian, Network Management Principles and Practice, Addison Wesley, 2000.

Reference Book

a
1. Stephen B. Morris, Network Management, MIBs and MPLS, Pearson Education,
2003.

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0

UNIT I

n y
IT308 WEB SERVICES
Marks: (40 + 60)

u
Evolution and Emergence of Web Services – Introduction to Web Services – Building the

r
Web Services Architecture

UNIT II

a
Web Services Architecture and Technologies – Developing Web Services using SOAP –
Description and Discovery of Web Services – Creating .Net Interoperability

K
UNIT III
Exploring Java Web Services Developer Pack – Introduction to Java Web Services
Developers Pack (JWSDP) – XML Processing and Data Binding with Java APIs

UNIT IV
XML Messaging using JAXM and SAAJ – Building RPC Web Services with JAX – RPC –
Java API for XML Registers

Division of Information Technology 104

UNIT V
Security in Web Services – Web Services Security – Web Services Strategies and Solutions –
Introduction to SUN ONE

Text Book
1. Ramesh Nagappan, Robert Skoczylas and Rima Patel Sriganesh, Developing Java
Web Services, Wiley Publishing Inc., 2004. (Chapters 2-14)

it y
s
Reference Book

r
1. Sandeep Chatterjee, James Webber, Developing Enterprise Web Services, Pearson
Education, 2004.

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0
IT309 NETWORK SECURITY

v e Marks: (40 +60)

Unit I

n i
Security Services, Mechanisms, and Attacks. Block Cipher Principles, Data Encryption
Standards, Strength of DES, Triple DES, AES Cipher, RC4 Stream Cipher
(Chapters 1,3,5,6)

Unit II

U
Principles of Public-Key Cryptosystems, RSA algorithm, Key Managements- Diffie-Hellman
Key Exchange- Elliptic Curve Cryptography.

a
(Chapters 9, 10)

y
Unit III
MD5 Message Digest Algorithm - Secure Hash Algorithm -HMAC- Digital Signature
Standard. Kerberos - X.509 Authentication Service

Unit IV

un
(Chapters 12, 14)

r
Pretty Good Privacy- S/MIME – IP Security: Overview – Architecture – Authentication
Header – Encapsulation Security Payload – Combining Security Associations.
(Chapters 15, 16)

K a
Unit V
Web Security: Considerations – Secure Sockets Layer Security- Secure Electronics
Transaction – Intruders – Intrusion Detection – Password Management – Viruses and Related
Threats and Countermeasures – Firewall Design – Trusted Systems
(Chapters 17-20)

Text Book
1. William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security, Third edition, Pearson
Education, 2003, ISBN 81-7808–902-5

Division of Information Technology 105

Reference Book
1. Man Young Rhee, Internet Security, Wiley, 2003, ISBN 0-470-85285-2

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0
IT310 INTERNETWORKING

Unit I

it y
Marks: (40 + 60)

s
Introduction - Link Layer – IP – ARP – RARP – ICMP

Unit II

r
Ping Program – Traceroute Program – IP Routing - Dynamic Routing Protocols – UDP –
Broadcasting and Multicasting

e
v
Unit III

i
IGMP – DNS – TFTP – BOOTP – TCP – TCP Connection Establishment and Termination –
TCP Interactive Data Flow

Unit IV

n
TCP Bulk Data Flow – TCP Timeout and Retransmission – TCP Persist Timer – TCP Keep

U
alive Timer – TCP Futures and Performance – SNMP

Unit V
Telnet and Rlogin – FTP – SMTP – NFS – TCP Applications

Text Book

y a
1. W. Richard Stevens, TCP/IP Illustrated Volume – I, The Protocols, Pearson
Education, 2000, ISBN: 81-7808-101-6.

Reference Book

n
1. Douglas E. Comer, Internetworking with TCP/IP – Principles, Protocols and

u
Architecture, Pearson Education, Fourth Edition, 2000, ISBN: 81-203-2065-4.

a r
IT311 INTERNETWORKING AND WEB TECHNOLOGY LAB

Credits: 0 : 0 : 2 Marks: (50 + 50)

K 12 experiments will be notified by HOD from time to time

Division of Information Technology 106

 IT312 COMPUTER NETWORK MANAGEMENT
Credits: 4:0:0 Marks: (40 + 60)

Unit I
Data Communications and Network Management Overview: Analogy of telephone Network
Management-Data and Telecommunication Network-Distributed Computing Environments-

it y
TCP/IP-Communications protocols and Standards-Case Histories- Information Technology
Managers-Network Management-Network System Management-Network Management
System Platform-Current Status. Review of Computer Network Technology: Network

s
Topology-LAN-Network Node Components-WAN-Transmission Technology-Integrated

r
Services

Unit II

e
Basic Foundations: Network Management Standards-Model-Organization Model-
Information Model-Communication Model-ASN.1-Encoding Structure-Macros-Functional

v
Model. SNMPv1 Network Management: History-Internet Organizations and Standards-

i
SNMP model-Organization Model-System Overview-Information Model

n
Unit III
SNMPv1 Network Management: Communication Model-Functional Model
SNMP Management: SNMPv2: Changes in SNMPv2-System Architecture-Structure of

U
Management Information-Management and information base-Protocol-compatibility with
SNMPv1. SNMP Management: SNMPv3: -Documentation-Documentation Architecture-
Architecture-Applications-User based Security Model-Access Control

a
Unit IV
SNMP Management: RMON: - Remote Monitoring- SMI and MIB-RMON1-RMON2-ATM

y
remote monitoring-case study. Network Management Tools and Systems: Tools-Network
Statistics Measurement Systems-Enterprise-Network Management Systems-Commercial
Network Management Systems-Systems Management-Enterprise Management Solutions

Unit V

un
Network Management Applications: Configuration Management-Fault Management-

r
Performance Management-Event Correlation Techniques-Security Management-Accounting
Management-Report Management-Policy based Management-Service level Management.
Web-Based Management-NMS with Web Interface and Management-Web Interface to

a
SNMP Management-Embedded Web base Management-Desktop Management Interface-
Enterprise Management-WBEM-Java Management Extensions-Management of a storage
Area Network Future Directions

K
Text Book:
1. Mani Subramanian, Network Management, Pearson Education, 2000
ISBN: 81-7808-595-X. (Chapters 1-8, 12-14)

Reference Book:

Division of Information Technology 107

 1. Stephen B. Morris, Network Management – MIB AND MPLS, Pearson Education,
2003, ISBN: 81-291-0346-7.

IT313 LAN: DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0

Unit I
Marks: (40+60)

Introduction: Networks – LAN definition, Components, Models, Applications – Data

it y
s
Communication Models: Layered Architecture – OSI Model – TCP/IP Protocol Suite – IEEE

r
Standards – Data Transmission – Analog and Digital Signals – Digital And Analog
Transmission – Multiplexing – Data Rate – Transmission Media: Guided Media – Unguided
Media – Transmission Impairment – Performance

Unit II

v e
Error Detection: Types of Errors – Detection – Vertical, Longitudinal and Cyclic

i
Redundancy Checks – Error Correction – LAN Topologies – Bus, Ring, Star and Hybrid
Topologies – Flow and Error Control – Medium Access Methods: Random Access –

n
Controlled Access

Unit III

U
Logical Link Control: Services – LLC Protocol – Service/ Protocol Association – Ethernet 10
Mbps: Access Method CSMA/CD – Layers – Mac Sublayer – Physical Layer –
Implementation – Ethernet Evolution: Fast and Gigabit Ethernet: Bridged Ethernet –
Switched Ethernet – Full Duplex Ethernet – MAC Control – Fast Ethernet – Mac Sublayer –

a
Physical Layer – Implementation – Gigabit Ethernet – Mac Sublayer – Physical Layer –
Implementation – Token Bus: Physical Vs Logical Topology – Token Passing – Service

y
Classes – Ring Management - Layers – Mac Sublayer – Physical Layer.

Unit IV

n
Token Ring: Access Method: Token Passing – Layers – Mac Sublayer – Physical Layer –
Ring Management – Priority and Reservation Levels – Implementing Priorities –ATM

u
LANS: Architecture – LANE – Client Server Model – LANE Operation – Frame Format –

r
Wireless LANs: Wireless Transmission – ISM Frequency Band – Architecture – Mac
Sublayer – Physical Layer –High Data Rate Standard – LAN performance: Parameters –
Efficiency – Efficiency of CSMA/CD and Token Ring

a
Unit V
Connecting LANS: Repeaters – Bridges – Routers – Gateways – other devices – TCP/IP:

K
Overview – Network Layer – Addressing Subnetting – Other Protocols in the Network Layer
– Transport Layer – IPV6 & ICMPV6 – Data Encryption: Conventional Methods – Public
Key Methods – Authentication – Network Management: Configuration, Fault, Performance,
Security and Accounting Management- SNMP

Text Book:

Division of Information Technology 108

Behrouz A. Forouzan, Local Area Network, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2003, ISBN: 0-07-048666-
2. (Chapters 1- 20)

IT314 MOBILE COMPUTING AND COMMUNICATION

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0

Unit I
Introduction - Antennas - Signal propagation – Multiplexing – Modulation - Spread

it y
Marks: (40 + 60)

s
Spectrum - Cellular systems - Medium access control-SDMA, FDMA, TDMA, CDMA –

r
Comparison of S/T/F/CDMA - Telecommunication systems – GSM - DECT – TETRA -
UMTS – IMT 2000 - Satellite systems-Applications – Basics – Routing – Localization –
Handover - Broadcast systems - Cyclic repetition of data - Digital audio broadcasting -

e
Digital video broadcasting

v
Unit II

i
Wireless LAN - Infrared Vs Radio transmission - Infrastructure and adhoc networks - IEEE
802.11 – HIPERLAN – Bluetooth - Wireless ATM - WATM services - Reference model-

n
functions - Radio access layer – Handover - Location Management – Addressing -Mobile
quality of service - Access point control protocol

U
Unit III
Mobile network layer - Mobile IP - Dynamic host configuration protocol - adhoc networks -
Mobile transport layer - Traditional TCP - Indirect TCP - Snooping TCP - Mobile TCP - Fast
retransmit/ fast recovery - Transmission/ time-out freezing - Selective retransmission -

a
Transaction oriented TCP - Support for mobility - File systems - World Wide Web - Wireless
application protocol

Unit IV

n y
Pervasive Computing – Devices - Information Access Devices – Handheld Computer -Palm
OS-Based Devices - Windows CE-based Handheld Computer - EPOC based – Handheld
Computer-Sub-Notebooks-Phones-Data transmission Capabilities-Smart Phones - Screen

u
Phones - Smart Identification – Smart Cards-Smart Labels - Smart tokens - Embedded

r
Controls - Smart Sensors and Actuators - Smart Appliances - Appliances and Home
Networking - Automotive Computing - Entertainment Systems – Television Systems -
Game Consoles.

a
Unit V
Software – Java – Language Characteristics-Java Class Library-Java Edition –Micro Edition

K
– Personal Java and Embedded Java – Development tools for Java- Operating Systems -
Windows CE – Palm OS – Symbian OS – Java card – Client Middleware-Programming
APIs-Smart Card Programming - Messaging Components – Database Components-Security -
Cryptographic Patterns and Methods - Cryptographic tools- Secure Socket Layer – New
Services - Home Services - System View- Communication Services - Home Automation –
Energy Services - Security Services - Remote Home Health Care Services - Travel And

Division of Information Technology 109

Business Services – Consumer Services - Interactive Advertisements – Loyalty - Shopping -
Payments Services

Text Books:
1. 1.Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communication, Pearson Education, 2000, ISBN: 81-297-
0350-5. (Chapters 1-5, 6-9, 21-23)
2. Uwe Hansmann, Lothar Merk, Martin S.Nicklous and Thomas Stober, Principles of
Mobile Computing, Second Edition, Springer International Edition, 2003.

it y
s
Reference Book:

r
1. Yi-Bing Lin and Imrich Chlamtac, Wireless and Mobile Network Architecture,
JohnWiley and Sons Inc., 2001, ISBN 0-471-39492-0.

e
IT315 MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS

v
Credits: 4 : 0 : 0 Marks: (40 + 60)

Unit I

n i
Coding of Multimedia Signals – Quantization and Coding – Scalar quantization – Coding
Theory – Rate distortion optimization of quantization – Entropy coding – Vector quantization
– Sliding block coding

Unit II

U
Still Image coding – Compression of binary images – Vector quantization of images –
Predictive coding – Transform coding – Fractal coding – Region based coding

Unit III

y a
Video Coding – Methods without video compression – Hybrid video coding – Motion
compensation prediction – Coding using wavelet transform – Spatio-Temporal frequency
coding with motion compensation – Encoding of motion parameters

Unit IV

un
Audio coding – Coding of speech signals – Waveform coding of Audio signals – Parmetric

r
coding of audio and sound signals – Transmission and storage – Convergence of digital
multimedia services – Adaptation to channel characteristics – Digital broadcast – Media
streaming – Content based media access – Content protection – Composition and mixing of

a
usual signals – Warping and morphing – Viewpoint adaptation – Frame rate conversion –
Rendering of image and video signal composition and rendering of audio signals

K
Unit V
Multimedia representation standards – Interoperability and Compatibility – Definitions at
system level – Still image coding – Video coding – Audio coding – Multimedia content
description standard MPEG7 - Multimedia framework MPEG21

Textbook:
Jens-Reiner Ohm, Multimedia Communication Technology, Springer, 2004,

Division of Information Technology 110

ISBN: 3-540-01249-4. (Chapters11-17)

IT316 NETWORK DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT LAB

Credits: 0 : 0 : 2

y
Marks: (50 + 50)

12 experiments will be notified by HOD from time to time

it
r s
v e
n i
U
y a
un
a r
K
Division of Information Technology 111
 ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS

Code No. Subject Name Credits

IT235 Computer Architecture 4:0:0

y
IT236 Communication Engineering 4:0:0

it
IT237 High Speed Networks 4:0:0
IT238 Data Mining 4:0:0
IT239 Mobile Computing 4:0:0

s
IT240 Signals and Systems 4:0:0
IT317 Mobile Computing and Communication 4:0:0
IT318
IT319
IT320
IT321
Grid Computing
Performance Evaluation of Computer Networks
Semantic Web
Optical Networks

er 4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0

v
IT322 Information Security Lab 0:0:2

i
IT323 Wireless Networks Lab 0:0:2

IT235 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0

UNIT I
n Marks: (40 + 60)

U
Computer organization & architecture, Function & Structure, Top level view of computer
components, Computer function, Interrupts, Multiple interrupts, Cache memory.
(Chapters 1, 3.1, 3.2, 4)

UNIT II

y a
Computer memory systems overview, Semiconductor main memory, Error correction,
Advanced DRAM organization, External devices & I/O modules, Programmed I/O, Interrupt
driven I/O, Direct Memory Access. (Chapters 5, 7.1-7.5)

UNIT III

un
Computer Arithmetic - M/C instruction characteristics, Types of operands, Types of
operation, Transfer of control, Pentium operations, PowerPC operations, Assembly language,

UNIT IV
r
Addressing, Pentium & PowerPC addressing modes. (Chapters 9, 10, 11.1, 11.2)

a
Processor & Register organization, Instruction cycle, Instruction pipelining, Intel 80486
pipelining, Pentium & Power PC processors. (Chapter 12)

K
UNIT V
Micro operations, Control of the CPU, Intel 8085, Hardwired implementation,
Microprogrammed control basic concept, Microinstruction sequencing, Microinstruction
execution. (Chapters 16, 17.1-17.3)

Text Book:

Division of Information Technology AN-43

 1. William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture, Sixth Edition, Prentice
Hall India, 2003. ISBN: 81-7808-792-8.

IT236 COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Credits: 4: 0: 0 Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I

it
Introduction-Decibels and Noise-Amplitude Modulation - Receivers for AM: RF stage - IF
stage-Frequency and Phase Modulation.(Chapters 1,3-6) y
UNIT II

r s
Wire and Cable Media: Parameters - Balanced and Unbalanced Lines - Drivers and
Receivers-Twisted pair and Coaxial Cables-Propagation and Antennas-Digital information

e
(Chapters 7, 9,10)

v
UNIT III

i
Digital Communication Fundamentals-Digital Communication Systems - Digital Modulation
and Testing. (Chapters 11-13)

UNIT IV

n
Telephone System - RS 232 Interface Standard, Modems and High Speed Ports Links.

U
(Chapters 16, 17)

UNIT V
Satellite Communication - Navigation, Global Positioning System - Cellular Telephone -

a
Advanced Wireless Systems- Radar Systems. (Chapters 19, 20, 21)

y
Text Book:
1. William Schweber, Electronic Communication Systems - A Complete Course, Fourth
Edition, Prentice-Hall International, 2002. ISBN-81-203-2229-0

un
Credits: 4 : 0 : 0
IT237 HIGH SPEED NETWORKS
Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I

a r
Overview: History of Communication Networks – Networking Principles – Future Networks.
Performance of circuit switched networks – SONET – Dense Wave Division Multiplexing
(DWDM) – Fiber – Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) – Intelligent Networks – CATV

K
UNIT II
ATM: Main features of ATM – Addressing Signaling & Routing – ATM Header Structure –
ATM Adaptation layer – Management and control – BISDN
Internetworking with ATM: Multiprotocol Encapsulation over AAL5 – LAN Emulation over
ATM – IP over ATM – Multiprotocol over ATM – Frame Relay over ATM

Division of Information Technology AN-44

UNIT III
Wireless Networks: Introduction – The wireless channel – Link level design – Channel
access – Network design – Standards – Future System and Standards

UNIT IV
Control of Networks: Objectives and methods of control – Circuit – Switched Networks –
Datagram networks – ATM Networks

UNIT V

it y
s
Optical Networks: Optical Links – WDM System – Optical Cross connects – Optical LANs –

r
Optical Paths and Networks – Switching. Global Multimedia Network: Attributes of the
Global Network – Technology areas – Challenges.

e
Textbook:
1. Jean Walrand and Pravin Varaiya, High Performance Communication Networks,

v
Second Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2000. (Chapters 1, 5-8, 11 - 13)

Credits: 4: 0: 0

n i
IT238 DATA MINING
Marks: (40 + 60)

U
UNIT I
Introduction: Data Mining – Functionalities – Patterns Classification - Major issues - Data
Warehouse and OLAP technology for data mining: data warehouse - multidimensional data
model - data warehouse architecture – implementation - development of data cube

a
technology - data mining to data warehousing.

y
UNIT II
Data Preprocessing: Reason for data preprocess - data cleaning - data integration and
transformation - data reduction - discretization and concept hierarchy generation - data

n
mining primitives, Languages and System Architecture: data mining primitives - data mining
query language - Designing graphical user interfaces-architectures of data mining Systems.

u
r
UNIT III
Concept Description: Data Generalization and Summarization - Analytical Characterization -
Mining class Comparisons - Mining Descriptive Statistical Measures in Large databases -

a
Discussion - Mining Association Rules in Large Databases: Association Rule Mining -
Mining Single-Mining Multilevel Association Rules from Transaction Databases - Mining
multidimensional Association Rules from Relational Databases and Data Warehouses -

K
Association Mining to Correlation Analysis - Constraint Based Association Mining.

UNIT IV
Classification and Prediction: Issues Regarding Classification and Predication -
Classification by decision Tree Induction - Bayesian Classification - Classification by
Backpropagation - Classification Based on Concepts from Association Rule Mining -
Classification Methods -Prediction - Classifier Accuracy.

Division of Information Technology AN-45

UNIT V
Cluster Analysis: Types - Categorization of Major Clustering Methods - Partitioning
Methods - Hierarchical Methods - Density Based Methods - Grid Based Methods - Model
Based Clustering Methods - Outlier Analysis.

Text Book:
1. Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, Data Mining concepts and Techniques, Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers, 2002 ISBN 81-8147-049-4. (Chapters 1-8)

it y
Reference Book:

r s
1. Michael J.A.Berry and Gordon S.Linoff, “Mastering Data Mining-The art and
Science of Customer Relationship Management”, Wiley2000, ISBN 9971-51-369-2.

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0
IT239 MOBILE COMPUTING

v e Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I

n i
Pervasive Computing - Information Access Devices - Smart Identification - Embedded
Controls. (Chapter 1- 4).

U
UNIT II
Software: Java - Operating Systems: Windows CE – Palm OS - Symbian OS - Java Card-
Client Middleware- Security (Chapter 6-9).

a
UNIT III
Connecting the world: Internet Protocols and Formats - Mobile Internet - Voice - Web

y
Services. (Chapter 10- 13).

UNIT IV

n
Connectivity - Service Discovery - Back-End Server Infrastructure: Gateways - Application

u
Servers. (Chapter14-17)

UNIT V

a r
Internet Portals - Synchronization -Home Services - Travel and Business Services -
Consumer Services. (Chapter 18, 20 –23)

Text Book:

K 1. Uwe Hansmann, Lothar Merk, Martin S.Nicklous and Thomas Stober, Principles of
Mobile Computing, Second Edition, Springer, 2003, ISBN 81-8128-073-3.

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0
IT240 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS

Marks: (40 + 60)

Division of Information Technology AN-46

UNIT I
Signals and Systems: Introduction – Continuous Time and Discrete Time signals –
Transformations of independent variable – Exponential and sinusoidal signals – Unit Impulse
and Unit Step functions – Continuous Time and Discrete Time systems – Basic system
properties. (Chapter 1)

UNIT II

it
Linear Time Invariant Systems: Introduction – Discrete Time LTI systems : Convolution sum
– Continuous Time LTI systems: Convolution Integral – Properties of Linear Time-Invarianty
s
systems – Causal LTI systems described by differential and difference equations –

r
Singularity functions. (Chapter 2)

UNIT III

e
Filtering – Frequency shaping and selective filters – Time and frequency characterization:
Introduction – Magnitude phase representation of fourier transform – Magnitude phase

v
representation of the frequency response of LTI system – Time Domain properties of ideal

i
frequency selective filters – Time Domain and Frequency Domain aspects of non ideal filters
– First order, Second order continuous time system - First order, Second order discrete time

n
system – Example of time and frequency domain analysis of systems.(Section 3.9,Chapter 6).

UNIT IV

U
Sampling: Introduction – Representation of continuous time signal by its samples: Sampling
Theorem – Reconstruction of signal from its samples using interpolation – Effect of
undersampling: aliasing – Discrete time processing of continuous time signals – Sampling of
discrete time signals – Analysis and Characterization of LTI system using the Laplace

a
Transform, System function algebra and block diagram representation – Unilateral Laplace
transform. (Chapter 7, Section 9.7-9.9)

UNIT V

n y
The Z-transform: Introduction – Region of convergence of Z transform – The inverse Z
transform – Geometric evolution of the fourier transform from the Pole-Zero plot –
Properties of the Z transform – Some common Z transform pairs - Analysis and

u
Characterization of LTI system using the Z Transform – System function algebra and block

r
diagram representation – Unilateral Z transform. (Chapter 10)

Text Book:

a
1. Alan V. Oppenheim and Alan S. Willsky, Signals and Systems, Second Edition,
Prentice Hall India, 1997, ISBN 81-203-1246-5.
Reference Book:

K 1. Rodger E. Ziemer, William H. Tranter and D. Ronald Fannin, Signals and Systems –
Continuous and Discrete, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education Inc., 1998, ISBN 81-
7808-296-9.

IT317 MOBILE COMPUTING AND COMMUNICATION

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0 Marks: (40 + 60)

Division of Information Technology AN-47

UNIT I
Introduction –Wireless transmission: Antennas - Spread Spectrum - Cellular systems -
Medium access control: SDMA- FDMA- TDMA-CDMA– Comparison of S/T/F/CDMA -
Telecommunication systems: GSM - DECT – TETRA - UMTS and IMT 2000 - Broadcast

(Text 1: Chapters 1, 2.3, 2.7, 2.8, 3, 4, 6)

UNIT II

it y
systems : Cyclic repetition of data - Digital audio broadcasting - Digital video broadcasting.

s
Wireless LAN : Infrared Vs Radio transmission - Infrastructure and adhoc networks - IEEE

r
802.11 – HIPERLAN– Bluetooth- Wireless ATM: WATM services - Reference model-
functions - Radio access layer – Handover - Location Management – Addressing -Mobile
quality of service - Access point control protocol. (Text 1: Chapters 7, 8.3-8.11)

UNIT III

v e
Mobile network layer: Mobile IP - Dynamic host configuration protocol - adhoc networks -

i
Mobile transport layer : Traditional TCP-- Indirect TCP - Snooping TCP - Mobile TCP - Fast
retransmit/ fast recovery - Transmission/ time-out freezing - Selective retransmission -

n
Transaction oriented TCP - Support for mobility : File systems - World Wide Web - Wireless
application protocol. (Text 1: Chapters 9-11)

U
UNIT IV
Pervasive Computing – Information Access Devices - Smart Identification - Embedded
Controls - Entertainment Systems. (Text 2: Chapters 1– 5)

a
UNIT V
Software – Java-Operating Systems-Client Middleware-Security-New services-Home

y
Services - Travel and Business Services- Consumer Services
(Text 2: Chapters 6 –9, 21-23)

Text Books:

n
1. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communication, Pearson Education, 2000. ISBN 81-7808-
170-9.

u
r
2. Uwe Hansmann, Lothar Merk, Martin S.Nicklous and Thomas Stober, Principles of
Mobile Computing, Second Edition, Springer International Edition, 2003. ISBN 81-
8120-073-3.

K a
Reference Book:
1. Yi-Bing Lin and Imrich Chlamtac, Wireless and Mobile Network Architecture,
JohnWiley and Sons Inc., 2001. ISBN 0-471-39492-0.

IT318 GRID COMPUTING

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0
Marks: (40 + 60)
UNIT I

Division of Information Technology AN-48

Early grid activities – Current grid activities – An overview of grid business areas – Grid
applications – Grid infrastructure – Organizations developing Grid standards and best
practice guidelines – Global grid forum – Organizations developing grid computing tool kits
and the framework – Organizations building and using grid based solutions to solve
computing, data and network requirements – Commercial organizations building and using
grid based solutions – The Grid problem – Autonomic computing – Business on demand and

it
infrastructure virtualisation – Service oriented architecture and Grid – Semantic Grids

UNIT II y
s
Service oriented architecture – Web service architecture XML, Related technologies and

r
their relevance to web services – XML messages and enveloping – Service message
description mechanisms – Relationship between web service and grid service – Web service
interoperability and the role of the WS-I organization – OGSA architecture and goal –

e
Commercial data center – National fusion collaboratory – Online media and entertainment –
Native platform services and transport mechanisms – OGSA hosting environment – Core

v
networking services transport and security – OGSA infrastructure – OGSA basic services

UNIT III

n i
Grid services – A high level introduction to OGSI – Technical details of OGSI specification
– Introduction to service data concepts – Grid service: Naming and change management
recommendations – Common management model – Service domains – Policy architecture –

U
Security architecture – Metering and accounting – Common distributed logging – Distributed
data access and replication

UNIT IV

a
GT3 software architecture model – Service-programming model

y
UNIT V
Acme search service implementation in a top down approach – Resource discovery and
monitoring – Resource allocation – Data management – Information services – Index

n
services – Resource information provider service – Resource management services – Data
management services – OGSI.NET framework implementation

u
r
Text Book:
1. Joshy Joseph and Craig Fellenstein, Grid Computing, Pearson Education, 2004. ISBN
81-297-0527-3.

K a
Reference Book:
1. Ian Foster and Carl Kesselman, The Grid: Blueprint for a New Computing
Infrastructure, Second Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2004.

IT319 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER NETWORKS

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0
Marks: (40 + 60)
UNIT I

Division of Information Technology AN-49

Introduction to queuing paradigm – Queuing theory – Queuing models – Case studies:
Performance model of a distributed file service – Single bus multiprocessor modeling –
Teranet, a light wave network, Performance model of a shared medium packet switch.
Introduction to single queuing system – The M/M/1 queuing system – Little’s law –
Reversibility and Burke’s theorem – The state dependent M/M/1 queuing system – The
M/M/1/N queuing system: The finite buffer case – The M/M/αqueuing system: Infinite
number of services – The M/M/m/m queue: A loss system – Central server CPU model –
Transient solution of the M/M/1/αqueuing system.

it y
s
UNIT II

r
The M/G/1 queuing system – Priority system for multi class traffic – Introduction to
networks of queues – The product form solution – Algebraic topological interpretation of the
product form solution – Recursive solution of non-product form networks – Queuing

e
networks with negative customers.

v
UNIT III

i
Introduction to numerical solution of models – Closed queuing networks: Convolution
algorithm – Mean value analysis – PANACEA: approach for large markovian-Norton’s

n
equivalent for queuing networks – Simulation communication networks.

UNIT IV

U
Introduction to stochastic petrinets – Bus oriented multiprocessor model – Toroidal MPN
lattices – The dining philosophers problem – A station oriented CSMA/CD protocol model –
The alternating bit protocol – SPN’s without product form solution – Introduction to discrete
time queuing system – Discrete time arrival processes – The Geom/Geom/m/N queuing

a
system and The Geom/Geom/m/1 system.

y
UNIT V
Case studies: Queuing on a space division packet switch, Queuing on a single buffered
banyan network, DQDB erasure station location – Introduction to network traffic modeling –

n
Continuous time models – Discrete time models – Solution methods – Burstiness – Self
similar traffic.

u
r
Text Book:
1. Thomas G. Robertazzi, Computer Networks and System: Queuing theory and
Performance Evaluation, Third Edition, Springer, 2000. ISBN 0-387-95037-0.

K a
Credits: 4 : 0 : 0

UNIT I
IT320 SEMANTIC WEB
Marks: (40 + 60)

Introduction – Need for semantic web – Provisions and Possibilities of semantic web –
Languages and Ontologies – SHOE language – Implementation – DAML-ONT Ontology
language – Language extension – Axiomatic semantics of DAML-ONT

UNIT II

Division of Information Technology AN-50

Ontologies and Schemas – OIL Ontology language – XML schema – RDF schema –
Application to online resources – Brokering reasoning components on the web – UPML –
Ontologies – Simple ontologies and uses – Structured ontologies and uses – Structured
ontologies and uses – Ontology acquisition – Ontology related implications and Needs

UNIT III
Sesame – RDF and RDF schema – Need for an RDF/S query language – Sesame’s
architecture – Sesame’s Functional modules – Evolving Web – Web problem solving –

it
Domains – Enabling infrastructure – Knowledge mobility – Need for knowledge mobility –y
s
New generation knowledge bases – Resilient hyper-knowledge bases – TRELLIS

UNIT IV

er
Complex relationships for semantic web – Knowledge modeling – Information scapes –
Knowledge discovery – Visual Interfaces – Semantic portal: SEAL approach – Ontology and
knowledge bases – Ontology engineering – SEAL Infrastructure and Core modules –

v
Semantic ranking – Semantic personalization

UNIT V

n i
Semantic gadgets – Representation – Semantic discovery – Contracting for the use of
services – Composition of services – Static semantics – Dynamic semantics – Sources of
dynamic semantics – Web agents – Information retrieval and theorem proving perspectives –

U
Glue – Features – Comparison – Semantic Annotation – External annotation framework –
Annotation based transcoding system – HTML Page splitting – Task achieving agents –
Standards – Web based application

a
Text Book:
1. Diester Fensel, James Hendler, Henry Lieberman, Wolfgang Wahlster, Spinning the

y
Semantic Web, The MIT Press, 2003. ISBN 0-262-06232-1.

IT321 OPTICAL NETWORKS

UNIT I

un
Credits: 4 : 0 : 0 Marks: (40 + 60)

r
Introduction – Telecommunication network architecture – Services – Circuit switching –
Optical Networks – Optical layer – Optical packet switching – Transmission basics –
Network evolution – Client layers – SONET/SDH – ATM – IP – Storage Area Networks –

a
Gigabit Ethernet.

UNIT II

K
WDM network elements – Optical line terminals – Optical line amplifiers – Optical
Add/Drop multiplexers – Optical cross connects – WDM Network design – Cost Trade offs –
LTD and RWA problems – Dimensioning wavelength – Routing networks – Statistical
dimensioning models – Maximum load dimensioning models.

Division of Information Technology AN-51

UNIT III
Control and Management – Network Management function – Optical layer services and
- Layers with in optical layer – Performance and fault management configuration
management – optical safety. Network suitability – Basic concepts – protection in SONET /
SDH IP networks – Optical layer protection schemes – Interworking layers.

UNIT IV
Access Networks – Network architecture overview – Enhanced HFC – Fiber to the curb
(FTTC) photonic packet switch – Optical TDM – Synchronization – Header processing –

it y
s
Buffering – Burst switching – test beds.

UNIT V

r
Deployment considerations – evolving telecommunication network – Designing the

e
transmission layer – Using SDM, TDM, WDM - Long haul network metro networks.

Text Book:

i v
1. Rajiv Ramaswami, Kumar N Sivarajan, Optical Networks – A Practical Perspective,

n
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2004. ISBN 1-55860-445-6.

U
IT322 INFORMATION SECURITY LAB
Credits : 0:0:2 Marks : 50 + 50

12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time

Credits : 0:0:2
y a
IT323 WIRELESS NETWORKS LAB
Marks : 50 + 50

un 12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time

a r
K
Division of Information Technology AN-52
 LIST OF ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS

Code Subject Name Credit

IT241
IT242
IT243
IT244
Communication Engineering
Principles of Mobile Communication
User Interface Design
LAN Design and Implementation
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0

it y
IT245
IT246
IT247
Satellite Communication
Geographical Information System
Bio-Informatics

r s 4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0

e
IT324 Case Tools Lab (IT225)* 0:0:2
IT325 Advanced Communication Engineering 4:0:0

v
IT326 Principles of Digital Multimedia 4:0:0

i
IT327 Advanced Computer Graphics 4:0:0
IT328 Web Design 4:0:0

n
IT329 Digital Image Processing 4:0:0
IT330 Digital Signal Processing 4:0:0
IT331 Multimedia Communication 4:0:0

U
IT332 Computer Animation 4:0:0
IT333 3D Modeling and Rendering 4:0:0
IT334 Virtual Reality Technology 4:0:0
IT335 Digital Signal and Image Processing Lab 0:0:2
IT336
IT337
IT338
IT339
Web Design Lab
Animation Lab
Audio and Video Lab

y a
Multimedia System Design Lab
0:0:2
0:0:2
0:0:2
0:0:2

n
IT340 Virtual Reality Lab 0:0:2
IT341 Mobile Communication 4:0:0

u
IT342 Wireless Security 4:0:0

r
IT343 Software Project Management 4:0:0
* new code only

K a
Credits: 4:0:0

UNIT I
IT241 COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Marks: (40 + 60)

Decibels and Noise – Amplitude Modulation – Receivers for AM: RF stage – IF stage
(Chapter 3 – 5)

Department of Information Technology 1

UNIT II
Frequency and Phase Modulation – Wire and Cable Media: Parameters – Balanced and
Unbalanced Lines – Drivers and Receivers – Propagation and Antennas – Digital
Information. (Chapter 6,9,10)

UNIT III
Digital Communication Fundamentals – Digital Communication Systems – Digital
Modulation and Testing. (Chapter 11 – 13)

it y
UNIT IV

r s
TV/Video , Facsimile – RS 232 Interface Standard, Modems and High Speed Ports Links
(Chapter 14,17)

UNIT V

v e
Satellite Communication – Navigation, Global Positioning System – Cellular Telephone

i
(Chapter 19,20)

n
Text Book:
William Schweber . Electronic Communication System – A Complete Course, Fourth Edition,
Prentice Hall International, 2002. ISBN: 81-203-2229-0.

U
IT242 PRINCIPLES OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION

a
Credits: 4:0:0 Marks: (40 + 60)

y
UNIT I
Introduction - Wireless Transmission: Frequencies for radio transmission, Signals, Antennas,
Signal Propagation, Multiplexing, Modulation, Spread Spectrum, Cellular Systems

UNIT II

un
Medium Access Control: Motivation, SDMA, FDMA, TDMA, CDMA - Comparison

r
Telecommunication Systems: GSM, DECT, TETRA, UMTS and IMT- 2000
Satellite Systems: Basics - Routing - Localization - Handover

a
UNIT III
Wireless LAN: Infrared Vs radio transmission, Infrastructure and ad hoc networks, IEEE
802.11, HYPERLAN, Bluetooth.

K
UNIT IV
Wireless ATM: Motivation, Working group, WATM services, Reference model, Functions,
Radio access layer, Handover, Location management, Addressing, Quality of service, Access
point control protocol
Mobile network layer: Mobile IP, Dynamic host configuration protocol, Ad-hoc networks

Department of Information Technology 2

UNIT V
Mobile transport layer: Traditional TCP, Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP, Mobile TCP, Fast
retransmission/ fast recovery, Selective retransmission, Transaction oriented TCP
Support for mobility: Wireless application protocol

Textbook:
Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communications, Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2004.
ISBN 81-297-0350-5. (Chapters 1-5, 7-9, 10.3)

it y
s
Reference Book:

r
Yi-Bing Lin and Imrich Chlamtac, Wireless and Mobile Network Architecture, Second
Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2001.

Credits: 4: 0: 0
IT243 USER INTERFACE DESIGN

v e Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I

n i
Human factors of interactive software-Theories, principles, and guidelines-Managing design
processes.
(Sections 1.1-1.6, 2.1-2.9, 3.1-3.9)

UNIT II

U
Expert reviews, usability testing, surveys, and continuing assessments-Software tools-Direct
manipulation and virtual environments.

a
(Sections 4.1-4.7, 5.1-5.4, 6.1-6.8)

y
UNIT III
Menu selection, form filling, and dialog boxes-Command and natural languages-Interaction
devices.

UNIT-IV

un
(Sections 7.1-7.8, 8.1-8.8, 9.1-9.7)

r
Response time and display rate-Presentation styles: Balancing function and fashion-printed
manuals, online help, and tutorials-Multiple-window strategies.
(Sections 10.1-10.5, 11.1-11.5, 12.1-12.4, 13.1-13.6)

K a
UNIT-V
Computer-Supported cooperative work-Information search and visualization-Hypermedia
and the World Wide Web.
(Sections 14.1-14.6, 15.1-15.5, 16.1-16.6)

Text Book:
Ben Shneiderman, Designing the user interface-Strategies for effective human-computer
interaction, Third Edition, Pearson Education, 1998.

Department of Information Technology 3

 IT244 LAN DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0 Marks: (40+60)

UNIT I
Introduction: Networks – LAN definition, Components, Models, Applications – Data
Communication Models: Layered Architecture – OSI Model – TCP/IP Protocol Suite – IEEE
Standards – Data Transmission – Analog and Digital Signals – Digital And Analog

it y
s
Transmission – Multiplexing – Data Rate – Transmission Media: Guided Media – Unguided

r
Media – Transmission Impairment – Performance

UNIT II

e
Error Detection: Types of Errors – Detection – Vertical, Longitudinal and Cyclic
Redundancy Checks – Error Correction – LAN Topologies – Bus, Ring, Star and Hybrid

v
Topologies – Flow and Error Control – Medium Access Methods: Random Access –

i
Controlled Access

n
UNIT III
Logical Link Control: Services – LLC Protocol – Service/ Protocol Association – Ethernet 10
Mbps: Access Method CSMA/CD – Layers – Mac Sublayer – Physical Layer –

U
Implementation – Ethernet Evolution: Fast and Gigabit Ethernet: Bridged Ethernet –
Switched Ethernet – Full Duplex Ethernet – MAC Control – Fast Ethernet – Mac Sublayer –
Physical Layer – Implementation – Gigabit Ethernet – Mac Sublayer – Physical Layer –
Implementation – Token Bus: Physical Vs Logical Topology – Token Passing – Service

a
Classes – Ring Management - Layers – Mac Sublayer – Physical Layer.

y
UNIT IV
Token Ring: Access Method: Token Passing – Layers – Mac Sublayer – Physical Layer –
Ring Management – Priority and Reservation Levels – Implementing Priorities –ATM

n
LANS: Architecture – LANE – Client Server Model – LANE Operation – Frame Format –
Wireless LANs: Wireless Transmission – ISM Frequency Band – Architecture – Mac

u
Sublayer – Physical Layer –High Data Rate Standard – LAN performance: Parameters –

r
Efficiency – Efficiency of CSMA/CD and Token Ring

UNIT V

a
Connecting LANS: Repeaters – Bridges – Routers – Gateways – other devices – TCP/IP:
Overview – Network Layer – Addressing Subnetting – Other Protocols in the Network Layer
– Transport Layer – IPV6 & ICMPV6 – Data Encryption: Conventional Methods – Public

K
Key Methods – Authentication – Network Management: Configuration, Fault, Performance,
Security and Accounting Management- SNMP

Text Book:
Behrouz A. Forouzan, Local Area Network, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2003, ISBN: 0-07-048666-
2. (Chapters 1- 20)

Department of Information Technology 4

 IT245 SATELLITE COMMUNICATION

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0 Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I
Orbits and Launching Methods: Introduction - Kepler’s First, Second and Third laws -

it y
Definitions and terms for Earth - Orbiting Satellites - Orbital Elements - Apogee and Perigee
Heights - Orbital Perturbations - Inclined Orbits - Sun Synchronous Orbits
(Chapter 2)

UNIT II

r s
Geostationary Orbit: Introduction - Earth Eclipse of Satellite - Sun Transit Outage -
Launching Orbits

e
Radio Wave Propagation: Atmospheric Losses- Ionospheric Effects
Polarization: Antenna Polarization - Polarization of Satellite Signals

v
Antennas: Reciprocity Theorem For Antennas - The Isotropic Radiator and Antenna Gain -

i
The Half-Wave Dipole - Aperture Antennas - The Parabolic Reflector - The Offset Feed.
(Chapters 3-6)

UNIT III

n
Space Segment: Introduction - Power Supply - Attitude Control - Station Keeping - Thermal

U
Control - TT&C subsystem – Transponders - Antenna Subsystem.
Earth Segment: Introduction – Receive - Only Home TV Systems - Master Antenna TV
System - Community Antenna TV System - Transmit-Receive Earth Stations
Error Control Coding: Linear Block Codes - Cyclic Codes- Convolution Codes

a
(Chapters 7, 8, 11)

y
UNIT IV
Space Link: Introduction - Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power - Transmission Losses - Link
Power Budget Equation - System Noise - Carrier to Noise Ratio - Uplink - Downlink

Coordination

un
Interference: Interference between Satellite Circuits (B1 and B2 Modes) - Energy Dispersal -

(Chapters 12, 13)

UNIT V

a r
Satellite Access: Introduction - TDMA - FDMA - CDMA Satellite Services and the Internet:
Orbital Spacing - Power Rating and Number of Transponders - Frequencies and Polarization
- Transponder Capacity - Bit Rates for Digital Television - MPEG Compression Standards -
Forward Error Correction - Home Receiver Outdoor Unit (ODU) - Home Receiver Indoor

K
Unit (IDU) - Downlink Analysis - Uplink
(Chapters 14, 15)

Text Book:
Dennis Roddy , Satellite Communications,Third edition ,Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.

Department of Information Technology 5

Reference Book:
Timothy Pratt, Satellite Communicationss, John Willey & Sons, 2000.

IT246 GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0

UNIT I

it y
Marks: (40 + 60)

s
Introduction to GIS - Maps and GIS- Digital Representation of Geographical Data

UNIT II

r
Data Quality and Data Standards - Raster –Based GIS Data Processing- Vector –Based GIS
Data Processing

e
v
UNIT III

i
Visualization of Geographic Information and Generation of Information and generation of
Information Products - Remote Sensing and GIS Integration

UNIT IV

n
Digital Terrain Modeling - Spatial Analysis and Modeling

UNIT V

U
GIS Implementation and project Management - GIS Issues and Prospects

a
Textbook:
C.P. Lo and Albert K.W. Yeung, Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information

y
System, Prentice Hall of India, 2002.

Reference Book:

n
Ian Heywood, Sarah Cornelius and Steve Carver, Introduction to Geographical Information
System, Second Edition, Pearson Education Edition, 2003.

u
a
UNIT I r
Credits: 4 : 0 : 0
IT247 BIO-INFORMATICS
Marks: (40+60)

Bio-Informatics: Introduction – Information Search – Data Retrieval – Genome Analysis and

K
Gene Mapping

UNIT II
Alignment of Pairs of Sequences – Alignment of multiple sequences – Phylogenic analysis –
Tools for similarity search and sequence alignment

Department of Information Technology 6

UNIT III
Profiles and hidden Markov models – Gene Identification – Prediction Gene expressions –
Micro Arrays

UNIT IV

UNIT V
Computational Methods for Pathways and System Biology – Introduction to drug discovery –

it y
Protein Classification and Structure Visualization – Protein Structure Prediction – Proteomics

s
Drug discover technology and strategies – Computer aided drug design

Text Book:

r
S.C. Rastogi, N. Mendiratta and P. Rastogi, Bio-Informatics Methods and Applications

e
Genomics, Proteomics and Drug Discovery, Prentice Hall India Ltd., 2004.

v
Reference Books:

i
1. Andreas D.Baxevanis, B.F.Francis Quellete, Bio-informatics - A Practical guide to
the analysis of genes and proteins, Second Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2002.

n
2. Dan E. Krane, Michael L. Raymer, Fundamental Concepts of Bio-Informatics,
Pearson Education Inc., 2003.

Credits: 4:0:0
U
IT325 ADVANCED COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Marks: (40 + 60)

a
UNIT I: Digital and Data communications

y
Digital communications-Introduction, Digital communication, Shannon limit for information
capacity, Digital radio, Digital amplitude modulation, Frequency shift keying, Phase shift
keying, Quadrature amplitude modulation, Bandwidth efficiency, Carrier recovery,

n
differential phase shift keying, Clock recovery, Probability of error and bit error rate -
History of data communication standards organizations for data communication, Data

u
communication circuits, Data communication codes, Error control, Synchronization.

a r
UNIT II: Data Communication protocols and network configurations
Open systems interconnection, Data transmission modes, Asynchronous protocols,
Synchronous protocols, Public data network, CCITT X.25 user-to-network interface
protocol, Integrated services digital network, Local area networks, Token passing ring,
Ethernet, Fiber distributed data interface.

K
UNIT III: Digital Transmission and Multiplexing:
Pulse modulation, Pulse code modulation, Delta modulation PCM, Adaptive Data
modulation PCM, Differential pulse code modulation, Pulse transmission, Signal power in
binary digital signals, Time-division multiplexing, T1 digital carrier system, CCITT time
division multiplexed carrier system, Codecs, Combo chips, North American digital hierarchy
line encoding.

Department of Information Technology 7

UNIT IV: Microwave Radio Communications & system gain, Optical fiber
Communications
Frequency Vs Amplitude modulation, Simplified FM microwave radio system, FM
microwave radio repeaters, Diversity, Protection switching, FM microwave radio stations,
Path characteristics, System gain, History of fiber optics, Optical fibers Vs metallic cable
facilities, Electromagnetic spectrum, Optical fiber communications system.

UNIT V: Satellite Communication

it y
s
History of satellites, Orbital satellites, Geostationary satellites, Orbital patterns, Look angles,

r
Orbital classification, Spacing & frequency allocation, Radiation patterns: Footprints,
Satellite system parameters, Satellite system link equations, Link budget.

e
Text book:
Wayne Tomasi, Advanced Electronic Communications Systems, Prentice-Hall

v
International Inc., 1998, ISBN: 0-13-649278-9.

Reference books:

n i
1. Forouzan, Introduction to Data Communication and Networking, TMH, 1998.
2. Tri T. Ha, Digital Satellite Communication, Second Edition, McGraw Hill, 1990.

U
IT326 PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL MULTIMEDIA
Credits: 4:0:0 Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I

a
Multimedia Authoring and Data Representations: Introduction to Multimedia – Multimedia
and Hypermedia – World Wide Web – Overview of Multimedia Software Tools –

y
Multimedia Authoring – Some useful editing and authoring tools – VRML – Graphics/Image
Data Types – Popular file formats – Color science – Color models in images – Color models
in video – Types of video signals – Analog video – Digital video.

UNIT II

un
Digitization of sound – MIDI – Quantization and transmission of audio – Multimedia data

r
compression: lossless compression algorithms – Lossy compression algorithms – Image
compression standards.

a
UNIT III
Basic video compression techniques – Introduction to video compression – Video
compression based on motion compensation – Search for motion vectors – H.261 – H.263 –

K
MPEG video coding – MPEG 1 – MPEG 2 – Overview of MPEG 4 – Object based visual
coding in MPEG 4 – Synthetic object coding in MPEG 4 – MPEG 4 Object types – Profiles
and Levels – MPEG 4 part 10/H.264 – MPEG 7 – MPEG 21.

Department of Information Technology 8

UNIT IV
Basic audio compression techniques – ADPCM in speech coding – G.726 ADPCM vocoders.
MPEG Audio compression: Psychoacoustics – MPEG audio – Other commercial audio
codecs – The future of MPEG 7 and MPEG 21.
Computer and multimedia networks: Basics of computer and multimedia networks –
Multiplexing technologies – LAN and WAN – Access networks – Common peripheral
interfaces.

UNIT V

it y
s
Multimedia network communication and applications: Quality of multimedia data

r
transmission – Multimedia over IP – Multimedia over ATM networks – Transport of MPEG
4 – Media on Demand.
Wireless Networks: Radio propogation models – Multimedia over wireless networks –

e
Content based retrievel in digital libraries – Image retrieval – C- BIRD – Case study –
Synopsis of current image search systems – Relevance feedback – Quantifying results –

v
Querying over videos – Querying on other formats – Outlook for content based retrievels.

Text Book:

n i
Ze-Nian Li and Mark S. Drew, Fundamentals of Multimedia, Pearson Education, 2004.
ISBN 81-297-0438-2.
Reference Books:

U
1. J-R Ohm, Multimedia Communication Technology, Springer-Verlag, 2004. ISBN 3-
540-01249-4.
2. Daniel Cunliffe, Geoff Elliott, Multimedia Computing, Crucial, 2003. ISBN 1-
903337-18-6.

Credits: 4:0:0

UNIT I
a
IT327 ADVANCED COMPUTER GRAPHICS

y
Marks: (40 + 60)

n
Introduction to computer graphics- - Usage of computer generated pictures - Elements of
pictures created in computer graphics - Graphics display devices - Graphics input primitives

u
and devices - Getting started making pictures - Drawing basic graphics primitives - Making

r
line drawings - Simple interaction with the mouse and keyboard.

UNIT II

a
More drawing tools – Introduction - World windows and view ports - Clipping lines -
Developing the canvas class - Relative drawing - Figures based on regular polygons -
Drawing circles and arcs using the parametric form of a curve

K
UNIT III
Vector tools for graphics – Introduction - Review of vectors - The dot product – The cross
product of two vectors - Representations of key geometric objects - Finding the intersection
of two line segments - Intersections of lines with planes, and clipping - Polygon intersection
problems.

Department of Information Technology 9

UNIT IV
Transformations of objects-introduction to transformations - 3D affine transformations -
Changing coordinate systems - Using affine transformations in a program - Drawing 3D
scenes with Open GL.

UNIT V
Modeling shapes with polygonal meshes - Introduction to solid modeling with polygonal
meshes – Polyhedra - Extruded shapes - Mesh approximations to smooth objects - Three

it y
dimentional viewing – Introduction - The camera revisited - Building a camera in a program

s
- Perspective projections of 3D objects - Producing stereo views - Taxonomy of projections.

Text Book:

r
F.S.Hill JR, Computer graphics using Open GL, Second Edition, Prentice Hall, 2001.
ISBN 81-203-2813-2.

e
v
Reference Book:

i
Edward Angel, Interactive Computer Graphics –A Top Down approach with OpenGL,
Addison Wesley, 2000. ISBN 0-201-38597-X.

n
IT328 WEB DESIGN

U
Credits: 4:0:0 Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I
Introduction to computers and the internet-Introduction-What is a Computer-Programming

a
language types-Other high level languages-structured programming-History of Internet and
world wide web-Hardware trends-Key s/w trend: object technology-JavaScript-Browser

y
portability-C & C++-Java-.NET-DHTML-Internet &WWW how to program-Microsoft
Internet Explorer 6-Introduction-Connecting to Internet-Internet Explorer 6 features-
Searching the Internet-Online Help & tutorials-Keeping track of your favorite sites-FTP-

n
Customizing browser settings-Electronic mail-Instant messaging-Other web browsers-Adobe
Photoshop elements: Creating web graphics-Introduction-Image Basics-Vector and raster

u
graphics-Toolbox-Layers-screen capture-file formats

UNIT II

a r
Introduction to XHTML: Part 1- Introduction-Editing XHTML-First XHTML example-w3c
XHTML validation service-Headers-Linking-Images-Special characters and more line
breakers-Unordered lists-Nested and ordered lists -Introduction to XHTML: part 2-
Introduction-Basic XHTML tables-Intermediate XHTML tables and formatting-Basic

K
XHTML forms-Internal linking-Creating and using image maps-meta elements-frameset
elements-nested framesets -Cascading style sheets-Introduction-Inline styles-Embedded style
sheets-conflicting styles-Linking external style sheets-W3C CSS validation service-
Positioning elements-Backgrounds-Element dimensions-Text flow and the box model-User
style sheets

Department of Information Technology 10

UNIT III
JavaScript: Introduction to Scripting-Simple program-Obtaining user input with prompt
dialogs-Memory concepts-Arithmetic-Decision making-JavaScript Control statements-
Algorithms-pseudocode-Control structures-If selection statement-if.else selection statement-
formulating algorithms-Counter controlled repetition-Sentinel controlled repetition-Nested
control structures-Assignment operators-Data types-JavaScript control statements II-
Essentials of computer controlled repetition-for repetition statement-exapmle-switch-
do..While-break and continue-labeled break and continue-Logical operators -Javascript:
functions-Program modules-program defined functions-function definitions-random number

it y
s
generation-game of chance-random image generator-scope rules-global functions-recursion-

r
recursion vs iteration.

UNIT IV

e
JavaScript: arrays-Declaring and allocating arrays-examples-random image generator using
arrays-references and referenced parameters-passing arrays to function-sorting arrays-

v
searching arrays-multidimensional arrays0-building online quiz-javascript: objects-Thinking

i
about objects-Math object-String object-Date object-Boolean and number object-document
object-window object-using cookies-final javascript example-DHTML: object model and

n
collections-Object referencing-Collections all and children-dynamic styles-dynamic
positioning-using frames collections-navigator object-DHTML: Event Model-event onclick-
event onload-error handling -tracking mouse -rollover-form processing-more form

U
processing-event bubbling-more DHTML events.

UNIT V
DHTML filters and transitions-flip filters-Transparency-Image, asks-Miscellaneous image

a
filters-Adding shadows to text-Creating gradients-making text glow-creating motion-using
wave filter-Advance filters-blendTrans-revealtrans transition-DHTML-data binding-simple-

y
moving within recordset-binding to an img, table-sorting table data-advanced sorting and
filtering-data binding elements.

Text book:

n
H.M. Deital,P.J. Deitel,A.B.Goldberg, Internet and World Wide Web: How to Program ,

u
Pearson Education, Third edition,2005. ISBN. 81-297-0408-0.

a r
Reference Book:
Thomas A. Powell, Web Design: The Complete Reference, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.
ISBN 0-07-041180-7.

K
Credits: 4:0:0

UNIT I
IT329 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
Marks: (40 + 60)

Introduction: What is digital image processing – The origins of digital image processing –
Examples of fields that use digital image processing – Fundamental steps in digital image
processing – Components of an image processing system. Digital Image Fundamentals:

Department of Information Technology 11

Elements pf visual perception – Light and electromagnetic spectrum – Image sensing and
acquisition – Image sampling and quantization – some basic relationships between pixels –
Linear and nonlinear operations. Image enhancement in the Spatial Domain: Background
– Some basic grey level transformations – Histogram processing – enhancement using
arithmetic/logic operations – Basic of Spatial filtering – smoothing spatial filters –
Sharpening spatial filters – Combining spatial enhancement methods (Chapters: 1,2,3)

UNIT II
Image enhancement in the Frequency domain: Background – Introduction to the Fourier

it y
s
transform and frequency domain – smoothing frequency domain filters – Sharpening

r
frequency domain filters – Homomorphic filters - Implementation
(Chapter: 4)

e
UNIT III
Image Restoration: A model of the Image degradation / Restoration process – Noise

v
models – Restoration in the presence of Noise only spatial filtering – Periodic noise reduction

i
by frequency domain filtering – Linear, position invariant degradation – Estimating the
degrading function – Inverse filtering – Minimum mean square error (wiener) filtering –

n
constrained least square Filtering – Geometric mean filter – Geometric transformations
(Chapter: 5)

U
UNIT IV
Morphological Image Processing: Preliminaries – Dilation and Erosion – Opening and
Closing – The hit-or-miss Transformation – Some basic morphological algorithms –
Extension to gray scale images. Representation and Descriptions: Representation –

a
Boundary descriptors – Regional descriptors – Use of principal components for description –
Relational descriptors. (Chapters: 9,11)

UNIT V

n y
Image Segmentation: Detection of discontinuities – Edge linking and boundary detection –
Thresholding – Region based segmentation – segmentation by morphological watersheds –
The use of motion in segmentation. (Chapter: 10)

Text Book:

r u
Rafael C. Gonzalez and Richard E. Woods, Digital Image Processing, Second Edition,
Pearson education, 2002. ISBN: 81-7808-629-8.

K a
Reference Book:
Arthur R. Weeks, Jr., Fundamentals of Electronic Image Processing, Prentice-Hall India,
First Edition, 1999. ISBN-81-203-2408-0.

Department of Information Technology 12

 IT330 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Credits: 4:0:0 Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I
Z- Transforms : Introduction – Definition of the z – transform – Properties of z – transform –
Evaluation of the Inverse z – transform. Linear Time Invariant Systems : Introduction –
Properties of the DSP System – Difference Equation and its Relationship with System
Function, Impulse Response and Frequency Response – Frequency Response

it y
s
UNIT II

r
Discrete and Fast Fourier Transforms: Introduction – Discrete Convolution – Discrete-Time
Fourier Transform(DTFT) – Fast Fourier Transform(FFT) – Computing an Inverse DFT by
doing a Direct DFT – Composite radix FFT- Fast (Sectioned) Convolution – Correlation

UNIT III

v e
Finite Impulse Response(FIR) Filters : Introduction – Magnitude Response and Phase

i
Response of Digital Filters – Frequency Response of Linear Phase FIR Filters – Design
Techniques for FIR Filters – Design of Optimal Linear Phase FIR Filters

UNIT IV

n
Infinite Impulse Response Filters : Introduction – IIR Filter Design by Approximation of

U
Derivatives – IIR Filter Design by Impulse Invariant Method - IIR Filter Design by the
Bilinear Transformation – Butterworth Filters – Chebyshev Filters – Inverse Chebyshev
Filters – Elliptic Filters – Frequency Transaformation

a
UNIT V
Realisation of Digital Linear Systems – Introduction – Block Diagram and Signal flow graph

y
– Basic structures for IIR systems - Basic structures for FIR systems

Text Book:

n
S. Salivahanan, A Vallavaraj, C. Gnanapriya, Digital Signal Processing, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2000. ISBN 0-07-463996-x.

u
a
UNIT I r
Credits: 4:0:0
IT331 MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATION
Marks: (40 + 60)

Multimedia Communications – Introduction – Model – Requirements – Audio-Visual

K
Integration – Media interaction – Lip reading – Lip synchronization – Lip tracking – Audio
to visual mapping – Multimedia processing in communication – Digital media – Signal
processing elements – Challenges – Perceptual coding of audio – Transform audio coders –
Subband coders – Image coding – Video coding – Watermarking – Organization storage and
retrieval issues – Signal processing for networked multimedia(NN) – NN for multimedia
processing – Multimedia processors.

Department of Information Technology 13

UNIT II
Distributed multimedia systems – Features – Resource management – Networking –
Multimedia operating systems – Distributed multimedia servers – Distributed multimedia
applications – Multimedia Communication Standards – MPEG – MPEG 2 – MPEG 4 –
DMIF – MPEG 4 Video, Audio – MPEG 7 – MPEG 21.

UNIT III

it
ITU-T Standardization of Audio visual communication system – IETF and Internet Standards
– Multimedia Communications across networks – Packet Audio/Video in the network y
s
environment – Video transport across generic networks

UNIT IV

r
Multimedia transport across ATM networks – Multimedia across IP networks – Multimedia

e
across DSLs – Internet access networks – Multimedia across wireless

v
UNIT V

i
Mobiles Networks – Broadcasting networks – Digital Television infrastructure for interactive
multimedia servers.

Text book:

n
K.R. Rao, Zaron S. Bojkovic, Dragorad A. Milocanovic, Multimedia Communication

U
Systems, Prentice Hall India, 2002. ISBN 81-203-2145-6.

Reference books:
1. Fred Halsall, Multimedia Communications, Pearson Education, 2001. ISBN 81-7808-

a
532-1.
2. Steve Heath, Multimedia and Communication Technology, Second Edition, Focal

y
Press, 2003. ISBN 81-8147-145-8

Credits: 4:0:0

un IT332 COMPUTER ANIMATION

Marks: (40 + 60)

r
UNIT I: Preproduction and Modeling Basics
Preproduction:Introduction-Storyboarding-Character and Model Design-Sound Design –
Technical Tests-Producton Scheduling Modeling Basics:Introduction-Polygon Modeling-

a
Splines and Patches-Coordinate Systems-Viewing Windows-Geometric Primitives-
Transformations-Common Modeling Techniques-Hierarchies-Booleans and Trims-Basic
Deformations

K
UNIT II: Rendering Basics
Introduction-The Camera-Lights-Surface Characteristics-Shading Algorithms-Rendering
Algorithms-Background Images-Surface Texture Mapping-Solid Texture Mapping-Final
Rendering

Department of Information Technology 14

UNIT III: Animation Basics and Advanced Modeling
Animation Basics:Introduction-Keyframing-Interpolations-Parameter-curve Editing-Dope
Sheet Editing-Forward Kinematics-Inverse Kinematics-Motion Paths-Shape Deformations-
Camera Animation-Animating Light and Surface Properties-Pose-based Animation.
Advanced Modeling:Introduction-Virtual Sculpting-Digitizing Techniques-Procedural
Modeling-Stitched Patches-Subdivision Surfaces-Displacement Mapping-Hair and Fur-Paint-
based Modeling-Higher-level Primitives

UNIT 4: Advanced Rendering

it y
s
Introduction-Atmospheric Effects-Fractals-Lighting Subtleties-Advanced Texturing-

r
Texturing Polygons-Background Shaders-Non-Photorealistic Rendering-Reflection Maps
and Environment Procedures-More Rendering Algorithms-Rendering for Output

e
UNIT V: Advanced Animation and Postproduction
Introduction-Animated Fillets-Limits and Constraints-Metaballs-Expressions and Driven

v
Keys-Motion Dynamics:Principles,Rigid Bodies-Soft-Body Dynamics-Particle Systems-

i
Cloth Dynamics-Motion Capture-Camera-Motion Matching-Character Rigging:Movement
Controls,Deformation Controls-Facial Animation –Nonlinear Animation Postproduction:

n
Introduction-Compositing-Editing.

Text Book:

U
Michael O’Rourke, Principles of Three-Dimensional Computer Animation, Third
Edition,W.W.Norton & Company Ltd.,2003. ISBN 0-393-73083-2.

Reference Books:

a
1. John Vince, Essential Computer Animation, Springer-Verlag, 2000. ISBN 1-85233-
141-0.

y
2. Marcia Kuperberg, A Guide to Computer Animation, Focal Press, 2002, ISBN 0-240-
51671-0.
3. Daniel Cunliffe, Geoff Elliott, Multimedia Computing, Crucial, 2003. ISBN 1-

un
903337-18-6.

IT333 3D MODELING AND RENDERING

r
Credits: 4:0:0 Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I

a
Rendering faces for visual realism - Introduction to shading models - Flat shading and
smooth shading - Removing hidden surfaces - Adding texture to faces - Adding shadows of
objects - Tools for raster displays – Introduction - Manipulating pixmaps - Combining

K
pixmaps - Bresenham’s line drawing algorithms - Defining and filling regions of pixels -
Manipulating symbolically defined regions - Filling polygon defined regions - Aliasing and
antialiasing technique - Creating more shades and colors.

UNIT II
Curve and surface design – Introduction - Describing curves by means of polynomials -
Interactive curve design - Bezier curves for curve design - Finding better blending functions -

Department of Information Technology 15

The B-Spline basis functions and useful properties- BSpline for design - Rational Splines and
NURBS curves - A Glimpse at interpolation – Modeling curvedsurfaces.

UNIT III
Color theory - Introduction-describing colors - The international commission on Illumination
standard - Color spaces - Color quantization - Uniform quantization - The popularity
algorithm - Median cut algorithm - Octree quantization.

UNIT IV

it y
s
Hidden surface removal – Introduction - The depth buffer algorithm revisited - List priority

r
HSR method - Scan line HSR method - Area subdivision approaches - On hidden line
removal methods - HSR method for curved surfaces.

e
UNIT V
Ray tracing – Introduction - Setting up the geometry of ray tracing - Overview of the ray

v
tracing process - Intersection of a ray with an object - Organizing a ray tracer application -

i
Intersecting rays with other primitives - Drawing shaded pictures of scenes - Adding surface
texture – Extents - Adding shadows for greater realism - Reflections and transparency -

n
Compound objects: Boolean operations on objects

Text Book:

U
F.S.Hill,JR, Computer graphics using Open GL,Second Edition, Prentice Hall, 2001.
ISBN 81-203-2813-2.

Reference Book:

a
Edward Angel, Interactive Computer Graphics –A Top Down approach with OpenGL,
Addison Wesley, 2000. ISBN 0-201-38597-X.

Credits: 4:0:0

n y
IT334 VIRTUAL REALITY TECHNOLOGY
Marks: (40 + 60)

u
UNIT I

r
Introduction-Input devices-Three dimensional position trackers-Navigation and Manipulation
Interfaces-Gesture Interfaces

a
UNIT II
Output Devices-Graphic displays- Sound displays-Hap tic Feedback

K
UNIT III
Computing Architecture of VR-The Rendering Pipeline-PC Graphic Architecture-Work
station based Architectures-Distributed VR Architectures

Department of Information Technology 16

UNIT IV
Modelling – Geometric modelling- Kinematics Modelling- Physical Modelling-Behavior
Modelling-Model management-VR Programming-Toolkits and Scene Graphs-World Toolkit-
Java 3D-General Hap tics open Software Toolkit-People shop.

UNIT V
Human Factors in VR-Methodology and Terminology-User Performance Studies-VR health
and safety Issues-VR and Society

it y
Textbook:

r s
Grigore C.Burdea and Philippe Coiffet, Virtual Reality Technology, Second Edition,
Wiley Interscience, 2003.ISBN 0-471-36089-9. (Chapters 1-7).

IT335 DIGITAL SIGNAL AND IMAGE PROCESSING LAB

v e
Credits 0:0:2

n i Marks: 50 + 50

12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time

Credits 0:0:2
U
IT336 WEB DESIGN LAB

Marks: 50 + 50

Credits 0:0:2
a
12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time

y IT337 ANIMATION LAB

Marks: 50 + 50

un 12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time

Credits 0:0:2

a r IT338 AUDIO AND VIDEO LAB

Marks: 50 + 50

12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time

K
Credits 0:0:2
IT339 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM DESIGN LAB
Marks: 50 + 50

12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time

Department of Information Technology 17

 IT340 VIRTUAL REALITY LAB
Credits 0:0:2 Marks: 50 + 50

12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0

UNIT I
IT341 MOBILE COMMUNICATION

it
Marks: 40 + 60

y
s
Introduction - Wireless Transmission: Frequencies for radio transmission, Signals, Antennas,

r
Signal Propagation, Multiplexing, Modulation, Spread Spectrum, Cellular Systems
Medium Access Control: Motivation, SDMA, FDMA, TDMA, CDMA - Comparison

e
UNIT II
Telecommunication Systems: GSM, DECT, TETRA, UMTS and IMT- 2000

v
Satellite Systems: Basics - Routing - Localization - Handover

UNIT III

n i
Broadcast Systems: Cyclic repetition of data - Digital audio broadcasting, Digital video
broadcasting
Wireless LAN: Infrared Vs radio transmission, Infrastructure and ad hoc networks, IEEE

U
802.11, HYPERLAN, Bluetooth.

UNIT IV
Wireless ATM: Motivation, Working group, WATM services, Reference model, Functions,

a
Radio access layer, Handover, Location management, Addressing, Quality of service, Access
point control protocol

y
Mobile network layer: Mobile IP, Dynamic host configuration protocol, Ad-hoc networks

UNIT V

n
Mobile transport layer: Traditional TCP, Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP, Mobile TCP, Fast
retransmission/ fast recovery, Selective retransmission, Transaction oriented TCP

u
Support for mobility: File systems, World Wide Web, Wireless application protocol

Textbook:

a r
Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communications, Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2004.
ISBN 81-297-0350-5.
Reference Book:
Yi-Bing Lin and Imrich Chlamtac, Wireless and Mobile Network Architecture, Second

K Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2001.

Credits: 4:0:0

UNIT I
IT342 WIRELESS SECURITY

Marks: (40+60)

Introduction- Security Principles - Wi-Fi Vulnerabilities – Different Types of Attack.

Department of Information Technology 18

UNIT II
IEEE 802.11 Protocol Primer- IEEE 802.11 WEP Working – WPA, RSN and IEEE 802.11i-
Access Control: IEEE 802.1X, EAP, and RADIUS.

UNIT III
Upper- Layer Authentication - WPA and RSN Key Hierarchy- TKIP.

UNIT IV

it y
s
AES- CCMP-Wi-Fi LAN Coordination: ESS and IBSS- Public Wireless Hotspots.

UNIT V

r
Known Attacks: A Technical Review – Actual Attack Tools – Open Source Implementation
Example.

e
v
Text Book:

i
Jon Edney, William A.Arbaugh, Real 802.11 Security Wi-Fi Protected Access and
802.11i, Pearson Edition 2004, ISBN 81-297-0312-2.

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0
n
IT343 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Marks: (40 + 60)

UNIT I

U
What is a Project - Traditional Project Management - Scoping the Project - Identifying
Project Activities

UNIT II

y a
Estimating Duration, Resource Requirements and Cost - Constructing and Analyzing the
Project Network Diagram - Finalizing the Schedule and Cost Based on Resource Availability
- Organizing and Conducting the Joint Project Planning Session

UNIT III

un
Recruiting Organizing and Managing the Project Team - Monitoring and Controlling

r
Progress - Closing out the Projects - Critical Chain Project Management

UNIT IV

a
Introduction to the Adaptive Project Framework - Version Scope - Cycle Plan - Cycle Build -
Client Checkpoint - Post-Version Review - Variations to APF

K
UNIT V
Organizational Considerations - Project Portfolio Management - Project Support Office

Text Book:
Robert K. Wyzocki, Rudd McGary, Effective Project Management, WILEY-Dreamtech
India Pvt. Ltd., 2003.

Department of Information Technology 19

 Code No. Subject Name Credits
IT248 Computer Networks 4:0:0
IT344 Internetworking 4:0:0
IT345 Network Management 4:0:0

Credits: 4:0:0
IT248 COMPUTER NETWORKS

it
Marks: (40 + 60)
y
s
Unit I

r
Computer Networks and the Internet- The network Edge - The network Core - Access
networks and physical media - ISPs and internet backbones - Delay and loss in packet-
switched networks - Protocol layers and their service models - History of computer
networking and the internet. (Sections 1.2-1.8)

Unit II

v e
i
Application layer -Principles of network applications- The web and the HTTP - File transfer:
FTP - Electronic mail in the internet - DNS-The Internet’s Directory service - (Sections 2.1-

n
2.5)

Unit III

U
Transport layer - Introduction in transport-layer services - Multiplexing and de-multiplexing
- Connectionless transport: UDP - Principles of reliable data transfer - Connection-oriented
transport: TCP - Principles of congestion control. (Sections 3.1-3.6)

a
Unit IV
The network layer – Introduction - Virtual circuit and datagram networks - What’s inside a

y
router? -The internet protocol (IP): Forwarding and addressing in the internet - Routing
algorithms (Sections 4.1-4.5)

Unit V

n
The link layer and local area networks - Link layer: Introduction and services - Error-

u
detection and – correction techniques - Multiple access protocols - Link layer addressing-

r
Ethernet– Network Management: Introduction-The Infrastructure for Network Management
–The Internet standard management Framework. (Sections 5.1-5.5, 9.1- 9.3)

K a
Text Book:
1. James F.Kurose and Keith W.Ross, Computer Networking- A top Down Approach
Featuring the Internet, Third Edition, Pearson Education, Inc, 2005. ISBN: 81-297-
1093-5.

School of Computer Science and Technology AN-23

 IT344 INTERNETWORKING
Credits: 4:0:0 Marks: (40+60)

Unit I
Introduction and overview-Review of underlying network technology-Internetworking
concept and Architectural model-Classful Internet addresses- Mapping Internet Addresses

it y
to physical addresses-Internet protocol: connectionless datagram delivery-Internet protocol:
forwarding IP datagrams. (Chapters 1-7)

s
Unit II

r
Internet protocol: Error and control messages-classless and subnet address extensions-
protocol layering-user datagram protocol-reliable stream transport service. (Chapters 8-12)

e
Unit III
Routing architecture-Routing between peers- routing within an autonomous system-Internet

v
multicasting. (Chapters 13-16)

Unit IV

n i
IP switching and MPLS-Mobile IP-Private network interconnection-Client –server model of
interaction-The socket interface. (Chapters 17-21)

U
Unit V
Bootstrap and auto configuration-the domain name system-remote login and desktop-file
transfer and access-Electronic mail-World wide web. (Chapters 18-27)

a
Text Book
1. Douglas E. Comer, Internetworking with TCP/IP – Principles, Protocols and

y
Architecture, Pearson Education, Fifth Edition, 2006, ISBN: 81-203-2998-8.
Reference Book
1. W. Richard Stevens, TCP/IP Illustrated Volume – I, The Protocols, Pearson

un
Education, 2000, ISBN: 81-7808-101-6.

IT345 NETWORK MANAGEMENT

r
Credits: 4:0:0 Marks: (40 + 60)

Unit I

a
Introduction-Analogy of telephone network management -Data and Telecommunication
network-Distributed Computing Environments-TCP/IP Based Networks –Communication
Protocols and standards-Network Management: Goals, Organization and Functions-Network

K
Management System Platform.

Unit II
SNMPV Network Management – History – Internet or Organizations and standards – SNMP
Models – Organization Model – Information Model – Communication Model-Functional
Model.

School of Computer Science and Technology AN-24

Unit III
SNMP V2 – System Architecture – Structure Of Management Information – MIB – Protocol
– Compatibility with SNMPV1 – SNMPV3 – Documentation – Architecture-Applications –
MIB security – User band security model access control .

Unit IV
Remote Monitoring – RMON SMI and MIB – RMON1 – RMON2 – ATM Remote

it
Monitoring – Case Study of Internet Traffic Using RMON-Network Management Tools –
y
Network Statistics Measurement Systems – History of Enterprise Management – Network

s
Management Systems – Commercial Network Management Systems – system Management

r
– Enterprise Management Solution.

Unit V

e
Web based Management – Web Interface – Desktop Management Interface – Enterprise
Management – WBEM –Java Management Extension.

Text Book:

i v
1. Mani Subramanian, Network Management Principles and Practice, Addison Wesley,

n
2000.
Reference Book
1. Stephen B. Morris, Network Management, MIBs and MPLS, Pearson Education,

U
2003.

y a
un
a r
K
School of Computer Science and Technology AN-25
 ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS

Code Subject Name Credit

IT346 IP Telephony 4:0:0
IT347 Storage Area Networks 4:0:0
IT348 Wireless Sensor Networks 4:0:0

IT346 IP TELEPHONY
Credits: 4:0:0

Unit I
Protocols for Voice over IP and Interactive Applications: IP Telephony Fundamentals – SGCP,
MGCP and NCS overviews – H.323 An Overview of the ITU-T Approach for VOIP Telephony
– SIP Summary of Features of the Session Initiation Protocol (Chapter 1).

Unit II
Media Transport in Packet Networks: RTP and RTCP Definition for Media Transport in IP
Networks – RSVP The Resource Reservation Protocol – A Quick look at AAL2 for Voice
Transport – Edge Bandwidth Management A look at AAL2 (Chapter 2)

Unit III
Basic Call Control for Voice Telephony: An overview of SS7 – The Services of SSCP and
TCAP – Call Control in packet networks – Heterogeneous Call Setup – Mapping SS7 to IP based
Call Control – Closing thoughts on mixed network voice Telephony (Chapter 3)

Unit IV
Metrics for Voice Quality: Voice Quality in Converging TDM and IP Networks – Auditory
perception and Testing Methodologies – Perceptual Speech Quality Measurement – Voice
Quality Test Instrumentation – Echo measurement and Control (Chapter 4)

Unit V
Voiceband Call considerations A detailed look at Fax: A look at a Real-time Trace of the T.30
Protocol – Fax over packet networks – Real time Internet Fax – Basics of V.34 Fax – Group 3
Fax error Correction mode(ECM) – Voiceband Data transport Revisited AAL2 (Chapter 6)

Text Book:
Bill Douskalis, IP Telephony: The integration of Robust VoIP Services, Pearson Education,
2002, ISBN: 81-7808-285-3

Reference Book:
Kevin Brown, IP Telephony Unveiled, CISCO Press, 2004, ISBN 1-58720-075-9.
 IT347 STORAGE AREA NETWORKS
Credits: 4:0:0

Unit I
Introduction-Using the SNIA Shared Storage Model-Example- Carlson Companies-Storage and
Networking Concepts: Networking in front of the Server- Serial Transport-Access Method-
Addressing-Packetizing of Data-Routing of Packets-Upper-Layer -Protocol Support-The SCSI
Architecture-The Parallel SCSI Bus-Network-Attached Storage-Networking behind the Server.
(Chapters 1, 2)

Unit II
Fibre Channel Internals-Fibre Channel Layers-1Gbps and 2Gbps Transport-Physical layer
Options-Data Encoding- Ordered Sets-Framing Protocol-Classes of Service- Flow Control -
Naming and Addressing Conventions- Fibre Channel SAN Topologies: Point-to-Point -
Arbitrated Loop-Loop Physical Topology-Loop Addressing-Loop Initialization- Port Login-
Loop Port State Machine-Arbitration-The Nonbroadcast Nature of Arbitrated Loop-Design
Considerations for Arbitrated Loop-Fabrics-Fabric Login - Simple Name Server-State Change
Notification-Private Loop Support-Fabric Zoning – Building -Extended Fabrics-E_Port
Standardization-Principal Switch Selection-Fabrics and Loops. (Chapters 3, 4)

Unit III
IP SAN Technology: Ethernet and TCP/IP-Gigabit Ethernet Transport-TCP/IP-Native IP Storage
Protocols-Internet Fibre Channel Protocol-Internet SCSI (iSCSI)-Discovery in IP SANs-Service
Locator Protocol (SLP)-Internet Storage Name Server (iSNS)-Quality of Service for IP SANs-
Security for IP SANs-Wide Area Storage Networking. (Chapter 6)

Unit IV
Problem Isolation in SANs: Simple Problem-Isolation Techniques- Fibre Channel Analyzers -
iSCSI Network Analyzers - Performance Tools.
Management of SANs: Storage Network Management- In-Band Management-Out-of-Band
Management-SNMP-HTTP-Telnet-Storage Network Management Issues-Storage Resource
Management-Storage Management-Integration of Storage, Systems, and Enterprise
Management-Common Information Model (CIM) (Bluefin). (Chapters 9, 10)

Unit V
What Is Storage Virtualization-In-Band and Out-of-Band Virtualization-Host-Based storage
Virtualization-SAN Interconnect-Based Storage Virtualization-Storage-Based Virtualization-
Multivendor Storage Virtualization-File System and NAS Virtualization-
Tape Virtualization-Virtualization and the Data Storage Utility. (Chapter 11).

Text Book:
Tom Clark, Designing Storage Area Networks: A Practical Reference for Implementing Fibre
Channel and IP SANs, Addison Wesley, Second Edition, 2003, ISBN 978-0321136503.

Reference Book:
Robert Spadling, Storage Networks- The Complete Reference, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003, ISBN 0-
07-053292-3.
IT 348 WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS
Credits: 4:0:0

Unit I
Introduction and Overview of Wireless Sensor Networks: Background of Sensor Network
Technology – Application of Sensor Networks-Basic overview of the technology- Basic Sensor
Network Architectural Elements- Survey of Sensor Networks - Applications of Sensor
Networks: Introduction- Background-Range of Applications-Examples of Category 2 WSN
Applications- Examples of Category 1 WSN Applications-Taxonomy of WSN Technology.
(Chapters 1, 2)

Unit II
Basic Wireless Sensor Technology: Introduction-Sensor Node Technology-Sensor Taxonomy-
WN Operating Environment-WN Trends -Wireless Transmission Technology and Systems:
Radio Technology Primer-Propagation and Propagation Impairments- Available Wireless
Technologies-Campus Applications- MAN/WAN Applications. (Chapters 3, 4)

Unit III
Medium Access Control Protocols for Wireless Sensor Networks: Introduction-Background-
Fundamentals of MAC Protocols-Performance Requirements-Common Protocols-MAC
Protocols for WSNs-Sensor-MAC Case Study-IEEE 802.15.4 LR –WPANs Standard Case
Study-PHY Layer-MAC Layer. (Chapter 5)

Unit IV
Routing Protocols for Wireless Sensor Networks: Data Dissemination and Gathering-Routing
Challenges and Design Issues in Wireless Sensor Networks-Routing Strategies in Wireless
Sensor Networks- Transport Control Protocols for Wireless Sensor Networks: Traditional
Transport Control Protocols- Transport Protocol Design Issues- Examples of Existing Transport
Control Protocols-Performance of Transport Control Protocols- Middleware for Wireless Sensor
Networks :WSN Middleware Principles-Middleware Architecture-Existing Middleware.
(Chapters 6, 7, 8)

Unit V
Network Management for Wireless Sensor Networks-Traditional Network Management Models-
Network Management Design Issues-Example of Management Architecture: MANNA-Naming
–Localization Operating Systems for Wireless Sensor Networks-Design Issues-Examples of
Operating Systems Performance and Traffic Management – WSN Design Issues –Performance
Modeling of WSNs-Case Study Simple Computation of the System Life Span. (Chapters 9, 10,
11)

Text Book:
Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli and Taieb Znati, Wireless Sensor Networks: Technology,
Protocols, and Applications, John Wiley & Sons, 2007, 978-0471743002.
Reference Books:
1. Mohammad Ilyas and Imad MahGoub (Editors), Handbook of Sensor Networks:
Compact Wireless and Wire Sensing System, CRC Press, 2005, ISBN 0-8493-1968-4.
Holger Karl and Andreas Willig, Protocols and Architectures for Wireless Sensor Networks,
John Wiley & Sons, 2007, 978-0471718161.
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS

Code Subject Name Credit

09IT201 Computer Architecture 3:0:0
09IT202 Cryptography and Network Security 3:0:0
09IT203 Data Structures and Algorithms 3:0:0
09IT204 Digital Principles and System Design 3:0:0
09IT205 Information Coding Techniques 3:0:0
09IT206 Microprocessors and Interfacing 3:0:0
09IT207 Signals and Systems 4:0:0
09IT208 Web Technology 3:0:0
09IT209 Multimedia Systems and Design 3:0:0
09IT210 Computer Graphics 3:0:0
09IT211 Fundamentals of Networking 3:0:0
09IT212 Mobile Computing 3:0:0
09IT213 High Speed Networks 3:0:0
09IT214 Computer Networks 3:0:0
09IT215 Fundamentals of Java Programming 3:0:0
09IT216 Object Oriented Programming Using C++ and Java 3:0:0
09IT217 Computer Animation 3:0:0
09IT218 Software Quality Management 3:0:0
09IT219 Multimedia Systems 3:0:0
09IT220 Software Testing 3:0:0
09IT221 User Interface Design 3:0:0
09IT222 Essentials of XML 3:0:0
09IT223 Operating System Fundamentals 3:0:0
09IT224 TCP/IP Protocols 3:0:0
09IT225 Data Compression Techniques 3:0:0
09IT226 E-Commerce 3:0:0
09IT227 Data Warehousing 3:0:0
09IT228 Software Radio 3:0:0
09IT229 IP TV and Internet Video 3:0:0
09IT230 Artificial Intelligence and Neural Networks 3:0:0
09IT231 Software Project Management 3:0:0
09IT232 Communication Engineering 3:0:0
09IT233 Service Oriented Architecture 3:0:0
09IT234 Satellite Communication 3:0:0
09IT235 Computer Hardware and Peripherals Lab 0:0:2
09IT236 Case Tools Lab 0:0:2
09IT237 Data Structures and Algorithms in C++ Lab 0:0:2
09IT238 Web Technology and Multimedia Lab 0:0:2
09IT239 Digital Design Lab 0:0:2
09IT240 Network Security Lab 0:0:2
09IT241 Microprocessors and Interfacing Lab 0:0:2

Karunya University Page 176

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

09IT242 Networking Lab 0:0:2

09IT301 Interactive Game Design 4:0:0
09IT302 Web Services 4:0:0
09IT303 Semantic Web 4:0:0
09IT304 Mobile Computing and Communication 4:0:0
09IT305 High Performance Communication Networks 4:0:0
09IT306 Grid Computing 4:0:0
09IT307 User Interface Design 4: 0:0
09IT308 Artificial Intelligence for Games 4:0:0
09IT309 Optical Networks 4:0:0
09IT310 Soft Computing 4:0:0
09IT311 Multimedia Database 4:0:0
09IT312 Internetworking Multimedia 4:0:0
09IT313 Computer Vision 4:0:0
09IT314 Multimedia Information Management 4:0:0
09IT315 Multimedia Systems Design 4:0:0
09IT316 Analysis, Architecture and Design of Networks 4:0:0
09IT317 Wireless Networks Lab 0:0:2
09IT318 Internetworking and Web Technology Lab 0:0:2
09IT319 Network Design and Management Lab 0:0:2
09IT320 Information Security Lab 0:0:2
09IT321 Digital Image Processing Lab 0:0:2
09IT322 Computer Graphics Lab 0:0:2

Karunya University Page 177

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

09IT201 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

Credits: 3: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1. To provide a thorough discussion of the fundamentals of computer architecture.
2. To discuss in detail the operation of the control unit and arithmetic operations.
3. To study in detail the different types of control and the concept of pipelining.

UNIT I
Computer organization & architecture, Function & Structure, Top level view of computer
components, Computer function, Interrupts, Multiple interrupts Cache memory.

UNIT II
Computer memory systems overview, Semiconductor main memory, Error correction, Advanced
DRAM organization, External devices and I/O modules, Programmed I/O, Interrupt driven I/O,
Direct Memory

UNIT III
Computer Arithmetic - M/C instruction characteristics, Types of operands, Types of operation,
Transfer of control, Pentium operations, PowerPC operations, Assembly language, Addressing,
Pentium & PowerPC addressing modes

UNIT IV
Processor and Register organization, Instruction cycle, Instruction pipelining, Intel 80486
pipelining, Pentium & Power PC processors.

UNIT V
Micro operations, Control of the CPU, Intel 8085, Hardwired implementation, Micro
programmed control basic concept, Microinstruction sequencing, Microinstruction execution.

Text Book:
1. William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture, Sixth Edition, Prentice Hall
India, 2003. ISBN: 81-7808-792-8.

Reference Books:
1. John P.Hayes, Computer Organization and Architecture, McGraw Hill, Third Edition, 1998.
ISBN: 0-07-115997-5.
2. John L.Hennessy, David A.Patterson, Computer Architecture, Third Edition. ISBN: 81-8147-
205-5.

Karunya University Page 178

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

09IT202 CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY

Credits: 3: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1. To provide a practical survey of both the principles and practice of cryptography and network
security.

UNIT I
Security Attacks – Security Services – Security Mechanisms – Block cipher principles – The
Data Encryption Standard – The Strength of DES – Evaluation Criteria for AES – The AES
Cipher
UNIT II
Principles of Public-Key Cryptosystems – The RSA Algorithm – Key Management – Diffie-
Hellman Key Exchange – Elliptic Curve Cryptography
UNIT III
Secure Hash Algorithms – Whirlpool – CMAC – HMAC – Digital Signature Standard –
Kerberos – X.509 Authentication Service
UNIT IV
Pretty Good Privacy – S/MIME – IP Security Overview – IP Security Architecture –
Authentication Header – Encapsulating Security Payload
UNIT V
Web Security Considerations – Secure Socket Layer and Transport Layer Security – Secure
Electronic Transactions – Intruders – Intrusion Detection – Password Management – Firewall
Design Principles – Trusted Systems

Text Book:
1. William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security, Fourth Edition, Prentice Hall, 2006.
ISBN: 81-203-3018-8.

Reference Books:
1. Bruce Schneier, Applied Cryptography, Second Edition, John Willey and Sons, 2002. ISBN:
9971-51-348-X
2. Wenbo Mao, Modern Cryptography, First Edition, Pearson Education,2004. ISBN: 81-297-
0692-X
3. Roberta Bragg, Mark Rhodes, Keith Strassberg, Network Security, Tata Mcgraw Hill
Edition,2004. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-058671-0
4. Charlie Kaufman, Radia Perlman, Mike Speciner, Network Security, Second Edition,
Prentice Hall, 2002. ISBN: 81-203-2213-4.

09IT203 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

Karunya University Page 179

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

Credits: 3: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1. To learn and to be able to judge the appropriateness of alternate implementations of
elementary data structures such as Stacks, Queues, Trees, and Graphs in computer
programming.

UNIT I
Introduction to Data Structures - Stacks – Introduction to Recursion – Principles of Recursion –
Back Tracking: Postponing the work – Queues – Definitions – Implementation of Queues –
Circular Queues – Application of Queues: Simulation – Linked Queues.

UNIT II
List Specification - Implementation of Lists – Linked list in Arrays - Searching: Introduction and
Notation – Sequential Search – Binary Search – Comparison Trees.

UNIT III
Sorting: Introduction and Notation – Insertion Sort – Selection Sort – Shell Sort – Divide and
Conquer Sorting, Merge sort for Linked Lists – Quick Sort for Contiguous Lists – Heap and
Heap Sort – Table and Information Retrieval - Introduction - Rectangular Arrays – Tables of
Various Shapes – Application: Radix Sort – Hashing.
UNIT IV
Binary Trees – Binary Search Trees – Building a Binary Search Trees – Height Balance: AVL
Trees – Multi way Trees: B-Trees.

UNIT V
Graphs: Mathematical Background – Graph Traversal - Topological Sorting – A Greedy
Algorithm – The Polish Notation: The Problem – The Idea – Evaluation of polish notation –
Translation from infix to Polish form.

Text Book:
1. Robert L.Kruse, Bruce P Leung and Clovis L.Tondo, Data Structures and Program Design,
Prentice Hall, Third Edition, 1999, ISBN -81-203-0884-0

Reference Books:
1. Mark Allen Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithms Analysis in C++, Second Edition,
Pearson Education, 1999. ISBN: 81-7808-670-0.
2. Peter Smith, Applied Data Structures with C++, First Edition, Narosa Publishers, 2004.
ISBN: 81-7319-617-6.
3. Sartaj Sahni, Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++, Second Edition, Silicon
Press, 2005. ISBN: 81-7371-522-X.

Karunya University Page 180

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

09IT204 DIGITAL PRINCIPLES AND SYSTEM DESIGN

Credits: 3: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1. To understand different methods used for the simplification of Boolean functions.
2. To design and implement combinational, synchronous, and asynchronous sequential circuits.
3. To study the fundamentals of HDL.

UNIT I
Boolean algebra And Logic Gates: Review of binary number systems - Binary arithmetic –
Binary codes – Boolean algebra and theorems - Boolean functions – Simplifications of Boolean
functions using Karnaugh map – Logic gates.

UNIT II
Combinational Logic: Combinational circuits – Analysis and design procedures - Circuits for
arithmetic operations - Code conversion – Introduction to Hardware Description Language
(HDL).

UNIT III
Design With Msi Devices: Decoders and encoders - Multiplexers and demultiplexers - Memory
and programmable logic - HDL for combinational circuits.

UNIT IV
Synchronous Sequential Logic: Sequential circuits – latches -Flip flops – Analysis and design
procedures - State reduction and state assignment - Shift registers – Counters - HDL for registers
and counters.

UNIT V
Asynchronous Sequential Logic: Analysis and design procedure of asynchronous sequential
circuits - Reduction of state and flow tables – Race-free state assignment – Hazards.

Text Book:
1. M.Morris Mano, Digital Design, Fourth edition, Pearson Education, PHI 2007. ISBN
:0131989243

Reference Books:
1. Charles H.Roth, Jr. Fundamentals of Logic Design, Fifth Edition, Ontario-Thomson
Publications, 2006. ISBN :0534378048.
2. Donald D.Givone, Digital Principles and Design, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003. ISBN
0072525037

Karunya University Page 181

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

09IT205 INFORMATION CODING TECHNIQUES

Credits: 3: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1. To get started in practice of Information Engineering
2. To provide idea of Channels and channel capacity
3. To study the features the introduction of various Error control codes

UNIT I
Fundamental Limits in Information Theory: Introduction- Uncertainty, Information and
Entropy- Source coding theorem- Data compaction- Discrete memoryless channels- Mutual
Information- Channel capacity- channel coding theorem- differential entropy and mutual
information for continuous ensembles- Information capacity theorem- Implication of the
information capacity theorem- information capacity of colored noise channel-Rate distortion
theory- Data compression.

UNIT II
Channel capacity and coding: Introduction- Channel models- Channel capacity- Channel
coding- Information capacity Theorem- The Shannon limit- Random selection of codes-The
discrete memoryless channel model-channel capacity and the binary symmetric channel- block
coding and Shannon second theorem- markov processes and source with memory- markov chain
and data processing- constrained channels- autocorrelation and power spectrum sequences- data
translation codes.

UNIT III
Linear Block codes: Introduction- Definition- Matrix description-Equivalent codes- parity
check codes- decoding- Syndrome decoding- Error probability after decoding- perfect codes-
hamming codes- optimal linear codes- maximum distance separable codes

UNIT IV
Cyclic codes: Introduction to cyclic codes- Polynomials-The division algorithm for polynomials-
method for generating cyclic codes-Matrix description of cyclic codes-Burst error correction-
Fire Codes- Golay Codes- Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Codes-Circuit Implementation of
Cyclic Codes. Bose Chaudhuri Hocquenghem (BCH) Codes:Introduction to BCH codes-
Primitive elements-Minimal polynomials-Generator Polynomials in terms of Minimal
Polynomials-Some examples of BCH codes-Decoding of BCH codes-Reed Solomon Codes -
Implementation of Reed Solomon encoders and decoders-Nested Codes.

UNIT V
Convolutional codes: Introduction -Tree codes and Trellis codes-Polynomial description
(Analytical Representation)-Distance Notions-The Generating Function-Matrix description-
Viterbi decoding -Distance Bounds-Performance Bounds-Known good convolutional codes-
Turbo Codes-Turbo decoding. Trellis Coded Modulation (TCM): Introduction-The concept of
Coded Modulation-Mapping by set partitioning-Ungerboeck’s TCM Design Rules-TCM decoder
Performance Evaluation for AWGN Channel-Computation of dfree- TCM for Fading Channels.

Karunya University Page 182

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

Text Books:
1. Simon Haykin, Communication Systems, Wiley and sons Limited, fifth edition, 2008, ISBN
9971513056
2. Ranjan Bose, Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003,
ISBN 0070482977.

Reference Books:
1. Fred Halsall, Multimedia Communications, Applications Networks Protocols & Standards,
Pearson education, Asia 2002, ISBN 0201398184.
2. Richard B.Wells, Applied coding and Information Theory for Engineers, Pearson Education,
2005, ISBN 8129704021.
3. R.E.Blahut, Algebraic Codes for data Transmission, Cambridge University Press Cambridge,
UK.2003, ISBN 0521553741.
4. Todd K.Moon, Error Correction Coding, Wiley-Interscience, 2005, ISBN 0471739146.
5. Shu Lin and Daniel J. Costello, Error Control Coding, Second Edition, Prentice Hall , 2002,
ISBN 0-13-042672-5.

09IT206 MICROPROCESSORS AND INTERFACING

Credits: 3: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1. The course deals with applications, organization, architecture and design of microprocessors
systems
2. To implement interfacing from a microprocessors based system to peripheral devices

UNIT I
Introduction – 8088 & 8086 Microprocessors architecture – software model of
8088/8086Microprocessor – Memory address space & data organization – Data types Segment
registers and memory segmentation – Dedicated reserved and general use Memory Instruction
Pointer – Data Registers – Pointers and Index Registers – Status Registers Generating a Memory
Address – The Stack – I/O Address space

UNIT II
Instruction set – Addressing Modes – Integer instructions and computations – Control flow
instructions and Program structures.

UNIT III
Memory I/O Interfaces: Minimum-mode and Maximum-mode systems – Minimum-mode and
Maximum-mode Interface signals – Electrical Characteristics – Bus cycle & Time states –
Hardware organization of the memory address space – Address Bus status codes – Memory
control signals – Read/Write Bus Cycles – Memory Interface Circuits – Types of I/O –Isolated
I/O interface – I/O Data Transfer – I/O Instructions – I/O Bus Cycles

Karunya University Page 183

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT IV
I/O Interface circuits: core and special purpose I/O Interfaces – Byte wide I/O ports using
Isolated I/O – I/O Handshake and parallel printer interface – 8255A Programmable Peripheral
Interface – Memory Mapped I/O 8254A - Programmable Interval Timer- 8237A Programmable
Direct Memory Access controller – Serial Communication Interface –Programmable
Communication Interface Controllers – Keyboard & Display Interfaces – 8279 Programmable
Keyboard/Display Controller.

UNIT V
Interrupt Interface of 8088 & 8086 Microprocessors: Interrupt mechanism – Types & Priority–
Interrupt Vector Table – Interrupt Instructions – Enable/Disable of Interrupts – External
Hardware – Interrupt sequence – 8259A Programmable Interrupt Controller– Interrupt Interface
Circuits using 8259A – S/W Interrupts – NonMaskable Interrupt Reset – Internal Interrupt
functions.

Text Book:
1. Walter A. Triebel, Avatar Singh, The 8088 & 8086 Microprocessor, program, Interfacing,
Software, Hardware and Applications, Prentice Hall of India, Fourth Edition, 2002. ISBN 81-
297-0298-3

Reference Book:
1. Badri .Ram Fundamentals of Microprocessors and Microcomputers, Prentice Hall of India,
Fifth Edition, 2003. ISBN 0-07-043448-4
2. Douglas V. Hall, Microprocessors and Interfacing Programming and Hardware, Tata Mc
Graw Hill, Second Edition, 1991, Reprint 2004. ISBN 0‐07‐025742‐6

09IT207 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS

Credits: 4: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1. To develop continuous-time and discrete-time concepts/methods in parallel, highlighting the
similarities and differences
2. To Feature introductory treatments to applications in areas such as filtering, communication
and sampling.

UNIT I
Signals and Systems: Introduction – Continuous Time and Discrete Time signals –
Transformations of independent variable – Exponential and sinusoidal signals – Unit Impulse
and Unit Step functions – Continuous Time and Discrete Time systems – Basic system
properties.

UNIT II
Linear Time Invariant Systems: Introduction – Discrete Time LTI systems: Convolution sum –
Continuous Time LTI systems: Convolution Integral – Properties of Linear Time-Invariant

Karunya University Page 184

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

systems – Causal LTI systems described by differential and difference equations – Singularity
functions.

UNIT III
Filtering : Frequency shaping and selective filters – Time and frequency characterization:
Introduction – Magnitude phase representation of Fourier transform – Magnitude phase
representation of the frequency response of LTI system – Time Domain properties of ideal
frequency selective filters – Time Domain and Frequency Domain aspects of non ideal filters –
First order, Second order continuous time system - First order, Second order discrete time system
– Example of time and frequency domain analysis of systems

UNIT IV
Sampling: Introduction – Representation of continuous time signal by its samples: Sampling
Theorem – Reconstruction of signal from its samples using interpolation – Effect of under
sampling: aliasing – Discrete time processing of continuous time signals – Sampling of discrete
time signals – Analysis and Characterization of LTI system using the Laplace Transform, System
function algebra and block diagram representation – Unilateral Laplace transform.

UNIT V
Representing signals by using Discrete-time complex Exponentials: The Z-transform:
Introduction – Region of convergence of Z transform – The inverse Z transform – Geometric
evolution of the fourier transform from the Pole-Zero plot – Properties of the Z transform –
Some common Z transform pairs - Analysis and Characterization of LTI system using the Z
Transform – System function algebra and block diagram representation – Unilateral Z transform.

Text Book:
1. Alan V Oppenhiem, Alan S Wilsky, and Hamid Nawab S, “Signals and Systems”, second
edition, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2006, ISBN 0138097313.

Reference Books:
1. John G.Proakis and Dimitris G.Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing, Principles,
Algorithms and Applications, Third Edition., PHI, 2007, ISBN 0133737624.
2. Rodger E. Ziemer, William H. Tranter, D. Ronald Fannin, “Signals and Systems:
Continuous and Discrete”, Fourth Edition, Prentice Hall, 2001, ISBN 0024316504.
3. Simon Haykin and Barry Van Veen, “Signals and Systems”, Second Edition, John Wiley
& Sons Inc., New York, 2003, ISBN 0471164747.
4. Steven T. Karris “Signals and Systems: With MATLAB Applications”, Second Edition,
Orchard Publications, 2003,ISBN 970951167.

09IT208 WEB TECHNOLOGY

Credits: 3: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1.To build web applications using ASP and client side script technologies use with Microsoft’s
IIS.

Karunya University Page 185

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

2.To build XML applications with DTD and style sheets that span multiple domains ranging
from finance to vector graphics to genealogy for use with legacy browsers.

UNIT I
VBScript Language Elements: Constants - Variables and Data Types - Mathematical
Operations - Logical Operators - Looping and Decision Structures.VBScript Functions and
Objects: Data Conversion Functions - Mathematical Functions - Data Formatting Functions -
Text Manipulation Functions - Data and Time Functions - Built-in Objects.

UNIT II
ASP fundamentals: Using Server – Side Includes- Learning the SSI Directives – Creating
Modular ASP Code. Using the Request Object: Using Form Information - Using Query String
Information – Using Server Variables. Using the Response Object: Create Output – Managing
Output – Managing the Connection.
UNIT III
Using Cookies: Introduction to Cookies – Cookies and Your Browser – Creating a Cookie –
Modifying and removing Cookies – Tracking Preferences with Cookies Using the Application,
Session, and Server Objects: The application Object - The Session Object – The Server Object –
Using the global .asa file - Active Data Objects Essentials: Microsoft’s Universal Data Access
Strategy – The Connection Object – The Record set and Field Objects – The Command and
Parameter Objects – Using the Errors Collection.

UNIT IV
Introducing XML: What is XML - Why are Developers Excited About XML? – The Life of an
XML documents - Related technologies- Your First XML Document: Hello XML – Exploring
the Simple XML Document – Assigning Meaning to XML Tags – Writing a Style Sheet for an
XML Document – Attaching a Style Sheet to an XML Document – Style Languages: CSS Style
Sheets, CSS Layouts, CSS Text Styles.

UNIT V
Attributes, Empty tags & XSL: Attributes – Attributes versus Elements – Empty Elements and
Empty Element Tags – XSL-DTDs and Validity: Document Type Definitions - Element
Declarations – DTD Files – Document Type Declarations – Validating Against a DTD-Element
Declaration - Entity Declarations: What Is an Entity – Internal General Entities – External
General Entities – Internal Parameter Entities – External Parameter Entities – Building a
Document from Places-Attribute Declaration: What is an Attribute – Declaring Attributes in
DTDs - Declaring Multiple Attributes – Specifying Default Values for Attributes – Attribute
Types – Predefined Attributes – A DTD for Attribute- Based Baseball Statistics.

Text Books:
1. Eric A. Smith, “ASP 3 Programming Bible”, Wiley-Dreamtech India (P) Ltd, 2003,
ISBN: 81- 265-0049-2.
2. Elliotte Rusty Harold, “XML Bible”, IDG Books India (P) Ltd, 2003,Second Edition ,
ISBN: 81- 265-0212-6.

Karunya University Page 186

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

Reference Books:
1. Dave Mercer, ASP 3.0 Beginners Guide, Tata McGraw-Hill Edition, Sixth reprint, 2004,
ISBN: 0072127414.
2. Kenneth L. Spencer, Kenneth C. Miller & Lauran Lassesen, Introducing VBScript &
3. ActiveX, Comdex Computer Publication, 1997, ISBN: 9780764580109.

09IT209 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS AND DESIGN

Credits: 3: 0: 0

Courses Objective:
1.To present a step-by-step approach to multimedia systems design
2.To introduce multimedia standards and compression and decompression technologies.
3.To provide a detailed analysis of the various storage technologies

UNIT I
Multimedia Systems Design : An Introduction – Multimedia Elements – Multimedia
applications – Multimedia Systems Architecture – Evolving technologies for Multimedia –
Defining objects for Multimedia systems – Multimedia Data interface standards – Need for Data
compression - Multimedia Databases.

UNIT II
Compression and Decompression: Types of compression – Binary Image compression
Schemes – Color, Gray scale and Still - video Image compression – Video Image Compression -
Audio compression – Fractal Compression.

UNIT III
Multimedia Input/output Technologies: Key Technology Issues – Pen Input – Video and
Image Display systems – Print output technologies – Image scanners - Digital Voice and Audio –
Digital Camera - Video images and animation – Full-motion video.

UNIT IV
Storage and Retrieval Technologies: Magnetic Media Technology – Optical Media –
Hierarchical Storage management – Cache management for storage systems.

UNIT V
Multimedia Application Design: Multimedia Application classes – Types of Multimedia
systems – Virtual reality design – Components of Multimedia systems – Organizing Multimedia
databases – Application workflow design issues – Distributed application design issues.

Text Book:
1.Prabhat K Andleigh and Kiran Thakrar, Multimedia Systems and Design, PHI, 2003. ISBN:
81-203-2177-4.

Reference Books:
1. Tay Vaughan, Multimedia Making it work,Fourth Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill. ISBN: 0-
07-463953-6.
Karunya University Page 187
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

2. Ze-Nain Li, Mark S.Drew, Fundamentals of Multimedia, PHI. ISBN :81-203-2817-5.

3. John F. Koegel Buford, Multimedia Systems, Third Edition, 2000. ISBN: 8177588273.
4. Gaurav Bhatnager, Shikha Mehta, Sugata Mitra, Introduction to Multimedia Systems,
First Edition, 2004. ISBN: 0125004524.

09IT210 COMPUTER GRAPHICS

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective:
The aim of this course is to give the fundamentals of graphics and animation. The concept of
Principles of 2D Graphics, 3D Graphics, Visible Surface Determination, are studied in detail for
a competitive computer professional

UNIT I
Basic principles of two dimension graphics :Raster versus vector graphics-The first java 2D
program-Basic geometric objects-Geometric transformations-Homogenous coordinates-
Applications of transformations-Geometric transformations in java 2D-Animation and
movements based on transformations- Interpolators for continuous changes- implementations of
interpolators in Java 2D-Single or double precision
UNIT II
Drawing lines and curves: Lines and pixel graphics-The midpoint algorithm for lines-
Structural algorithms-Pixel densities and line styles-Lineclipping-Midpoint algorithm for circles-
Drawing arbitrary curves-Antialiasing-Drawing thick lines-Filling areas-Buffered images in java
2D-Displaying text-Text in java 2D-Grey images and intensities-Colour Model-Colour
Interpolation with java 2D.

UNIT III
Basic principles of three-dimensional graphics :Geometric transformations-The scenegraph-
Elementary geometric objects in java 3D-The scenegraph in java 3D- Animations and moving
objects- Projections in Java 3D-Modelling Three dimensional objects-Three Dimensional objects
and their surfaces-Topological notions-Modelling techniques-Surface Modeling with polygons in
java 3D-importing geometric objects in to java3D-Parametric curves and freedom surfaces-
normal vectors for surfaces

UNIT IV
Visible surface determination: Clipping volumes-Algorithms for visible surface
determination-Image precision techniques-Priority algorithms-Illumination and shading- Light
sources-Light sources in java 3D-Reflection-Shading in java 3D-Shading-Shadows-
Transparency-Textures-Textures in java 3D-The radiosity model-Ray tracing.

UNIT V
Special effects and virtual reality: Fog and particle systems- Fog in Java 3D- Dynamic
surfaces- Interaction-Interaction in Java 3D-Collision detection-Collision detention in Java 3D-
Sound effects-Sound effects in Java 3D- stereoscopic viewing

Karunya University Page 188

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

Text Book:
1. Frank Klawonn, Introduction to Computer Graphics Using Java 2D and 3D, Springer, 2008,
ISBN: 978-1-84628-847-0

Reference Books:
1.Rick Parent, Computer Animation Algorithms and Techniques, Morgan Kaufmann publishers,
2002, ISBN 1558605797
2.James D.Foley, et al,Computer Graphics Principles and Practices, Addison Wesley,
1996,ISBN-31-2043-22-2,
3.F.S.Hill,jr ,Computer graphics using Open GL,Prentice Hall of India,2006,iSBN—81-203-
2813-2
4.Peter Shirley, et al, Fundaments of Computer Graphics, AK Peters Ltd, 2005, ISBN: 978-1-
56881-269-4.
5. Issac Victor Kerlow, The Art of 3D Computer Animation and Effects, John Wiley,2004,
ISBN:0471430366 .

09IT211 FUNDAMENTALS OF NETWORKING

Credit: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
The course describes the networking concepts, such as network topologies, network protocols
and access methods, network architectures, OSI model and introduces students to different
network components.

UNIT I
Introduction: What is a Network-Use of computer network-Network Hardware-Network
Software-Reference Models-Examples of Network?

UNIT II
Physical &Data Link layer: Guided Transmission Media-Wireless Transmission-Data Link
Layer design issues-Sliding Window protocols

UNIT III
MAC & Network Layer: Multiple Access Protocols-Ethernet-WLAN-Network layer design
issues-Routing algorithms-congestion control algorithms.

UNIT IV
Transport Layer: Transport service-Elements of Transport Protocol-Internet Transport
Protocol:TCP –UDP.

UNIT V
Application Layer: Domain Name Service-Electronic Mail-World Wide Web.

Textbook:
1.Andrew S Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, Fourth Edition-Prentice Hall India Publication,
2003, ISBN 81-203-2175-8.
Karunya University Page 189
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

Reference Books:
1. Tom Sheldon, Encyclopedia of Networking and Telecommunication, Tata Mc Graw Hill,
2005, ISBN-10: 0072120053.
2. Douglas E Comer, Computer Networks and Internets, Fourth Edition, Prentice Hall India
Publication, ISBN-10- 0131433512.
3. William Stallings,Data & Computer Communications, Sixth Edition, Prentice Hall India
Publication,2003,ISBN 81-203-2067-0.
4. Larry L Pererson, Bruce S Davie, Computer Networks A System Approach, Third Edition,
2003, ISBN 15-586-0832-8.

09IT212 MOBILE COMPUTING

Credits: 3: 0: 0
Course Objectives:
1.To introduce the fundamental principles of mobile computing.
2.To provide an in-depth knowledge on mobile communication and wireless networking.
3.To describe the various mobile services and applications.

UNIT I
Introduction and Devices: Pervasive Computing – Information Access Devices – Smart
Identification – Embedded Controls – Entertainment Systems.

UNIT II
Software: Java – Operating Systems: Windows CE, Palm OS, Symbian OS, Java Card – Client
Middleware – Security.

UNIT III
Connecting the World: Internet Protocols and Formats - Mobile Internet – Voice – Web
Services – Connectivity - Service Discovery.

UNIT IV
Back – End Server Infrastructure: Gateways – Application Servers – Internet Portals –
Device Management – Synchronization.

UNIT V
New Services: Home Services – Travel and Business Services – Consumer Services.

Text Book:
1. Uwe Hansmann, Lothar Merk, Martin S.Nicklous, Thomas Stober, Principles of Mobile
Computing, second edition,Springer 2003, ISBN:81 – 8128 – 073 – 3.

Reference Book:
1.Raj Kamal, Mobile Computing, Oxford University Press, 2007, ISBN: 0-19–568677–2.

Karunya University Page 190

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

09IT213 - HIGH SPEED NETWORKS

Credits: 3: 0: 0

Course Objective:
The course covers fundamental principles to develop a comprehensive understanding of network
architectures, protocols, control, performance, and economies, to a focus on the convergence of
the telephone, computer networking, cable TV, and wireless networks that explains current and
emerging networking technologies.
Prerequisites: Computer Networks.

UNIT I
Overview: History of Communication Networks – Networking Principles – Future Networks.
Network Services and Layered Architectures: Applications – Traffic Characterization and
Quality of Service – Network Services – High Performance Networks – Network Elements –
Basic Network Mechanisms – Layered Architecture – Open Data Network Model – Network
Architectures – Network Bottlenecks.

UNIT II
Packet - Switched Networks: OSI and IP models – Ethernet (IEEE 802.5) – Token Ring –
FDDI - DQDB - Frame Delay – SMDS. Internet and TCP/IP Networks: The Internet – Overview
of Internet Protocols - Internet Protocol – TCP and UDP – Internet Success and Limitation -
Performance of TCP/IP Network.

UNIT III
Circuit Switched Networks: Performance of Circuit Switched Networks - SONET - Dense
Wave Division Multiplexing (DWDM) - Fiber to the Home - Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) -
Intelligent Networks – CATV. ATM: Main Features of ATM - Addressing Signaling and
Routing - Header Structure - ATM Adaptation layer - Management control - BISDN -
Internetworking with ATM.

UNIT IV
Wireless Networks: Introduction - The wireless channel - Link level design - Channel access -
Network design - Wireless Networks Today - Future Systems and standards.

UNIT V
Optical Networks: Optical Links - DWDM Systems - Optical Cross Connects - Optical LANs-
Optical paths and Networks. Global Multimedia Network: Attributes of the Global Network –
Technology areas – Challenges.

Text Book:
1.Walrand. J. Varaiya, High Performance Communication Network, Morgan Kaufmann-
Harcourt Asia Pvt., Ltd., Second Edition, 2000, ISBN 15-5860-574-6.

Reference Books:
h
1.William Stallings, ISDN & Broadband ISDN with frame Relay & ATM, Pearson Education,
Edition, 2000, ISBN 81-7808-422-8.
Karunya University Page 191
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

2.Rainer Handel, Manfred N. Huber, Steffen Schroeder, ATM Networks, Concepts, Protocols
Applications, Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 1999, ISBN 81-7808-338-8.
3.J.F.Kurose & K.W. Ross, Computer Networking-A top-down approach featuring the internet,
Addison Wesley, Fourth Edition, 2007, ISBN 03-2149-770-8.

09IT214 COMPUTER NETWORKS

Credits: 3: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1. To introduce key trends on network principles and practices.
2. To provide a top down approach which focus on the internet and its accessible styles.

UNIT I
Introduction: Computer Networks and the Internet-The network edge-The Network Core-
Access networks and physical media-ISPs and Internet backbones- Delay and loss in packet
switched networks- Protocol layers and their service models

UNIT II
Application Layer: Principles of network applications- The web and the HTTP- File transfer:
FTP- Electronic mail in the internet- DNS- The Internet’s Directory Service- P2P file sharing-
Socket Programming with TCP, Socket Programming with UDP

UNIT III
Transport Layer: Introduction to transport layer services- Multiplexing and De–Multiplexing-
Connectionless transport: UDP- Principles of reliable data transfer-Connection-oriented
transport: TCP-Principles of congestion control-TCP congestion control

UNIT IV
Network Layer: Introduction-Virtual circuit and datagram networks- What’s inside a router?-
The Internet protocol (IP): Forwarding and addressing in the internet- Routing algorithms-
Routing in the Internet

UNIT V
Link layer: introduction and services- Error detection and correction techniques- multiple
access protocols-Link layer addressing-Ethernet, Network Management: Introduction-The
Infrastructure for Network Management- the Internet standard management framework-ASN 1

Text Book:
1.J. F. Kurose, K. W. Ross, Computer Networking, A Top-Down Approach Featuring the
Internet, 4th Ed, Addison-Wesley,2007, ISBN 0321497708.

Reference Books
1.William Stallings, Data and Computer Communications, Prentice Hall, Eighth Edition,
2007,ISBN9780132433105
Karunya University Page 192
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

2.Andrew S.Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, Prentice Hall of India, fourth edition, 2002 ISBN
0130661023.
3.F.Halsai ,Data Communications, Computer Networks and Open Systems, Addison- Wesley
Publications , Fourth Edition ,1996,ISBN 9780201422931
4.W. Richard Stevens , TCP/IP Illustrated Volume – I “ The Protocols , Addison Wesley
Longman, 1995,ISBN 9780201633542

09IT215 - FUNDAMENTALS OF JAVA PROGRAMMING

Credits: 3: 0 : 0

Course Objective:
1. To learn the Java programming language fundamentals: its syntax, idioms, patterns, and
styles.
2. To learn object oriented programming concepts,
3. To learn the essentials of the Java class library

UNIT I
The History and evolution of Java: Java’s Lineage, The creation of java, Why java is important
to the Internet, The Bytecode, The java Buzzwords, The evolution of Java, The J2SE 5.0
Revolution - An Overview of Java: Object Oriented Programming, Simple programs, Control
Statements, Blocks of Code, Lexical Issues, Data Types, Variables and Arrays: Strongly typed,
The Primitive Types-Integers, Floating Point Types, Characters, Booleans, Literals, Variables,
Type Conversion and Casting, Automatic type promotion in Expression, Arrays – Operators:
Arithmetic Operators, The Bitwise Operators, Relational Operators, Boolean Logical Operators,
The Assignment Operator, The ? Operator, Operator Precedence, Using Parentheses - Control
Statements: Java’s Selection Statements, Iteration Statements, Jump Statements.

UNIT II
Introducing Classes: Class Fundamentals, Declaring Objects, Assigning Object Reference
Variables, Introducing Methods, Constructors, The this Keyword, Garbage Collection, The
finalize() Method – A Closer look at Methods and Classes: Overloading Methods, Using Objects
as Parameters, A Closer Look at Argument Passing, Returning Objects, Recursion, Introducing
Access Control, Understanding Static, Introducing final, Arrays, Introducing Nested and Inner
class, Using Command Line Arguments, Varargs – Inheritance: Basics, Using super(), Creating a
Multilevel Hierarchy, When Constructors are called, Method Overriding, Dynamic Method
Dispatch, Using Abstract Classes, Using final with Inheritance, The Object Class.

UNIT III
Packages and Interfaces: Packages, Access Protection, Importing Packages, Interfaces -
Exceptions Handling: Fundamentals, Exception Types, Uncaught Exceptions, Using try and
catch, Multiple catch Clauses, Nested try Statements, throw, throws, finally – Multithreaded
Programming: The Java Thread Model, The Main Thread, Creating a Thread, Creating Multiple
Threads, Using isAlive() and join, Thread Priorities, Synchronization, InterThread
Communication, Suspending, Resuming, and Stopping Threads, Using Multithreading.

Karunya University Page 193

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT IV
Enumerations, Autoboxing : Enumerations, Type Wrappers, Autoboxing - I/O : I/O Basics,
Reading Console Input, Writing Console Output, The PrintWriter Class, Reading and Writing
Files - String Handling – More Utility Classes : StringTokenizer, BitSet, Date, Calendar,
GregorianCalendar, TimeZone, SimpleTimeZone, Locale, Random, Observable, Timer and
TimerTask, Currency, Scanner.

UNIT V
Networking: Basics, Java and the Net, InetAddress, Inet4Address and Inet6Address, TCP/IP
Client Sockets, URL, URLConnection, TCP/IP Server Sockets, A Caching Proxy HTTP Server,
Datagrams, The URI Class, New Classes added by J2SE 5 - The Applet Class: Basics, Applet
Architecture, An Applet Skeleton, Simple Applet Display Methods, Requesting Repainting,
Using the Status Window, The HTML Applet Tag, Passing Parameters to Applets,
getDocumentBase() and getCodeBase(), AppleContext and showDocument(), The AudioClip
Interface, The AppletStub Interface, Outputting to the Console.

Text Book:
1.Herbert Schildt, Java - The Complete Reference, J2SE, Seventh Edition, Tata McGraw- Hill,
2008. ISBN 13:978-0-07-063677-4

Reference Books:
1. Kathy Sierra, Bert Bates, Head First java, Second Edition, Oreilly & Associates, 2005, ISBN-
10:0596004656, ISBN-13: 9780596004651
2. Harvey M. Deitel, Java How to Program, Seventh Edition, Prentice Hall, 2007, ISBN-10:
0132222205, ISBN-13: 978-0132222204
3. Bruce Eckel, Thinking in Java, Fourth edition, Prentice Hall 2006, ISBN 9780131872486
Ivor Horton, Beginning Java 2 JDK 5 Edition, 2004, Wiley, ISBN: 978-0-7645-6874-9
4. Balagurusamy E, Programming with Java: A primer, Third edition, Tata McGraw- Hill, 2006
5. Ken Arnold, James Gosling, David Holmes, The Java Programming
Language,FourthEdition, Prentice Hall Professional Technical Reference, ISBN-13:
9780321349804

09IT216 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++ AND JAVA

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
1. To learn the Java programming language fundamentals: its syntax, idioms, patterns, and styles.
2. To learn object oriented programming concepts,
3. To learn the essentials of the Java class library

UNIT I
Object oriented programming - Introduction, Basic concepts, Object oriented Languages,
Applications. Object oriented programming system – C++ - Key concepts, classes, features,
Functions, operators, variables, C++ program, structures
Karunya University Page 194
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT II
Tokens, expressions, control structures – tokens, keywords, Identifiers and constants, Data types,
Functions, classes and objects, Constructors and Destructors String manipulation – creating
string objects, manipulation, relational operation, accessing character in strings.

UNIT III
Operator overloading – Defining unary and binary operators Inheritance – Defining derived
class, single inheritance, Multiple inheritance, constructors in derived class .
Pointers – to objects, to derived classes, to virtual functions working with files – File stream
operation, file pointers and their manipulation, file updation.

UNIT IV
Java features, Java program structures, constants, variables, & data types, classes &J Objects,
Packages, Arrays, string and vectors.

UNIT V
Managing errors and exception handling, Java applets programming, Multithreading, I / O
streams, Sample Java program in Bioinformatics

Text books:
1. E.Balaguruswamy, Object oriented programming with C++, Fourth edition, Tata Mc
Graw Hill publications, 2008, ISBN: 978-0-07-066907-9
2. E.Balaguruswamy, Programming with Java, Third edition, Tata McGraw Hill
publications, 2006, ISBN: 978-0-07-061713-1

Reference Books:
1. Herbert Schildt, The Complete Reference C++,Fourth edition, McGraw-Hill Osborne
Media, 2002, ISBN 9780072226805.
2. Robert Lafore, OOPS in C++, Fourth edition,Sams Publication,2002, ISBN 0672323087
3. Stephen Prata, C++ Primer Plus, Fourth edition, Sams Publisher, ISBN-10: 0672322226
4. Herbert Schildt, Java - The Complete Reference, J2SE, Seventh Edition, Tata McGraw-
Hill, 2008 , ISBN 13:978-0-07-063677-4
5. Harvey M. Deitel, Java How to Program, Seventh edition, Prentice Hall, 2007, ISBN-10:
0132222205, ISBN-13: 978-0132222204
6. Bruce Eckel, Thinking in Java, Fourth edition, Prentice Hall 2006, ISBN 9780131872486

09IT217 COMPUTER ANIMATION

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
1. To learn about modeling, rendering, animation basics to process 3D computer animation
2. To understand the principles of 3D computer animation to work with traditional animation
techniques like compositing, Editing, Virtual Sculpting.

Karunya University Page 195

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT I
Preproduction and Modeling Basics :Introduction-Storyboarding-Character and Model Design-
Sound Design-Technical Tests-Production Scheduling Modeling Basics :Introduction-Polygon
Modeling-Splines and Patches-Coordinate Systems-Viewing windows-Geometric Primitives-
Transformations-Common Modeling Techniques-Hierarchies-Booleans and Trims-Basic
Deformations.

UNIT II
Rendering Basics Introduction-The Camera-Light Surface Characteristics-Shading Algorithms-
Rendering Algorithms -Background Images-Surface Texture Mapping-Solid Texture Mapping-
Final Rendering.

UNIT III
Animation Basics and Advanced Modeling :Animation Basics: Introduction- Key framing-
Interpolations-Parameter-Curve Editing-Dope Sheet Editing-Forward Kinematics-Inverse
Kinematics-Motion Paths-Shape Deformations-Camera Animation-Animating Light and Surface
Properties-Pose-based Animation. Advanced Modeling: Introduction-Virtual Sculpting-
Digitizing Techniques-Procedural Modeling-Stitched Patches-Subdivision Surfaces-
Displacement Mapping-Hair and Fur-Paint-based Modeling-Higher-level Primitives.

UNIT IV
Advanced Rendering: Introduction- Atmospheric Effects-Fractals-Lighting Subtleties-Advanced
Texturing-Texturing Polygons-Background Shaders-Non-Photorealistic Rendering-Reflection
Maps and Environment Procedures-More Rendering Algorithms-Rendering for output.

UNIT V
Advanced Animation and Postproduction: Introduction-Animated Fillets-Limits and Constraints-
Metaballs-Expressions and Driven Keys-Motion Dynamics: Principles, Rigid Bodies-Soft-Body
Dynamics- Particle Systems-Cloth Dynamics-Motion Capture-Camera-Motion Matching-
Character Rigging: Movement Controls, Deformation Controls-Facial Animation-Nonlinear
Animation Postproduction: Introduction-Compositing-Editing.

Text Book:
1. Michael O’Rourke, Principles of Three Dimensional Computer Animation, W.W.Norton
& Company Ltd.,Third Edition 2003, ISBN: 0-393-73083-2

Reference Books:
1. John Vince, Essential Computer Animation,, Springer-Verlag 2000,ISBN:1-85233-141-0
2. Marcia Kuperberg, A Guide to Computer Animation, Focal Press, 2002, ISBN:0-240-
51671-0
3. Daniel Cunliffe, Geoff Elliott, Multimedia Computing, Crucial, 2003, ISBN: 1-903337-
18-6

Karunya University Page 196

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

09IT218 SOFTWARE QUALITY MANAGEMENT

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
1.To learn about managerial, technological, statistical concepts for the major functions of an
organization.
2.To know to face the urgent task of solving the quality problem of current products and proper
planning for quality of future products.

UNIT I
Basic Concepts-Companywide Assessment of Quality-Quality Improvement and Cost Reduction
- Quality Planning and Sales Income.

UNIT II
Control of Quality-Strategic Quality Management-Organization for Quality-Developing Quality
Culture

UNIT III
Statistical Tools for analyzing data-Understanding Customer Needs-Designing for Quality-
Designing for Quality Statistical Tools.

UNIT IV
Statistical Process Control-Inspection, Test and Measurement-Inspection and Test, Sampling
plans.

UNIT V
Administrative and Support operations-Quality Information Systems-Quality Assurance

Text Book:
1.J.M.Juran Frank M.Gryna, “Quality planning and Analysis, Third Edition 2004, ISBN: 0-07-
462179-3

Reference Books:
1. Alan C Gillies, Software Quality Theory and Management, Thomson, Second Edition,
2003,ISBN:981-243-859-9
2. Dr.K.C.Arora,Total Quality Management, Second Edition 2004,ISBN:81-8574 9-99-X

09IT219 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
1.To examine the challenges of combining audio and video with text, image, graphics and
animation for more dynamic presentation.
2.To probe today’s development towards fully integrated multimedia working systems.

Karunya University Page 197

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT I
Introduction: Branch- overlapping Aspects of Multimedia- Global Structure-- Multimedia: Media
and Data Streams: Medium- Main Properties of a Multimedia System- Multimedia- Traditional
Data Stream Characteristics- Data Streams Characteristics for Continuous Media- Information
Units - Sound/Audio: Basic Sound Concepts- Music- Speech - Image and Graphics: Basic
Concepts- Computer Image Processing -Video and Animation- Basic Concepts- Television-
Computer based Animation.

UNIT II
Data Compression: Storage Space- Coding Requirements- Source, Entropy, and Hybrid Coding-
Some Basic Compression Techniques- JPEG- H-261 (px64)- MPEG- DVI-: Optical Storage
media: History- Basic Technology- Video Disks and Other WORMs- Compact Disk Digital
Audio- Compact Disk Read Only Memory- CD-ROM Extended Architecture- Further CDROM
based Developments- Compact Disc Write Once- Compact Disk Magneto Optical- The Prospects
of CD Technologies - Computer Technology: Communication Architecture- Multimedia
Workstations.

UNIT III
Multimedia Operating Systems: Introduction- Real-Time- Resource Management- Process
Management- File Systems- Additional Operating System Issues- System Architecture-
Concluding Remarks - Networking Systems: Layers, Protocols, and Services- Networks- Local
Area Networks (LANs)- Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs)- Wide Area Networks (WANs).

UNIT IV
Multimedia Communication Systems: Application Subsystem- Transport Subsystem- Quality of
Service and Resource Management:-Data Base Systems: Multimedia Database Management
System- Characteristics of an MDBMS- Data Analysis- Data Structure- Operations on Data-
Integration in a Database Model - Documents, Hypertext and Hypermedia- Document
Architecture SGMLDocument Architecture ODA- MHEG.

UNIT V
User Interface: General Design Issues- Current Work- Extension through Video and Audio-
Video at the User Interface- Audio at the User Interface- User: friendliness as the Primary Goal-
Synchronization: Introduction- Notion of Synchronization- Presentation Requirements- A
Reference Model for Multimedia Synchronization - Synchronization- Specification.

Text Book:
1. Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt, “Multimedia: Computing, Communications and
Applications”, Pearson Education (Singapore), Seventh Indian Reprint, 2004, ISBN: 81-
7808- 319-1.

Reference Books:
1. Nigel Chapman and Jenny Chapman, Digital Multimedia , John Wiley and Sons Private
Limited, 2001, ISBN: 0471983861.
2. Ze-Nian Li.Mark S.Drew,Fundamentals of Multimedia,First Edition 2004, ISBN:81-
297-0-438-2
Karunya University Page 198
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

09IT220 SOFTWARE TESTING

Credits: 3: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1. To highlight the importance of the software testing during software development.
2. To provide an exposure to the development tools and languages for testing.

UNIT I
Assessing testing-capabilities and competencies-Creating an environment supportive of software
testing-Building Software testing process-Tools available for software testing-selecting and
using tools.

UNIT II
Seven step Testing process- Overview- Organizing for testing-Developing test plan-Verification
Testing.

UNIT III
Validation testing-Analyzing and reporting test results-Acceptance and operational testing.

UNIT IV
Post-Implementation Analysis-Testing Client/Server Systems-RAD testing- Testing COTS and
contracted software.

UNIT V
Testing software system security-Testing a data warehouse-Testing Web-based systems

Text Book:
1. William Perry, Effective Methods for Software Testing, Third Edition, John Wiley and
Sons, 2006, ISBN 81-265-0893-0.

Reference Books:
1. Ron Patton, Software Testing, SAMS Publishers, 2001, ISBN 0672319837.
2. Ilene Burnstein, Practical Software Testing, Springer, 2003, ISBN NO: 81-8128- 089-X.
3. Glenford J.Myers, "The Art of Software Testing", Second Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
2004, ISBN 047167835X.
4. Boris Beizer, John Wiley & Sons, Black-Box Testing: Techniques for Functional Testing
of Software and Systems, 1995, ISBN 0471120944.

09IT221 USER INTERFACE DESIGN

Credits: 3: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1.To understand the basics of User Interface Design.
2.To design the user interface, design, menu creation and windows creation

Karunya University Page 199

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

3.To understand the concept of menus, windows, interfaces, business functions, various
problems in windows design with color, text, Nonanthropomorphic Design.
4.To study the importance of documentation.

UNIT I
Usability of Interactive Systems: Introduction - Usability Measures - Usability Motivations -
Universal Usability - Goals for Our Profession - Guidelines, Principles, and Theories:
Introduction – Guidelines – Principles - Theories - Managing Design Processes: Introduction -
Organizational Design to Support Usability - The Four Pillars of Design - Development
Methodologies - Ethnographic Observation - Participatory Design - Scenario Development -
Social Impact Statement for Early Design Review - Legal Issues

UNIT II
Evaluating Interface Designs: Introduction - Expert Reviews - Usability Testing and
Laboratories - Survey Instruments - Acceptance Tests - Evaluation During Active Use -
Controlled Psychologically Oriented Experiments - Direct Manipulation and Virtual
Environments: Introduction - Examples of Direct Manipulation - Discussion of Direct
Manipulation - 3D Interfaces – Teleoperation - Virtual and Augmented Reality - Menu
Selection, Form Fill-in, and Dialog Boxes: Introduction - Task-Related Menu Organization -
Single Menus - Combinations of Multiple Menus - Content Organization - Fast Movement
through Menus

UNIT III
Selection, Form Fill-in, and Dialog Boxes: Data Entry with Menus: Form Fill-in, Dialog Boxes
and Alternatives - Audio Menus and Menus for Small Displays - Command and Natural
Languages: Introduction - Command-Organization Functionality, Strategies, and Structure -
Naming and Abbreviations - Natural Language in Computing - Interaction Devices:
Introduction - Keyboards and Keypads - Pointing Devices - Speech and Auditory Interfaces -
Displays – Small and Large

UNIT-IV
Collaboration and Social Media Participation – Introduction - Goals of Collaboration and
Participation - Asynchronous Distributed Interfaces: Different Place, Different Time -
Synchronous Distributed Interfaces: Different Place, Same Time - Face-to-Face Interfaces: Same
Place, Same Time - Quality of Service – Introduction - Models of Response Time Impacts -
Expectations and Attitudes - User Productivity - Variability in Response Time - Frustrating
Experiences - Balancing Function and Fashion: Introduction - Error Messages -
Nonanthropomorphic Design - Display Design - Web Page Design - Window Design - Color

UNIT-V
User Documentation and Online Help – Introduction - Online versus Paper Documentation -
Reading from Paper versus from Displays - Shaping the Content of the Documentation -
Accessing the Documentation - Online Tutorials and Animated Demonstrations - Online
Communities for User Assistance - The Development Process - Information Search:
Introduction - Searching in Textual Documents and Database Querying - Multimedia Document

Karunya University Page 200

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

Searches - Advanced Filtering and Search Interface - Information Visualization: Introduction -

Data Type by Task Taxonomy - Challenges for Information Visualization
Text Book:
1. Ben Shneiderman, Maxine Cohen, the user interface-Strategies for Effective Human-
Computer Interaction, Fifth Edition, Pearson Education, 2008. ISBN-13: 9780321537355

Reference Books:
1. Wilbert. O. Galitz , The Essential Guide to User Interface Design: An Introduction to GUI
Design Principles and Techniques,Second Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2007. ISBN 81-265-
0280-0
2. JoAnn T. Hackos, Janice C. Redish, User and Task Analysis for Interface Design,First
Edition, Wiley, ISBN 978-0471178316
3. Alan J. Dix, Janet E. Finlay, Gregory D. Abowd, Russell Beale, Janet E. Finley., Human-
Computer Interaction, Second Edition, Prentice Hall, 1998. ISBN 978-0132398640
4. Helen Sharp, Yvonne Rogers, Jenny Preece, Interaction Design: Beyond Human-Computer
Interaction, Second Edition, Wiley, 2007. ISBN-13: 978-0470018668

09IT222 ESSENTIALS OF XML

Credits: 3: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1. To build XML applications with DTD and style sheets that span multiple domains
ranging from finance to vector graphics to genealogy for use with legacy browsers.

UNIT I
Introducing XML: An Eagle’s Eye view of XML: What is XML?-Life of an XML document- -
Your First XML document-XML Applications-Attributes, Empty tags, XSL-Well Formedness:
Elements and Tags-Attributes-Entity References.

UNIT II
Document Type Definitions: DTDs and Validity:DTD--Element Declarations-Entity
Declarations-Attribute Declarations :What is an Attribute?-Declaring Attributes in DTDs-
Declaring Multiple Attributes-Specifying default values for attributes-Attribute types-Predefined
attributes.

UNIT III
Style Languages: CSS Style Sheets: What are Cascading Style sheets-Selecting Elements-
Different rules for different media-Importing Style sheets-CSS Layouts: CSS Units-The display
property-Box properties-size-Positioning-Formatting pages-CSS Text Styles: Font Properties-
The Color Property-Text Properties-Background Properties.

UNIT IV
XSL Transformations: What is XSL- Over view of XSL Transformations-XSL templates-XPath
Expressions for selecting Nodes-XSL Formatting Objects: Fornatting objects and their properties
-Page Layout-Content-Leaders and rules-Graphics-Links-Lists-Tables-Inlines-Footnotes-Floats-
Formatting Properties?
Karunya University Page 201
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT V
Supplemental Technologies-XLinks:XLinks Versus HTML Links-Linking Elements-Link
Behavior-Extended Links-Syntax-Arcs-Out of line Links -XPointers-The Resource Description
Framework:What is RDF?-RDF statements-Basic RDF syntax-ContainersRDF Schemas

Text Book:
1. Elliotte Rusty Harold, XML Bible, Published by Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt.Ltd, Second Edition
2003,ISBN: 81-265-0212-6

Reference Books:
1. Don Box, Skonnard, Aron, Essential XML, Second Edition 2000, ISBN: 0201709147
2. Ann Navarro,Chuck White,Linda Burman,Mastering XML,First Edition 2000,ISBN:0-
7821-2266-3

09IT223 – OPERATING SYSTEM FUNDAMENTALS

Credits: 3: 0: 0

Course Objective:
The objective of this course is to introduce the principles underlying the design and
implementation of contemporary computer operating systems

UNIT I
Introduction – What Operating System Do – Computer System Organization Computer System
Architecture Service – Process Management – Memory Management – Storage management-
Protection and security- Distributed systems - Special purpose systems- Computing
environments - Operating system services- User operating system interface – System calls –
Types of system calls – System programs – Operating system structure

UNIT II
Process concept – Process scheduling – Inter process communication – Process scheduling –
Basic concepts – Scheduling criteria – Scheduling algorithms - Algorithm evaluation -
Synchronization – The critical section problem – Peterson’s solution – Synchronization hardware
– Semaphores – Classic problems of synchronization – Monitors - Atomic transactions

UNIT III
System model – Deadlock characterization – Methods for handling deadlocks – Deadlock
prevention – Deadlock avoidance – Deadlock detection – Recovery from deadlock - Memory
management strategies – Swapping – Contiguous memory allocation – Paging – Structure of the
page table – Segmentation - Virtual memory management – Demand paging – Copy-on-write –
Page replacement – Allocation of frames – Thrashing

Karunya University Page 202

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT IV
File concepts – Access methods – Directory structures – File system mounting – File sharing –
Protection - Implementing file systems – File system structure – File system implementation –
Directory implementation – Allocation methods – Free space management – Efficiency and
performance – Recovery – Log structured file systems – NFS
UNIT V
Secondary storage structure – Overview of mass storage structure – Disk structure – Disk
attachment – Disk scheduling – Disk management – Swap space management – RAID structure
– Stable storage implementation – Tertiary storage structure - I/O systems – I/O hardware –
Application I/O interfaces – Kernel I/O subsystem – Transforming I/O request to hardware
operations – Streams – Performance
Text Book:
1.Abraham Silberchatz, Peter Baer Galvin, Greg Gagne, Operating System Principles, John
Wiley & Sons, Seventh Edition, 2006 ISBN 9812-53-176-9

Reference Book:
1.William Stallings, Operating System: Internals and Design Principles , Addison-Wesley
Prentice Hall, Sixth Edition, ISBN-10: 0136006329

09IT224 – TCP/IP PROTOCOLS

Credits: 3: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1. To understand the structure and functions of TCP/IP from the link layer up through the
network, transport, and application layers.
2. To learn about the protocols that belong to each of these layers and its operation.

UNIT I
Introduction – Layering,TCP/1P,Internet Address, DNS, Encapsulation,Demultiplexing,Client
Server, Port numbers, Standardization, RFCs, Standard, Simple Services, Internet,
Implementations, Application programming Interfaces ,Test Network - Link Layer – Ethernet
and IEEE802,Trailer Encapsulation, SLIP, Compressed SLIP,PPP, Loopback Interface, MTU,
Path MTU, Serial Line throughput calculations, IP – IP Header, Routing, Subnet
Addressing,Mask,Special case IP address,ipconfig command,netstat command,IP futures- ARP
– ARP Cache, Packet format, ARP examples, proxy ARP- Gratuitous ARP,ARP Command-
RARP - packet format-RARP – RARP Examples, Server design – ICMP- Message types,
Address mark request and reply- Timestamp request and reply ,ICMP port unreachable error-
BSD, Summary

UNIT II
Ping Program – IP record Route option, IP timestamp option-Traceroute Program –
Operation, LAN output - IP Routing – Routing Principles, ICMP Host- To forward or not to
forward, ICMP Redirect Errors, ICMP ROUTER Discovery Messages - Dynamic Routing
Protocols – Dynamic Routing, Unix Routing Daemons, RIP- RIP Version 2,OSPF,BGP,CIDR -

Karunya University Page 203

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UDP – Header, Checksum, Example, IP fragmentation- ICMP, Traceroute, Path MTU discovery
with UDP- Interaction between UDP and ARP, Maximum UDP Datagram Size, ICMP source
quench error, UDP Server Design- Broadcasting and Multicasting- Broadcasting and
Examples- Multicasting

UNIT III
IGMP – IGMP Message and Protocol with examples-DNS – DNS basics, message format,
Example-Pointer Queries, Resource Records, Caching, UDP or TCP- TFTP – protocol and
example -BOOTP – Packet format and example-TCP – Introduction-services-header- TCP
Connection Establishment and Termination –TCP Interactive Data Flow

UNIT IV
Tcp Bulk Data Flow – Introduction- Sliding Windows-Push Flag- Slow Start- Urgent Mode -
Tcp Timeout And Retransmission – Introduction- Congestion- Errors- Tcp Persist Timer –
Introduction-Silly Window Syndrome -Tcpkeepalive Timer – Introduction And Examples -Tcp
Futures And Performance –Introduction-Performance – Snmp-Protocols-Examples

Unit V
Telnet and Rlogin – Introduction-Protocols –Telnet protocol- FTP –Protocol- SMTP –
Introduction-protocols- NFS – Introduction –protocols-TCP Applications-Finger protocol-
Whois protocol-Arcie-WAIS-Gopher-X window system.

Text Books:
1.W. Richard Stevens, TCP/IP Illustrated Volume – I, The Protocols, Pearson Education, 2000
ISBN : 81-7808-101-6

Reference Books:
1.Douglas E. Comer, Internetworking with TCP/IP – Principles, Protocols and Architecture,
Pearson Education, Fourth Edition, 2000. ISBN 0-13-233553-0
2.Buck Graham, TCP/IP Addressing ,Harcourt India Pvt Ltd, Second Edition,2001,ISBN:81-
7867-035-6
3.Charles M.Kozierok, The TCP/IP Guide, No Start Press ,First Edition, 2005, ISBN:81-7366-
464-1.
4.Craig Hunt,TCP/IP Network Administration , Shroff Publishers and Distributors pvt Ltd ,Third
Edition,2002,ISBN:81-7366-467-6

09IT225 DATA COMPRESSION TECHNIQUES

Credits: 3 : 0 : 0

Course Objective:
1.To understand the data Compression Techniques.
2.To learn more about the Compression Algorithms
3 To study variety of data compression for binary, text, sound and Image data in Digital forms.

Karunya University Page 204

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT I
Introduction: Compression, decompression, Lossless and lossy compression, Deriving
algorithmic solutions, Measure of compression quality, Limits on lossless compression, coding
symbolic data, Information data and codes, Symbolic data, Variable length codes, Elementary
information theory. Data compression in telecommunication, redundancy, Compression
algorithms

UNIT II
Run-length algorithms and Huffman Coding: Run-length, Hardware data compression
(HDC), Algorithm design, Huffman coding: Static Huffman coding, Shannon Fano approach,
Optimal Huffman codes, Implementation efficiency, Extended Huffman coding, Adaptive
Huffman coding Adaptive approach, Compressor, Decompressor, Disadvantages of Huffman
coding

UNIT III
Arithmetic coding and Dictionary Based Compression: Probabilities and subintervals, Models
and coders, Simple case, General case, Dictionary-Based compression: Pattern in string, LZW
coding, LZ77 family, LZ78 family, Applications, Comparison

UNIT IV
Prediction transforms and audio compression: Predictive approach, Move to front coding,
Burrows-Wheeler transform (BWT), Transform approach discrete cosine transform (DCT),
Subband coding, Wavelet Transforms, Audio compression: Modeling sound, Sampling,
Quantization, Compression Performance, Speech Compression Music compression

UNIT V
Image and Video Compression: Image data, Bitmap Images, Vector Graphics, Bitmap and
vector graphics, Color Classifying images by color, Classifying images by appearances, Image
compression Video Compression, Motion Compensation, Model-Based Coding, Asymmetric
Applications , MPEG-1&2 Video Standard, ITU- T Recommendation H.263, ITU-T
Recommendation H.264 ,Advanced Video Coding,MPEG-4,Packet Video, ATM Networks-
Compression Algorithms for packet .

Text Books:
1. Ida Mengyi Pu, Fundamental Data compression, Butterworth- Heimenann, 2006
ISBN 0750663103
2. Khalid Sayood, Introduction to Data compression, Morgan Kaufmann, 2004
ISBN 8131206246

Reference Books:
1. Mark Nelson,Data compression book,BPB Publishers,New Delhi,1998
ISBN1558514341 ,9781558514348.
2. Richard B.Wells, “Applied coding and Information Theory for Engineers”, pearson
Education, 2005 ISBN 0139613277, 9780139613272.

Karunya University Page 205

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

09IT226 E-COMMERCE
Credits: 3 : 0 : 0

Course Objective:
1. To have an awareness about role of IT in business
2. To have knowledge of basic concepts of ecommerce
3. To have in depth knowledge in security and legal issues in ecommerce

UNIT I
Introduction – Electronic commerce and physical commerce-Digital phenomenon-ecommerce
different perspective-types-examples-scenarios-changes brought by ecommerce-advantages-
myths about ecommerce-system model-Internet and World Wide Web –Overview of internet-
history of internet-web system architecture-URL-HTTP-Dynamic web page-cookies-Client Side
Programming-Factors-web page design-HTML-Text formatting-Link-Images-Image MAP-
Tables-Frames-Form-CSS-Javascript.

UNIT II
Server side Programming: Servlet Fundamentals – Three tier model-CGI-ASP-Java Servlet-
Architecture-API-Building VBS-Compilation and execution of servlets-Interactive servlet
program- Database Connectivity – Relational database systems-JDBC-JDBC program-
Advanced book query-JDBC servlet-Session Tracking-Traditional session tracking techniques-
Servlet session tracking API-VBS shopping cart

UNIT III
Basic Cryptography for enabling e-commerce – Security concerns-Encryption-Private key
encryption-key distribution problem-Diffie Hellman-Public key encryption-RSA-Hybrid-Stream
cipher and block cipher-Message digest-Authentication code-Digital Signature-Authentication-
Internet Security – Ip sec protocol-Security associations-Authentication header-ESP service-
Application-Firewalls-Types of firewall-SSL-Advanced Technologies for e-commerce -Mobile
agents-WAP-XML-Data mining

UNIT IV
Internet Payment Systems –4C Payment system-SET Protocol-Ecash-Echeck-Micropayment-
Smart card-Mondex- Consumer oriented e-commerce –Traditional retailing- Benefits-Key
success factors- Model of eretailing-Features-Developing consumer oriented ecommerce-PASS
model-Business oriented ecommerce-B2B-Business model-Integration.

UNIT V
Web Advertising and Web Publishing – Web advertising versus internet advertising-
advertising techniques-business model-pricing model-web publishing-Website development-
Logical design-Usability Testing-Web presence and visibility-Building the Virtual Book
Store-VBS homepage design-Form validation-Search engine-Quick search-Category search-
Advanced search-Access control –cart login.

Karunya University Page 206

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

Text Book:
1. Henry Chan, Raymond Lee, Tharam Dillon and Elizabeth Chang, E-Commerce
Fundamentals and Applications, John Wiley and Sons Ltd., 2001. ISBN 9971-51-411-7

Reference Books:
1. R Kalokota, Andrew V.Winston, Elecronic Commerce-a Managers Guide, Fourth Edition,
Pearson Education, 2006. ISBN:81-780-8158-X.
2. ErfanTurban,Dave King,Jae Kyu Lee,Dennis Viehland ,Electronic Commerce-A Managerial
Perspective, Fourth Edition Pearson Education,2006:ISBN: 81-780-8362-0.

09IT227 – DATA WAREHOUSING

Credits: 3: 0 : 0

Course Objective:
1. To understand different methods for handling unstructured data in a data warehouse.
2. To store data across multiple storage media.
3. To examine Relational and Multidimensional Models.
4. To explore advanced topics, including data monitoring and testing.

UNIT I
Introduction – Evolution of Decision Support Systems - The Data Warehouse Environment -
The Data Warehouse and Design

UNIT II
Granularity in the Data Warehouse - The Data Warehouse and Technology- The Distributed
Data Warehouse.

UNIT III
Executive Information Systems and The Data Warehouse – External Data and The Data
Warehouse – Migration to the architectural Environment.

UNIT IV
The Data Warehouse and the Web – Unstructured Data and The Data Warehouse – The Really
Large Data Warehouse

UNIT V
The Relational and the Multidimensional Models as a Basis for Database and design – Advanced
Topics in the Data Warehouse.

Text Books:
1. William H.Inmon, Building the datawarehouse, Wiley Dreamtech (P) Ltd, Fourth Edition,
2005,ISBN:81-265-0645-8.

Reference Books:
1. Sam Anahory, Dennis Murray, Data Warehousing in the Real World, Pearson Education
(P)Ltd., First Edition 1997, Fifteenth Indian Reprint 2005, ISBN: 81-7808-387-6.
Karunya University Page 207
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

2. Claudia Imhoff ,Nicholas Galenno, Jonathan G.Geiger, Mastering data warehouse design,
Wiley Publishing, First Edition, 2003,ISBN:81-265-0365-3.
3. Paulraj Ponniah, Data Warehousing Fundamentals – A Comprehensive guide for IT
Professionals, John Wiley & Sons, First Edition, 2003, ISBN: 981-2-53-012-6.

09IT228 SOFTWARE RADIO

Credits: 3: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1. To introduce the key concepts of software radio design
2. To cover every issues and techniques that an engineer must understand to successfully utilize
DSP in their radio systems and subsystems

UNIT I
Introduction: Need for Software Radio-Characteristics-Benefits-Design Principles-RF
Implementation issues: Purpose of RF front end-Dynamic range-RF receiver front-Enhanced
flexibility of the RF chain with software radios-Importance of components to overall
performance-transmitter architecture and their issues-noise and distortion in RF chain-Flexible
RF systems with micro electro mechanical systems.

UNIT II
Multi Rate Signal Processing: Introduction-sample rate conversion principles-poly phase
filters-digital filter banks-time recovery in digital receivers.

UNIT III
Digital Generation of Signals: Direct digital synthesis-approaches to direct digital synthesis-
analysis of spurious signals-spurious components due to periodic jitter-band pass signal
generation-performance of direct digital synthesis systems-hybrid DDS PLL Systems-
applications of direct signal synthesis-generation of random sequences-ROM compression
techniques.

UNIT IV
Analog to Digital and Digital to analog conversion: Parameters of ideal data converters-
parameters of practical data converters-common ADC and DAC architectures-

UNIT V
Smart antennas: vector channel modeling- benefits of smart antennas-structures of beam
forming systems-smart antennas algorithms-diversity and space time adaptive signal processing-
hardware implementation of smart antennas.
Digital Hardware Choices: Key hardware elements-DSP processors-field programmable gate
arrays-trade off using DSPs FPGAs and ASICs-Networks-Object oriented programming-Object
brokers-mobile application environments.

Text Books:
1. Jeffrey H. Reed,”Software Radio: A Modern Approach to Radio Engineering”, Prentice Hall
PTR, 2002. ISBN 0-13-081158-0
Karunya University Page 208
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

Reference Books:
1. Jouko Vankka, “Digital Synthesizers and Transmitters for software Radio”, Springer Verlag,
2005
2. Dillinger, Madani, Alonistioti.,”Software defined radio : architectures, systems, and
functions” Wiley, 2003,ISBN-13: 9780470851647
3. Bruce Fette,“Cognitive Radio Technology”,Elsevier Science & Technology Books, 2006.
ISBN-13: 9780750679527
4. Burns, “Software Defined Radio for 3G”, Artech House, 2002. ISBN 1-58053-347-7

09IT229 IP TV AND INTERNET VIDEO

Credits: 3: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1. To provide an overview of hardware, software, and Internet technologies.
2. To introduce key trends and drivers transforming the world of broadcast television and the
Web

UNIT I
Introduction: Internet Protocol-Market for IP Video-Characteristics of IPTV-Internet video-IPTV
versus internet video-constructing an IPTV network-constructing an internet video system

UNIT II
Internet Protocol & video compression: Packet – types of IP Networks-IP Addresses-key parts of
an IP network-Transport protocols-Multicasting-video compression-groups of pictures-MPEG-
Microsoft Windows Media and VC-1-Other compression techniques

UNIT III
Video Quality& servers: Maintaining video quality and security-video servers-video on demand
servers-advertising servers-live streaming servers-encryption and right management.
UNIT IV
Bandwidth: DSL technologies-DSLAM-Home gateway-multiple televisions-Calculate
bandwidth

UNIT V
Set top boxes & Internet video technologies: Basic functions-middleware-STB selection issues-
internet video technologies-types of internet streaming-commercial players-content creation
workflows

Text Book:
1. Wes &Howard Greenfield, IPTV and Internet Video: New markets in television
Broadcasting, Focal Press,2007. ISBN: 0240809548

Reference Books:
1. Howard J. Gunn, The Basics of IPTV, Intl. Engineering Consortium, 2007, ISBN
9781931695589

Karunya University Page 209

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

2. Gerard O'Driscoll, Next Generation IPTV Services and Technologies, Wiley-Interscience,

2007.ISBN :0470163720
3. Gilbert Held, Understanding IPTV, CRC Press, 2006. ISBN: 0849374154

09IT230 – ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND NEURAL NETWORKS

Credits: 3 : 0 : 0

Course Objective:
1. To introduce artificial intelligence concepts in searching, programmable logic.
2. To broaden the scope of the definition of ANS.
3. To develop the ability to choose from a variety of programming methods those that are
best suited for particular programming tasks.

UNIT I
Introduction: Foundation of AI - History of AI - Intelligent agents - Agents and Environments -
The Concept of Rationality -The nature of environments - Structure of agents - Problem solving
agents - Example problems

UNIT II
Searching : Searching for Solutions - Uniformed search strategies – Avoiding repeated States -
Searching with partial information – Informed Search and Exploration: Informed(Heuristic)
Search Strategies - Heuristic Functions – Local Search Algorithms and Optimization Problems -
Local Search in Continuous Spaces - Adversial Search : Games - Optimal Decisions Games -
Alpha-Beta Pruning – Imperfect, Real Time Decisions – Games That include an Element of
Chance.

UNIT III
Knowledge and Reasoning: Logical Agents: Knowledge – Based Agents -The Wumpus World
– Logic- Propositional logic - Reasoning Patterns in Propositional Logic - First order logic:
Representation Revisited - Syntax and semantics of First-Order Logic- Using First Order Logic-
Inference in First Order Logic - Propositional vs. First-Order inference - Unification & Lifting -
Forward Chaining-Backward Chaining- Resolution.

UNIT IV
Introduction to ANS Technology: Elementary Neurophysiology- from Neurons to ANS – ANS
Simulation. Backpropogation: The Backpropogation Network – The Generalized Data Rule –
Practical Consideration – BPN Applications – The Backpropogation Simulator.

UNIT V
The BAM and The Hopfield Memory: Associative Memory definitions – The BAM – The
Hopfield Memory. The Counterpropogation network: CPN Building Blocks – CPN Data
Processing – An Image Classification Example – The CPN Simulator

Karunya University Page 210

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

Text Books:
1. Stuart Russell, Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence – A Modern Approach, Second Edition,
Pearson Education, 2004, ISBN 81-297-0041-7.
2. James A. Freeman, David M.Skapura, Neural Networks Algorithms, Applications and
Programming Techniques, Pearson Education, Sixth Indian Reprint (2002),
ISBN:10:0201513765

Reference Books:
1. Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, Artificial Intelligence, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003. ISBN: 0-07-
460081-8
2. Dan W Patterson, Introduction to AI and Expert Systems, Prentice Hall of India, 2001.
ISBN:81-203-0777-1
3. Patrick Henry Winston, Artificial Intelligence, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 1992.
ISBN:10: 0201082799.
4. Stamatios V.Karatalopoulous, Understanding Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic- Basic
Concepts & Applications, Prentice Hall India, 2000. ISBN: 9780780311282.

09IT231 - SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Credits: 3: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1. To provide a overview of the concepts, processes, and techniques associated with formal
project management and to learn about the project management strategies.
2.To develop skills that will enable to construct software of high quality, software that is reliable,
easy to understand, modify and maintain.
3.To foster an understanding on the importance of these skills.

UNIT I
Traditional Project Management: What is a Project - Traditional, Adaptive, Extreme: A
Dynamic Project Management Landscape - Defining the Project – Building the Work
Breakdown Structure.

UNIT II
Estimating Duration, Resource Requirements, and Cost - Constructing and Analyzing the Project
Network Diagram - Finalizing the Schedule and Cost Based on Resource Availability - The Need
to Plan: Conducting the Joint Project Planning Session.

UNIT III
Building and Managing an Effective Project Team - Monitoring and Reporting Project Progress -
Closing out the Project - Critical Chain Project Management..

UNIT IV
Adaptive Project Framework: Introduction - Version Scope - Cycle Plan - Cycle Build - Client
Checkpoint - Post-Version Review - Extreme Project Management and Other Variations to APF.

Karunya University Page 211

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT V
Organizational Considerations: Project Portfolio Management - Project Support Office.

Text Book
1. Robert K. Wyzocki, Rudd McGary, Effective Project Management, WILEY Dreamtech,
2006, Edition: 4, illustrated, revised ISBN 0470042613, 9780470042618.

Reference Books:
1. Walker Royce “Software Project Management – A Unified Framework “, Pearson
Education, 2004. ISBN :0201309580, 9780201309584.
2. Bob huges, Mike cotterell, “Software Project Management”, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 2002. ISBN: 1850321906, 9781850321903.

09IT232 COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Credits: 3 : 0 : 0

Course Objective:
1. To learn the functional blocks and circuitry used in modulators and transmitters
2. To understand the benefits and weaknesses of FM/PM compared with each other and with
AM
3. To understand the relationship between analog signals and their digital representation in
various digital formats
4. To learn the use of state transition diagrams to map out the possible states of the
communication system
5. To understand the technical and operating requirements of RS-232 standard and to
troubleshoot RS-232 interfaces.

UNIT 1
Fourier and spectrum analysis -Amplitude Modulation - Receivers for AM: RF stage - IF stage -
Frequency and phase modulation

UNIT II
Wire and Cable Media: Parameters - Balanced and Unbalanced Lines - Drivers and Receivers--
Propagation and Antennas-Digital information

UNIT III
Digital information -Digital Communication Fundamentals- Digital Communication Systems -
Digital Modulation and Testing.

UNIT IV
TV/Video,facismile- RS 232 Interface Standard, Modems and High Speed POTS Links

Karunya University Page 212

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT V
Satellite Communication - Navigation, Global Positioning System - Cellular Telephone and
advanced wireless systems

Text Book:
1. William Schweber, Electronic Communication Systems A complete course, Fourth edition,
Prentice Hall International,2002 ISBN: 0130916218

Reference Books:

1. Simon Haykin, Communication Systems, Fourth Edition,2006.Wiley publications ISBN:

812650904X
2. Michael O. Kolawole, Satellite Communication Engineering ,Published by CRC Press,
2002. ISBN :082470777X, 97808247077
3. Anokh Singh, Principles Of Communication Engineering, Published by S Chand & Company Ltd,
2006.ISBN: 8121904765

09IT233 SERVICE ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
1. To provide an introduction to the concepts of Service Oriented Architecture.
2. To explore some of the key issues faced by many organizations, especially dealing with
integration among disparate systems.

UNIT I
Introduction to SOA with Web Services: The service-oriented enterprise – Service oriented
development – Service abstraction – Service-oriented architecture – SOA and web services –
Rapid integration – Multi-channel access – Occasionally connected computing – Business
Process Management – Extended Web Services Specifications.

UNIT II
Service Oriented Architecture Concepts: Service governance, processes, guidelines, principles,
methods and tools – Key Service characteristics – Technical benefits of a service-oriented
architecture – Service-oriented architecture – Benefits.

UNIT III
SOA and Web Services: The web services platform – Service contracts – Service-level data
model – Service discovery-registration and lookup – Service-level security – Service level
interaction patterns – Atomic services and composite services – Generating proxies and
skeletons and service contracts – Service-level communication and alternative transports – A
Retrospective on Service-oriented architectures- Overview of integration – Integration and
Interoperability using XML and web services- Business benefits of SOA and multi-channel
access.

Karunya University Page 213

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT IV
SOA and Business Process Management: Basic Business process management concepts –
Examples - Combining BPM, SOA, and web services – Orchestration and Choreography
specification – Examples - Web services.- The simple approach to metadata management -
Metadata specification - Impact of web services on transactions.

UNIT V
Services Security: Overarching concern – Core concepts – Summary of challenges, threats and
remedies – Securing the communication layer – Overview of message-level security – Data-level
security.

Text book:
1. Eric Newcomer and Greg Lomow, Understanding SOA with Web Services, Pearson
Education India, New Delhi, 2005.ISBN:10:0321180860

Reference Books:
1. Chatterjee, Sandeep and James Webber, Developing Enterprise Web Services: An Architect’s
Guide, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2003.ISBN: 0131401602
2. Bernstein Philip A and Eric Newcomer, Principles of Transaction Processing.” Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers, USA, 1997,ISBN 1558604154
3. Barry Douglas K,Web Services and Service oriented Architectures- The Savvy Manager’s
Guide, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, USA, 2003.ISBN:1558609067

09IT234 SATELLITE COMMUNICATION

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:

1. To cover global wireless applications, antenna options, error coding, digital television,
and internet access via satellite.
2. To introduce Global wireless services, launch systems, orbits, frequencies.
3. Upon completion trainees will be equipped with a solid understanding of how the satellite
market is structured and the capabilities of the technology that makes it all possible.

UNIT I
Introduction - Orbits and Launching Methods: Kepler’s Laws - Definitions of terms for Earth-
Orbiting Satellites - Orbital Elements - Apogee and Perigee Heights - Orbital Perturbations -
Inclined Orbits – Local Mean Solar Time and Sun Synchronous Orbits – Standard Time – The
Geo Stationary Orbit - Antenna Look Angles – The Polar Mount Antenna – Earth Eclipse of
Satellite - Sun Transit Outage - Launching Orbits.

UNIT II
Radio Wave Propagation: Atmospheric Losses- Ionospheric Effects – Rain Attenuation -
Polarization - Antennas: Reciprocity Theorem for Antennas - The Isotropic Radiator and
Antenna Gain - The Half-Wave Dipole - Aperture Antennas – Horn Antennas - The Parabolic
Reflector - Double-Reflector Antennas – Shaped Reflector Systems- Arrays.
Karunya University Page 214
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT III
Space Segment: Power Supply - Attitude Control - Station Keeping - Thermal Control - TT&C
subsystem - Transponders - Antenna Subsystem - Earth Segment – Error Control Coding: Linear
Block Codes - Cyclic Codes- Convolution Codes – Interleaving – Concatenated Codes – LDPC
Codes – ARQ - Space Link: Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power - Transmission Losses - Link-
Power Budget Equation - System Noise – Carrier-to-Noise Ratio - Uplink – Downlink –
Intersatellite Links.

UNIT IV
Interference between Satellite Circuits (B1 and B2 Modes) - Energy Dispersal – Coordination-
Satellite Access – Single Access – Preassigned FDMA – Demand Assigned FDMA – Spade
System – Bandwidth-limited and Power-limited TWT Amplifier Operation - TDMA – Satellite-
Switched TDMA – CDMA.

UNIT V
Satellites in Networks – Direct Broadcast Satellite(DBS) Television - Orbital Spacing - Power
Rating and Number of Transponders - Frequencies and Polarization - Transponder Capacity - Bit
Rates for Digital Television - MPEG Compression Standards – FEC - ODU - IDU - Downlink
Analysis – Uplink - HDTV - Satellite Mobile and Specialized Services.

Text Book:
1. Dennis Roddy, Satellite Communications, Fourth edition,Tata McGraw Hill, 2006, ISBN
0-07-146298-8, ISBN-9780071462983.

Reference Book:
1. Dennis Roddy , Satellite Communications, Third edition ,Tata McGraw Hill, 2001, ISBN
0-07-137176-1.
2. Timothy Pratt, Satellite Communicationss, John Willey & Sons, 2000, ISBN-
9780471878377.

09IT235 COMPUTER HARDWARE AND PERIPHERALS LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Study of different types of cables and network topologies

2. Study of different types of network devices
3. Study and identification of Major parts of PC
4. Assembly and Disassembly of PC
5. Study and identification of Major parts of Laptop
6. Assembly and Disassembly of Laptop
7. Connecting a small LAN
8. IP configuration and Subnet masking.
9. Study and troubleshoot the boot process
10. Installation and configuration of Windows 2000
11. Router configuration
Karunya University Page 215
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

12. Implementation of Wireless Network

13. Study, Identification, Assembly and Disassembly of Keyboard and Mouse
14. Study, Identification, Assembly and Disassembly of Printer and Monitor

12 Experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time. A tentative list is mentioned
above.

09IT236 CASE TOOLS LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Study of software engineering basics and UML

2. Study of UML diagrams with an example
3. Implementation of use case diagram with an example
4. Implementation of class diagram with an example
5. Implementation of sequence diagram with an example
6. Implementation of collaboration diagram with an example
7. Implementation of state chart diagram with an example
8. Implementation of Activity diagram with an example
9. Implementation of Component diagram with an example
10. Implementation of Deployment diagram with an example
11. Forward and Reverse Engineering

12 Experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time. A tentative list is mentioned
above.

09IT237 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS IN C++ LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Implementation of Stack
2. Implementation of Queue
3. Implementation of towers of Hanoi
4. Implementation of Singly Linked List
5. Implementation of doubly Linked List
6. Implementation of linear and binary searching
7. Implementation of insertion and selection sort
8. Implementation of shell and quick sort
9. Implementation of merge sort
10. Implementation of Heap sort
11. Implementation of binary search tree

12 Experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time. A tentative list is mentioned
above.

Karunya University Page 216

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

09IT238 WEB TECHNOLOGY AND MULTIMEDIA LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Working with HTML

2. Working with VB-Script
3. Form validation using VB-Script
4. Usage of Session Object
5. Online Ticket Reservation
6. Word game design using ASP
7. Working with Database
8. Working with XML and CSS
9. Working with XML and XSL
10. Adobe Photoshop
11. Macromedia Flash MX
12. Macromedia Flash MX- Calculator

12 Experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time. A tentative list is mentioned
above.

09IT239 DIGITAL DESIGN LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Study of Logic Gates

2. Realization of Logic gates using universal gates
3. Half Adder and Full Adder
4. Design of Decoder and Encoder
5. Multiplexer and De-multiplexer
6. Code Converter
7. Parity generator and Checker
8. Study of Flip-Flops
9. Shift Register
10. Counters using Flip Flops

12 Experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time. A tentative list is mentioned
above.

09IT240 NETWORK SECURITY LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Substitution and Transposition Cipher

2. Vignere cipher
3. RSA Implementation
4. One-time Pad
Karunya University Page 217
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

5. Simplified DES
6. Feistel Cipher
7. Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange
8. Frequency Analysis on Caesar Cipher
9. Digital Signature Algorithm
10. Hashed Message Authentication Code
11. Message Digest-5
12. Secure Electronic Transaction

12 Experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time. A tentative list is mentioned
above.

09IT241 MICROPROCESSORS AND INTERFACING LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Study of 8086 /8088

2. Arithmetic Operations
3. String Operations
4. Operations on arrays
5. Code Conversion
6. 8255 Programmable peripheral Interface
7. 8253 Programmable Interval Timer
8. 8259 Programmable Interrupt Controller
9. 0809 Analog to Digital Converter
10. 0800 Digital to Analog Converter
11. 8279 Programmable Display Interface
12. Stepper Motor Interface

12 Experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time. A tentative list is mentioned
above.

09IT242 NETWORKING LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. TCP two way communication

2. UDP two way communication
3. File Transfer Protocol
4. Remote method Invocation
5. Shortest path Algorithm
6. Study of Wireless Network
7. Realization of wireless network using WAP and wireless adaptors
8. Router Management
9. Introduction of OPNET
10. Simulation of LAN and Ethernet
Karunya University Page 218
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

11. Simulation of WAN

12. Simulation of TCP
13. Network Design
14. Video Conferencing Application

12 Experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time. A tentative list is mentioned
above.

09IT301 – INTERACTIVE GAME DESIGN

Credits: 4: 0: 0

Course Objective:
To learn the concepts of designing a game and the role of a Game Designer.

UNIT I
Introduction – Game Design Basics: The role of the game Designer- Passion and Skills- A Play
centric design process- Designing for innovation – The Structure of Games: Go fish versus
Quake-Engaging the player- The sum of parts- Defining games.

UNIT II
Designing a Game I : Working with formal elements: Players-Objectives- procedures-rules-
resources-conflicts-boundaries-outcome. Dramatic elements: Challenge-Play-Premise-character-
story-world building. Working with system Dynamics: Games as Systems-System dynamics,
interacting with systems-Tuning game systems.

UNIT III
Designing a Game II: Conceptualization: Ideas-Brain Storming skills-alternate methods-Editing
and refining – turning idea into game. Prototyping: Methods of prototyping-Prototyping original
game idea. Digital Prototyping: Types of digital prototype-designing control schemes-selecting
view points – effective interface design-prototyping tools.

UNIT IV
Working as a Game Designer I: Play Testing: Play testing and interactive design – Play testing
session-methods- the play matrix- usability techniques- test control situation – Functionality,
Completeness & Balance, Fun & Accessibility

UNIT V
Working as a Game Designer II: Team Structure- Developers team – publishers team-
contribution to the design- team communication. Stages of Development: Stages- project plan.
The Design Document: Communication- contents-writing.

Text Book:
1.Tracy Fulerton, Christopher Swain, Steven Haffman, Game Design Workshop: A PlayCentric
Approach to Creating Innovative Games, Second Edition, Elsevier, 2003, ISBN: 0240809748,
9780240809748.
Karunya University Page 219
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

09IT302 WEB SERVICES

Credits: 4: 0: 0

Course Objectives:
1.To discuss the evolving standards landscape for Web Services.
2.To have an in-depth knowledge of Web Service Architecture.
3.To build web services and applications that meet the enterprise requirements for security,
mobility, transactions, QoS and workflow,
4.To provide secure private information within web service environments.

UNIT I
Evolution and Emergence of Web Services: Introduction to Web Services: What are web
services? – Motivation and Characteristics – Use of Web Services – Operational model of web
services – Core web service standards – Other industry Standards Supporting web services –
Known Challenges – Software and Tools – Strategies from industry leaders, Building the Web
Services Architecture: Architecture and its core building blocks – toolf of the trade –
communication models – implementing web services – developing web service enabled
applications.

UNIT II
Web Services Architecture and Technologies: Developing Web Services using SOAP: XMl
Based protocols and SOAP – Anatomy of SOAP – SOAP encoding – SOAP Message Exchange
Model – SOAP communication – SOAP messaging – SOAP Bindings for transport protocol –
SOAP Security – building SOAP web services, Description and Discovery of Web Services:
WSDL – UDDI, Creating .Net Interoperability: Means of ensuring interoperability – Overview
of .NET framework – developing Microsoft .NET client - Challenges in creating web service
interoperability – WS-I Initiative and its goals – public interoperability testing efforts .

UNIT III
Conversations and WorkFlow :Conversations: Conversation Overview - web Services
Conversation language - WSCL Interface Components - The Bar Scenario conversation -
relationship Between WSCL and WSDL – Workflow: Business process Management -
Workflows and Workflow management Systems - Business process Execution language for
Web Services (BPEL) - BPEL 1.1 and OASIS WSBPEL - BPEL and Its Relation to BPML -
WSCI, WSFL, Xlang, and others.

UNIT IV
Transactions and Security: Transactions: ACID Transaction, Distributed Transactions and
Two-Phase Commit - Dealing with Heuristic Outcomes - scaling transactions to Web Services -
OASIS Business transaction Protocol - other Web Services Transaction Protocols, Security:
Everyday Security Basics - Security Is An End-to-End Process - Web Service Security Issues -
Types of Security Attacks and Threats - Web Services Security Roadmap - WS-security.

Karunya University Page 220

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT V
QoS, Portals and Service Management: Quality of Service: What Is QoS? - Why Is QoS
Important for Web Services? - QoS Metrics for Web Services - Where Are the Holes? - Design
Patterns and Best practices - Building QoS into Web Services and Applications - QoS-Enabled
Web Services - QoS-Enabled Applications - Mobile and Wireless - Mobile Web Services -
Challenges with Mobile - Proxy-Based Mobile Systems - Direct Mobile Web Service Access -
J2ME Web Services, Portals and Services Management: Portals - Web Services management.

Text Book:
1. Ramesh Nagappan, Robert Skoczylas and Rima Patel Sriganesh, Developing Java Web
Services, Wiley Publishing Inc., 2004.ISBN 81-265-0499-4.
2.Sandeep Chatterjee, James Webber, Developing Enterprise Web Services, Pearson Education,
2004.ISBN 81-297-0491-9.

Reference Book:
1. B. V. Kumar, S. V. Subrahmanya, Web Services, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004. ISBN 0-07-059378-
7.

09IT303 SEMANTIC WEB

Credits: 4: 0: 0

Course Objective:
To improve the representation of machine processible semantics of information based on arising
web standards.
1. To introduce Ontologies for representation of semantics in the formalisms
2.Incorporates semantic annotations which allow atomization in information access and task
achievement and the applications of the above new techniques are presented.

UNIT I
Introduction – Need for semantic web – Provisions and Possibilities of semantic web –
Languages and Ontologies – SHOE language – Implementation – DAML-ONT Ontology
language – Language extension – Axiomatic semantics of DAML-ONT

UNIT II
Ontologies and Schemas – OIL Ontology language – XML schema – RDF schema –Application
to online resources – Brokering reasoning components on the web – UPML –Ontologies –
Simple ontologies and uses – Structured ontologies and uses – Structured ontologies and uses –
Ontology acquisition – Ontology related implications and Needs

UNIT III
Sesame – RDF and RDF schema – Need for an RDF/S query language – Sesame’s architecture –
Sesame’s Functional modules – Evolving Web – Web problem solving – Domains – Enabling
infrastructure – Knowledge mobility – Need for knowledge mobility –New generation
knowledge bases – Resilient hyper-knowledge bases – TRELLIS

Karunya University Page 221

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT IV
Complex relationships for semantic web – Knowledge modeling – Information scapes –
Knowledge discovery – Visual Interfaces – Semantic portal: SEAL approach – Ontology and
knowledge bases – Ontology engineering – SEAL Infrastructure and Core modules – Semantic
ranking – Semantic personalization
UNIT V
Semantic gadgets – Representation – Semantic discovery – Contracting for the use of services –
Composition of services – Static semantics – Dynamic semantics – Sources of dynamic
semantics – Web agents – Information retrieval and theorem proving perspectives –Glue –
Features – Comparison – Semantic Annotation – External annotation framework –Annotation
based transcoding system – HTML Page splitting – Task achieving agents –Standards – Web
based application

Text Book:
1. Diester Fensel, James Hendler, Henry Lieberman, Wolfgang Wahlster, Spinning the Semantic
Web, The MIT Press, 2003, ISBN 0-262-06232-1

Reference Books:
1. Daconta, Obrst and Smith. The Semantic Web: A Guide to the Future of XML, Web Services
and Knowledge Management, Wiley 2003, ISBN 0471432571.
2. Grigoris Antoniou,Frank van Harmelen, A Semantic Web Primer, The MIT Press,2004,ISBN-
10:0-262-01210-3.
3. John Davies, Dieter Fensel, Frank van Harmelen, Towards the Semantic Web: Ontology-
driven Knowledge Management, John Wiley & Sons, 2003, ISBN 0470858079.
4. Jorge Cardoso , Semantic Web Services: Theory, Tools and Applications, Idea Group Pub.,
2007,ISBN 9781599040455
09IT304 MOBILE COMPUTING AND COMMUNICATION

Credits: 4: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1.To describe the technologies of Wireless, voice and data communications.
2.To have an in-depth knowledge of the principles of wireless LAN and its standards.
3.To provide an in-depth knowledge on mobile communication and wireless networking.
4.To describe the various mobile services and applications.

UNIT I
Introduction –Wireless transmission: Antennas - Spread Spectrum - Cellular systems -Medium
access control: SDMA- FDMA- TDMA-CDMA– Comparison of S/T/F/CDMA -
Telecommunication systems: GSM - DECT – TETRA - UMTS and IMT 2000 – Broadcast
systems : Cyclic repetition of data - Digital audio broadcasting - Digital video broadcasting.

UNIT II
Wireless LAN: Infrared Vs Radio transmission - Infrastructure and adhoc networks – IEEE
802.11 – HIPERLAN– Bluetooth- Wireless ATM: WATM services - Reference model

Karunya University Page 222

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

functions- Radio access layer – Handover - Location Management – Addressing –Mobile quality
of service - Access point control protocol

UNIT III
Mobile network layer: Mobile IP - Dynamic host configuration protocol - adhoc networks -
Mobile transport layer : Traditional TCP-- Indirect TCP - Snooping TCP - Mobile TCP – Fast
retransmit/ fast recovery - Transmission/ time-out freezing - Selective retransmission -
Transaction oriented TCP - Support for mobility : File systems - World Wide Web – Wireless
application protocol – i-mode – SyncML – WAP 2.0.

UNIT IV
Pervasive Computing – Information Access Devices - Smart Identification – Embedded Controls
- Entertainment Systems.

UNIT V
Software – Java-Operating Systems-Client Middleware-Security-New services – Home Services
- Travel and Business Services- Consumer Services

Text Books:
1.Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communication, Pearson Education, Second Edition 2003. ISBN 81-
7758-263-1.
2. Uwe Hansmann, Lothar Merk, Martin S.Nicklous and Thomas Stober, Principles of Mobile
Computing, Second Edition, Springer International Edition, 2003. ISBN 81-8120-073-3.

Reference Book:
1.Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communication, Pearson Education, 2000. ISBN 81-7808-170-9.
2.Yi-Bing Lin and Imrich Chlamtac, Wireless and Mobile Network Architecture, JohnWiley and
Sons Inc., 2001. ISBN 0-471-39492-0.
3.William Stallings, Wireless Communications and Networks, Pearson Education, 2002. ISBN
81-7758-355-7.

09IT305 - HIGH PERFORMANCE COMMUNICATION NETWORKS

Credits: 4: 0: 0
Course Objective:
The course covers fundamental principles to develop a comprehensive understanding of network
architectures, protocols, control, performance, and economies, to a focus on the convergence of
the telephone, computer networking, cable TV, and wireless networks that explains current and
emerging networking technologies.

Prerequisites: Computer Networks

Karunya University Page 223

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT I
Packet - Switched Networks: OSI and IP models - Ethernet (IEEE 802.5) - Token Ring - FDDI
- DQDB - Frame Delay – SMDS. Internet and TCP/IP Networks: The Internet -Overview of
Internet Protocols - Internet Protocol - TCP and UDP - Internet Success and Limitation -
Performance of TCP/IP Network.

UNIT II
Circuit Switched Networks: Performance of Circuit Switched Networks - SONET - Dense
Wave Division Multiplexing (DWDM) - Fiber to the Home - Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) -
Intelligent Networks – CATV. ATM: Main Features of ATM - Addressing Signaling & Routing
- Header Structure - ATM Adaptation layer - Management control - BISDN - Internetworking
with ATM.

UNIT III
Wireless Networks: Introduction - The wireless channel - Link level design - Channel access -
Network design - Wireless Networks Today - Future Systems and standards. Control of
Networks: Objectives and methods of control – Circuit Switched Networks –Datagram networks
– ATM Networks

UNIT IV
Control of Networks – Mathematical Background: Markov Chains - Circuit Switched Networks –Datagram
networks – ATM Networks. Optical Networks: Optical Links - DWDM Systems - Optical Cross Connects -
Optical LANs-Optical paths and Networks.

UNIT V
Switching: Switch Performance Measure – Time and Space Division Switching – Modular
Switch Designs – Packet Switching – Distributed Buffer – Shared Buffer – Output Buffer – Input
Buffer. Global Multimedia Network: Attributes of the Global Network – Technology areas –
Challenges.

Text Book:
1.Walrand. J. Varaiya, High Performance Communication Network, Morgan Kaufmann-
Harcourt Asia Pvt., Ltd., 2nd Edition, 2000, ISBN 15-5860-574-6.

Reference Book:
1.J.F.Kurose & K.W. Ross, Computer Networking-A top-down approach featuring the internet,
Addison Wesley, 4th Edition, 2007, ISBN 03-2149-770-8.
2.William Stallings, ISDN & Broadband ISDN with frame Relay & ATM, Pearson Education, 4th
Edition, 2000, ISBN 81-7808-422-8.
3.Rainer Handel, Manfred N. Huber, Steffen Schroeder, ATM Networks, Concepts, Protocols
Applications, Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 1999, ISBN 81-7808-338-8.
4.Fred Halsall, Data Communications, Computer Networks and Open Systems, 4th Edition,
Addison-Wesley, 1996, ISBN 81-7808-098-2.

Karunya University Page 224

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

09IT306– GRID COMPUTING

Credits: 4: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1.To understand the basic concepts of Grid Computing and the emerging technology standards
on Grid infrastructure
2.To expose on the prominent toolkits and middleware solutions that impact the Grid adoption.

UNIT I
Early grid activities – Current grid activities – An overview of grid business areas – Grid
applications – Grid infrastructure – Organizations developing Grid standards and best practice
guidelines – Global grid forum – Organizations developing grid computing tool kits and the
framework – Organizations building and using grid based solutions to solve computing, data and
network requirements – Commercial organizations building and using grid based solutions. The
Grid problem – Autonomic computing – Business on demand and infrastructure virtualisation –
Service oriented architecture and Grid – Semantic Grids

UNIT II
Service Oriented Architecture – Web service architecture XML, Related technologies and their
relevance to web services – XML messages and enveloping – Service message description
mechanisms – Relationship between web service and grid service – Web service interoperability
and the role of the WS-I organization. OGSA architecture and goal – Commercial data center –
National fusion collaboratory – Online media and entertainment – Native platform services and
transport mechanisms – OGSA hosting environment – Core networking services transport and
security – OGSA infrastructure – OGSA basic services

UNIT III
Grid services – A high level introduction to OGSI – Technical details of OGSI specification –
Introduction to service data concepts – Grid service: Naming and change management
recommendations – Common management model – Service domains – Policy architecture –
Security architecture – Metering and accounting – Common distributed logging – Distributed
data access and replication.

UNIT IV
GT3 software architecture model – Service-programming model

UNIT V
Acme search service implementation in a top down approach – Resource discovery and
monitoring – Resource allocation – Data management – Information services – Index services –
Resource information provider service – Resource management services – Data management
services – OGSI.NET framework implementation

Text Book:
1.Joshy Joseph and Craig Fellenstein, Grid Computing, Pearson Education, 2004. ISBN 81-297-
0527-3
Karunya University Page 225
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

Reference Books:
1. Ian Foster and Carl Kesselman, The Grid: Blueprint for a New Computing Infrastructure,
Second Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2004. ISBN:1558609334

09IT307 USER INTERFACE DESIGN

Credits: 4: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1.To provide an introduction to the human computer interface.
2.To address the interface and screen design from the user’s perspective.
3.To gain an understanding of the reasoning behind the guidelines and use of the design
methods.
4.To study and understand the testing methods.

UNIT I
Importance of the user interface: Defining the User Interface-The Importance of Good Design-
A Brief History of Human Computer Interface- Characteristics of graphical and web user
interface: The Graphical User Interface-The Web User Interface-The Merging of Graphical
Business Systems and the Web- The User interface design process: Obstacles and pitfalls in
development path-Usability.

UNIT II
Know your User or Client: Important Human Characteristics in Design-Human considerations
in the design of business systems - Human interaction speed-Understand the Business
Function: Determining Basic business Functions- Design standards and style guides-
Documentation-Understand the principles of good Screen Design: Human Considerations in
screen design.

UNIT III
Develop system menus and navigation schemes: Structures of menus – Functions of menus –
Content of menus –Formatting of Menus-Phrasing the Menus-Selecting Menu choices-
Navigating Menus-Select the Proper Kinds of Windows: Characteristics-Components-
Presentation styles-Types-Managements-organizations- Web systems.

UNIT IV
Select the proper device-based controls: Characteristics-selecting proper device-based
controls-Chose the proper Screen -based controls: Operable control – Text Entry/Read-only
controls-Selection controls-Combination control-Custom control-Presentation control –Write
clear text and messages: Text for Web pages – Provide effective feedback, guidance &
assistance : Providing proper feedback-Guidance and Assistance-Provide Effective
Internationalization and Accessibility: Internationalization-Accessibility-Create Meaningful
graphics, Icons and Images: Icons- Multimedia.

Karunya University Page 226

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT V
Choose the proper Colors: Color-uses-Problems with Color –Choosing Colors for Textual
Graphic screens – Choosing Colors for Statistical Graphics Screens – Organize and Layout
Windows and Pages: Organizing and Laying Out Screens – Test and Retest: Prototypes -
Kinds of tests – Developing and conducting a test.

Text book:
1. Wilbert. O. Galitz , The Essential Guide to User Interface Design: An Introduction to
GUI Design Principles and Techniques, John Wiley and Sons, 2007. ISBN 81-265-0280-
0.

Reference Books:
1. Ben Shneiderman, Maxine Cohen, Designing the user interface-Strategies forEeffective
Human-Computer Interaction, Fifth Edition, Pearson Education, 2008. ISBN:13:
9780321537355
2. JoAnn T. Hackos, Janice C. Redish, User and Task Analysis for Interface Design, First
Edition, Wiley, ISBN :978-0471178316
3. Alan J. Dix, Janet E. Finlay, Gregory D. Abowd, Russell Beale, Janet E. Finley., Human-
Computer Interaction, Second Edition, Prentice Hall, 1998. ISBN: 978-0132398640
4. Helen Sharp, Yvonne Rogers, Jenny Preece, Interaction Design: Beyond Human-
Computer Interaction, Second Edition, Wiley, 2007. ISBN-13: 978-0470018668

09IT308– ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE FOR GAMES

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0
Course Objective:
1. To impart knowledge about the fundamentals of intelligent behavior and decision making by
machines in games
2. To cover a wide range of techniques for Game AI and design its applications.

UNIT I
Introduction: What is AI? – My Model of Game AI – Algorithms, Data Structures and
Representations- Game AI: The Complexity Fallacy - The Kind of AI in Games – Speed and
Memory – The AI Engine- Movement: The Basics of Movement Algorithms - Kinematic
Movement Algorithms.

UNIT II
Steering Behaviors: Steering Basics - Variable matching- Arrive – Seek and Flace – Arrive -
Align – Velocity matching – Delegated Behaviors – Pursue and Evade- Face – Looking where
you’re going-Wander- Path following-Separation -Collision avoidance – Obstacle and Wall
Avoidance - Combining Steering Behaviors: Blending & arbitration – Weighted Blending –
Priorities –Cooperative Arbitration- Steering pipeline – Predicting Physics.

Karunya University Page 227

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT III
Jumping: Jump Points – Landing Pads – Holes Fillers -Coordinated Movements: Fixed
Formations – Scalable formations – Emergent Formations – Two level formation steering –
Implementation - Extending to more than two levels – Slot rules and Better Assignment – Slot
Assignment – Dynamic slots and Plays - Tactical Movement – Motor Control – Movement in
the Third Dimension.

UNIT IV
Path finding: The Pathfinding Graph – Dijkstra – A* - Improving A* – Hierarchical Pathfinding
– Other ideas in Pathfinding – Continuous Time Pathfinding - Movement Planning – Decision
making: Overview of Decision making – Decision trees

UNIT V
Board Games: Game Theory – Minmaxing – Transposition Tables and Memory – Turn Base
Strategy Games- Memory-Enhanced Test Algorithms- Opening Books and Other set Plays –
Further Optimizations - Designing Game AI: The Design – Shooters – Driving – Real Time
strategy – sports – Turn Based strategy Games- AI Based Game Genres: Teaching Characters –
Flocking and Herding Games

Text Book:
1. Ian Millington, Artificial intelligence for Games, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2006.
ISBN:13.978-0-12-497782-2

Reference Books:
1. Stuart Russell, Peter Norvig,, Artificial Intelligence – A Modern Approach, Second Edition,
Pearson Education, 2004.ISBN: 81-297-0041-7.
2. Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, Artificial Intelligence, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003. ISBN:0-07-
460081-8
3. Dan W Patterson, Introduction to AI and Expert Systems, Prentice Hall of India, 2001.
ISBN:81-203-0777-1

09IT309 OPTICAL NETWORKS

Credit: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
1. To develop an in-depth understanding, in terms of architecture, protocols and applications in
major optical networking technologies.
2. To solve analytical networking problems pertaining to the optical networking technologies.
3. To provide adequate exposure for successfully implement projects on optical network
technologies.

UNIT I
Introduction – Telecommunication network architecture – Services – Circuit switching – Optical
Networks – Optical layer – Optical packet switching – Transmission basics – Network evolution
– Client layers – SONET/SDH – ATM – IP – Storage Area Networks – Gigabit Ethernet.
Karunya University Page 228
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT II
WDM network elements – Optical line terminals – Optical line amplifiers – Optical Add/Drop
multiplexers – Optical cross connects – WDM Network design – Cost Trade-offs – LTD and
RWA problems – Dimensioning wavelength – Routing networks – Statistical dimensioning
models – Maximum load dimensioning models.

UNIT III
Control and Management – Network Management function - Optical layer services and - Layers
with in optical layer - Performance and fault management configuration management - optical
safety. Network suitability - Basic concepts - protection in SONET / SDH IP networks - Optical
layer protection schemes - Interworking layers.

UNIT IV
Access Networks – Network architecture overview – Enhanced HFC – Fiber to the curb (FTTC)
photonic packet switch – Optical TDM – Synchronization – Header processing – Buffering –
Burst switching – test beds.

UNIT V
Deployment considerations – evolving telecommunication network – Designing the transmission
layer – Using SDM, TDM, WDM - Long haul network metro networks.

Text book:
1. Rajiv Ramaswami, Kumar N Sivarajan, Optical Networks – A Practical Perspective, Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers, 2004. ISBN 1-55860-445-6.

Reference Books:
1. G.P. Agrawal, Fiber optic communication systems, Third Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
New York, 2004. ISBN: 7302087490, 9787302087496.
2. H. Franz & V.K.Jain, “Optical Communication Systems”, Narosa Publications, New
Delhi, 1996.ISBN: 8173190615, 9788173190612

09IT310 SOFT COMPUTING

Credits: 4: 0: 0

Course Objective:
1. To introduce the ideas of fuzzy sets, fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on human
experience
2. To have good knowledge about neural networks and to form appropriate rules for
inferencing systems
3. To familiarize genetic algorithms and other random search procedures useful while
seeking global optimum in self-learning situations

UNIT I
Introduction to Artificial intelligence Systems - Fundamentals of Neural Networks - Basic
concepts of Neural networks - Human Brain - Model of an Artificial Neuron - Neural Network
Karunya University Page 229
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

Architectures - Characteristics of Neural Networks - Learning Methods - Back Propagation

Networks - Architecture of a back Propagation Network - Single Layer Artificial Neural
Network - Back propagation Learning – Applications

UNIT II
Associative Memory – Autocorrelators – HeteroCorrelators - Exponential BAM –Applications -
Adaptive Resonance Theory – Introduction - ART1 - ART2 - Applications

UNIT III
Fuzzy Logic - Fuzzy Set Theory - Fuzzy versus Crisp - Crisp Sets - Fuzzy Sets - Crisp Relations
- Fuzzy Relations - Fuzzy Systems - Crisp Logic - Predicate Logic - Fuzzy Logic - Fuzzy Rule
Based System - Defuzzification Methods – Applications - Fuzzy Back propagation Networks -
LR-type Fuzzy numbers - Fuzzy Neuron - Fuzzy BP Architecture - Learning in Fuzzy BP -
Inference by Fuzzy BP - Applications.

UNIT IV
Genetic Algorithms - Fundamentals of Genetic Algorithms - Genetic Algorithm History - Basic
Concepts - Creation of Offsprings - Working Principle – Encoding - Fitness Function –
Reproduction - Genetic Modeling - Inheritance operators – Crossover - Inversion and Deletion -
Mutation operator - Bitwise Operators - Generational Cycle - Convergence of Genetic Algorithm
– Applications - Multilevel Optimization - Real life problem - Differences and similarities
between GA and other traditional methods - Advances in GA - Genetic algorithm based BPN -
GA Based Weight Determination - Applications

UNIT V
Hybrid Systems - Integration of Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic Algorithms –
Simplified fuzzy ART map-Working of Simplified fuzzy ART map-Application-Recent trends-
Fuzzy Associative Memories - FAM, An introduction - Single Association FAM - Fuzzy Hebb
FAMs - FAM involving a Rule Base - FAM Rules with Multiple Antecedents/Consequents –
Applications

Text Book:
1. S.Rajasekaran and G.A. Vijayalakshmi Pai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic, And Genetic
Algorithms Synthesis and Applications, Prentice Hall India, 2003.ISBN-81-203-2186-3.

Reference books:
1. J.S.R.Jang, C.T.Sun and E.Mizutani, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing, PHI, 2004.
ISBN 9789861540443.
2. Timothy J.Ross, Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, Wiley
publications,2005.ISBN:9780470860748.
3. Frank Hoffmann, Mario Köppen, Frank Klawonn, Rajkumar Roy, Soft Computing:
Methodologies and Applications, Published by Birkhäuser, 2005. ISBN: 3540257268.
4. Andrea Bonarini, Francesco Masulli, Gabriella Pasi, Soft Computing Applications
Published by Springer, 2003. ISBN :3790815446.
5. Vojislav Kecman, Learning and Soft Computing: Support Vector Machines, Neural
Networks, and Fuzzy Logic Models, Published by MIT Press, 2001. ISBN: 0262112558.
Karunya University Page 230
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

09IT311 MULTIMEDIA DATABASE

Credits 4:0:0
Course Objective:
1. To study the design, indexing and retrieval of centralized and distributed Multimedia
Database.
2. To introduce trends in Multimedia Data Management and Mining used for Electronic
Enterprise.

UNIT 1
Introduction - Multimedia Data Types and Formats - Multimedia Database Design Issues.

UNIT II
Text Document Indexing and Retrieval - Indexing and Retrieval of Audio - Image Indexing and
Retrieval
UNIT III
Video Indexing and Retrieval - Integrated Multimedia Indexing and Retrieval -. Techniques and
Data Structures for Efficient Multimedia Similarity Search.

UNIT IV
System Support for Distributed Multimedia Databases: Introduction - QoS Management - Design
Goals of Multimedia Systems - Multimedia Data Storage Devices and Management - Multimedia
Computer Architectures - Multimedia Operating Systems - Multimedia Networks - Multimedia
Transport Protocols - Achieving Overall Synchronous Presentation.

UNIT V
Measurement of Multimedia Information Retrieval Effectiveness - Products, Applications and
New Developments - Multimedia for Web and E-Commerce - Multimedia for Collaboration,
Knowledge Management and Training for the Web - Security and Privacy Considerations for
Managing and Mining Multimedia Databases - Standards, Prototypes and Products for
Multimedia Data Management and Mining.

Text Books:
1. Guojun Lu, Multimedia Database Management Systems, First Edition, Artech House
Publishers, 1999. ISBN: 0890063427, 9780890063422.
2. Bhavani M. Thuraisingham, Managing and Mining Multimedia Databases, First Edition,
CRC Press, 2001. ISBN: 0849300371, 9780849300370

Reference Books:
1. Lynne Dunckley, Multimedia Databases, First Edition, Addison-Wesley, 2003. ISBN
:0201788993, 9780201788990.
2. Kingsley C. Nwosu, Bhavani M. Thuraisingham, P. Bruce Berra, Multimedia Database
Systems, First Edition, Springer, 1996. ISBN: 0792397126, 9780792397120.

Karunya University Page 231

 School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

09IT312 INTERNETWORKING MULTIMEDIA

Credits: 4:0:0
Course Objective:
1. To identify and analyze the requirements that a distributed multimedia application may
enforce on the communication network.
2. To include all the important aspects that has significant impact on the enhancements to the
basic Internet architecture and its associated protocols.

UNIT I
Introduction: A brief history of Real time :Content and delivery-From letters and numbers to
sound and vision-Analogue and digital-Protocols-Internet Service models-Multicast in the internet-
Transport Protocols-Multimedia Sessions-Conference Membership and Reception feedback-
Security-Application other than Audio and Video-Network service models: Sharing and caring-
Service schedules and Queues-Evolution of the internet service models-Resource reservation
protocol (RSVP), Service classes and assurance-Detailed analysis of the integrated services-Host
functions- Resource reservation protocol (RSVP)revisited-QoS routing-Futures-IP and ATM-
Recent simplified approaches to service differentiation.

UNIT II
Multicast - Coding and compression: Host Functions -Routing and addressing-Multicast routing-
Multicast scoping-Reliable multicast transport- Calling down traffic on a Site-Coding and
compression: System Components-Nature of the signal-lossless data compression-Audio-Still
image-Moving image-Multiplexing and synchronizing-performance-Processing requirements for
video Compression.

UNIT III
Transport Protocols: Introduction-TCP adoption algorithms-MPEG systems-Transport and
program streams-RTP-Synchronization-Reliable multicast transport-Session Directories,
Advertisement and Invitation protocols: Session Description protocol (SDP)-Session
announcement protocol (SAP)-Section initiation protocol (SIP)-Conference Controls:ITU model
H.320/TGCC-MMCC a Centralized Internet model-CCCP distributed Internet model-Using ISDN
to do IP access to the Mbone.

UNIT IV
Applications: Introduction-Shared applications in the Mbone: Design-Limitations of the data
model-Usability Issues-Asynchronous events-Generalizing the models-Distributed virtual
reality: General idea and problems-Virtual reality operations, user views and network
considerations-application model-Distributed virtual reality multicast protocol (DVRMP).

UNIT V
Media - On – Demand: Recording and playing back Mbone sessions- Recording -Remote control
of playback-Security and Policy in Multicast Multimedia: Introduction-Roadmap-A brief
introduction to cryptographic technology-Network-level solutions-media encryption-key
distribution.

Karunya University Page 232

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

Text Book:
1. Jon Crowcroft, Mark Handley, Ian Wakeman, Internetworking Multimedia, Publisher: Morgan
Kaufmann; Illustrated Edition, 1999, ISBN: 1558605843.
Reference Books:
1. B.O. Szuprowicz, Multimedia Networking, McGraw Hill, NewYork. 1995. ISBN-13: 978-
0070631083
2. Tay Vaughan, Multimedia Making it work, Sixth Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003. ISBN-
13: 978-0072230000.

09IT313 COMPUTER VISION

Credits: 4:0:0

Course objective:
1. To understand the concepts in computer Vision
2. To provide Knowledge on basic geometry, physics of imaging and probabilistic techniques.

UNIT I
Image Formation and Image Model: Cameras: Pinhole Cameras-Cameras with Lenses, The
Human Eye, Geometric Camera Models: Elements of Analytical Euclidean Geometry-Camera
Parameters and the Perspective Projection, Affine Cameras and Affine Projection Equations,
Geometric Camera Calibration: Least Squares Parameter Estimation, A Linear Approach to
Camera Calibration, Taking Radial Distortion into Account.

UNIT II
Radiometry Measuring Light: Light in space, Light at Surfaces ,Important Special Cases,
Sources, Shadows and Shading: Qualitative Radiometry Sources and their effects, Local Shading
Models, Color: The Physics of Color, Human Color Perception, Representing Color, A Model
For Image Color, Surface Color from Image Color.

UNIT III
Linear Filters: Linear Filters and Convolution, Shift Invariant Linear System, Spatial Frequency
and Fourier Transforms, Sampling and Aliasing, Filters as Templates, Technique Normalizes
Co-relation and Finding Pattern, Edge Detection: Noise, Estimating Derivatives, Detecting
Edges, Texture: Representing Texture, Analysis Using Oriented Pyramids, Application:
Synthesizing Textures for Rendering, Shape From Texture.

UNIT IV
The Geometry of Multiple Views: Two Views, Three Views, More Views, Stereopsis:
Reconstruction, Human Stereopsis, Binocular Fusion, sing More Camera, Affine Structure from
Motion: Elements of Affine Geometry, Affine Structure and Motion from Two Images, Affine
Structure and Motion from Multiple Images, From Affine to Euclidean Images, Affine Motion
Segmentation, Projective Structure from Motion: Elements Of Projective Geometry, Projective
Structure and Motion from Binocular Correspondences, Projective Motion Estimation from
Multi-linear Constraints.

Karunya University Page 233

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT V
Segmentation By Clustering: Human Vision: Grouping and Gestalt, Applications: short
Boundary detection and Background subtraction, Image Segmentation by Clustering Pixels,
Segmentation By Graph-Theoretic Clustering, Segmentation By Fitting a Model: The Hough
Transform, Fitting Lines, fitting Curves, Segmentation and Fitting Using Probabilistic Methods:
Missing Data Problems, Fitting and Segmentation

Text Book:
1. David A.Forsyth, Jean Ponce, Computer Vision A Modern Approach, Prentice Hall, 2003.
ISBN-81-203-2372-6

Reference Book:
1. Linda G. Shapiro, George C. Stockman ,Computer Vision, Published by Prentice
Hall,2001. ISBN 0130307963, 9780130307965
2. Dana H. Ballard, Christopher M. Brown, Computer Vision,2003. Prentice Hall,
ISBN:13:9780131653160 ISBN: 0131653164

09IT314 MULTIMEDIA INFORMATION MANAGEMENT

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0
Course Objective:
1. To introduce the fundamental concepts of content based information retrieval of images,
Audio and video.
2. To learn the multimedia content description standard, which provides a standardized
metadata System.
3. To Analyze and examine their use in Multimedia Application.

UNIT I
Fundamentals of content-based image retrieval: Introduction, Image Content Descriptors,
Similarity Measures and Indexing Schemes, User Interaction, Performance Evaluation. Content-
based video analysis, retrieval and browsing: Introduction, Video Structure Analysis, Video
Content Representation, Video Abstraction and Summarization, Content-based
Video retrieval and Browsing. Relevance feedback in content-based image retrieval:
Introduction, Relevance Feedback Algorithms, An Integrated Relevance Feedback Framework.

UNIT II
Video analysis and summarization at structural and semantic levels: Introduction, Scene
analysis, Event analysis, Video Summarization. Content-based retrieval for digital audio and
music: Introduction, Audio Feature Extraction, Generic Audio Classification and retrieval
,Music Content Analysis, Content-based Music Retrieval, Case Study. MPEG-
7 Multimedia Content Description Standard: Introduction, Context and Applications, MPEG-
7 Constructs, MPEG-7 Conceptual Model, MPEG-7 Description Definition Language, MPEG-
7 Multimedia Description Schemes, MPEG-7 Audio Description Tools, MPEG-7 Visual
Description Tools, Beyond MPEG-7.

Karunya University Page 234

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT III
Multimedia authentication and watermarking: Introduction, The Multimedia authentication
paradigm, Multimedia authentication schemes. Indexing and retrieving high dimensional
visual features: Introduction, The R-Tree Family, The CSS+-Tree, Handling Varying Distance
Metrics, Dimension Reduction. A semantic data modelling mechanism for
a Multimedia database: Introduction, Semantic and Multimedia Data Modelling Techniques,
MediaView: A Semantic Modelling Mechanism, Applications of MediaView.

UNIT IV
Feature-based retrieval in visual database systems: Introduction, Visual Database System
Design, Metadata Hierarchy, Querying on Heterogeneous Features. Digital library: Digital
Library Defined, Digital Library Initiative (Phase I), DLI Projects, DLI-Phase2. Scalable
storage for digital libraries: Introduction, Motivation, Subject Areas, Local File Systems,
Workload Studies, Local File System Performance Issues, Disk Arrays, Networked Storage.

UNIT V
Object repositories for digital libraries: Introduction, Digital Objects vs. Files, Naming and
Location, Redundant Encoding for Reliability, Metadata, Digital Object Repositories.
Information discovery on the world-wide-web: Introduction, Web-structure Mining, Web-log
mining. Cooperative Multimedia Information systems: Introduction, Review of
Cooperative Multimedia Information Systems, Architectural examples, Management Issues.

Text Book:
1. David Dagan Feng, Wan-Chi Siu, Hong-Jiang Zhang (Eds.), Multimedia Information
Retrieval and Management Technological Fundamentals and Applications, Springer, 2003.
ISBN: 978-3-540-00244-4

Reference Books:
1. Soon M. Chung, Multimedia Information Storage and Management, Edition: illustrated,
Springer, 1996. ISBN: 0792397649, 9780792397649
2. William I. Grosky, Ramesh Jain, Rajiv Mehrotra, The Handbook of Multimedia Information
Management, Prentice Hall PTR, 1997. ISBN: 0132073250, 9780132073257

09IT315 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS DESIGN

Credits: 4: 0: 0

Course Objective:

1. To provide a more dynamic fully integrated multimedia working systems by combining

audio and video with text, image, graphics and animation.
2. To present step-by-step approach to multimedia system design.
3. To introduce multimedia standards, compression and decompression technologies as well
as various storage technologies.

Karunya University Page 235

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

UNIT 1: INTRODUCTION
Multimedia Elements-Applications - System architecture – Evolving Technologies - Objects -
Multimedia Data Interface Standards - The Need For Data Compression- Multimedia Databases -
Types of Compression – Binary Image compression Schemes – Color, Gray Scale And Still-
video Image Compression - Video image compression – Audio Compression.

UNIT II: FILE FORMATS AND INPUT/OUTPUT TECHNOLOGIES

RTF - TIFF - RIFF - MIDI - Key Technology Issues - Pen Input - Video And Image Display
Systems – Print Output Technologies – Image Scanners - Digital Voice And Audio – Digital
Camera.

UNIT III: STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL

Magnetic Media Technology - Optical media – Hierarchical Storage Management - Cache
management - Architectural and Telecommunication Considerations - Specialized
Computational Processors- Memory Systems-Multimedia Board Solutions-LAN/WAN
Connectivity-Distributed Object Models.

UNIT IV: APPLICATION DESIGN

Application classes - Virtual reality design – Organizing Databases – Application Workflow
Design Issues – Distributed Application Design Issues - Authoring Systems - Hypermedia - UID
- Information Access - Hypermedia Messaging- Mobile Message – Components - Linking and
Embedding – Creating Hypermedia Messages – Message Standards – Integrated Document
Management.

UNIT V: DISTRIBUTED MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS AND SYSTEM DESIGN

Components - Client-Server Operation – Object Servers – Multiserver Network Topologies -
Databases - Managing Objects - System Design Methodology And Considerations-Multimedia
Systems Design Example - IFC.

Text Book:
1. Prabhat K. Andleigh and Kiran Thakrar , Multimedia Systems Design, Prentice Hall,
2008, ISBN -978- 81-203-2177-9.

Reference Book:
1. Nigel Chapman and Jenny Chapman, Digital Multimedia , John Wiley and Sons Private
Limited, 2001, ISBN: 0471983861.
2. Ze-Nian Li. Mark S. Drew, Fundamentals of Multimedia,First Edition 2004, ISBN: 81-
297-0-438-2.
3. Tay Vaughan, Multimedia Making it work, Sixth Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003.
ISBN-13: 978-0072230000.
4. John F. Koegel Buford, Multimedia Systems, Third Edition, 2000, ISBN: 8177588273.
5. Gaurav Bhatnager, Shikha Mehta, Sugata Mitra, Introduction to Multimedia Systems, 1st
Edition, 2004, ISBN: 0125004524.

Karunya University Page 236

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

09IT316 ANALYSIS, ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN OF NETWORKS

Credits: 4: 0: 0
Course Objective:
This course covers the principles of network analysis, architecture, and design. These principles
help in identifying and applying the services and performance levels that a network must satisfy.
Principles of network analysis include network service characteristics, performance
characteristics, network requirements analysis, and network flow analysis. Principles of network
architecture and design include addressing and routing, network management architecture,
performance architecture and design, security and privacy architecture, and quality of service
design.

Prerequisites: Computer Networks

UNIT I
Introduction – Overview of Analysis, Architecture and Design Processes – A Systems
Methodology – System Description – Service Description – Service Characteristics –
Performance Characteristics – Network Supportability. Requirements Analysis: Concepts –
User Requirements – Application Requirements – Device Requirements – Network
Requirements – Other Requirements – The Requirements Specification and Map.

UNIT II
Requirements Analysis: Process – Gathering and Listing Requirements – Developing Service
Metrics – Characterizing Behavior – Developing RMA Requirements – Developing Delay
Requirements – Developing Capacity Requirements – Developing Supplemental Performance
Requirements – Environment-Specific Thresholds and Limits – Requirements for Predictable
and Guaranteed Performance – Requirements Mapping – Developing the Requirements
Specification – Flow Analysis: Flows – Identifying and Developing Flows – Data Sources and
Sinks – Flow Models – Flow Prioritization – Flow Specification – Example Application of Flow
Analysis.

UNIT III
Network Architecture: Component Architectures – Reference Architecture – Architectural
Models – Systems and Network Architectures – Addressing and Routing Architecture:
Addressing Mechanisms – Routing Mechanisms – Addressing Strategies – Routing Strategies –
Architectural Considerations.

UNIT IV
Network Management Architecture: Defining Network Management – Network Management
Mechanisms – Architectural Considerations – Performance Architecture: Developing Goals
for Performance – Performance Mechanisms – Architectural Considerations – Security and

Karunya University Page 237

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

Privacy Architecture: Developing a Security and Privacy Plan – Security and Privacy
Administration – Security and Privacy Mechanisms – Architectural Considerations.
UNIT V
Network Design: Design Concepts – Design Process – Vendor, Equipment, and Service-
Provider Evaluations – Network Layout – Design Traceability – Design Metrics - Selecting
Technologies for Network Design: Developing Goals for Network Design – Developing
Criteria for Technology Evaluation – Guidelines and Constraints on technology Evaluations –
Making Technology Choices for the Network Design – Interconnecting Technologies within
the Network Design: Shared medium (No Interconnection) – Switching – Routing – Hybrid
Mechanisms – Applying Interconnection Mechanisms to the Design.

Text Book:
1.James D. McCabe, Network Analysis, Architecture and Design, Third Edition, Elsevier, 2007.
ISBN: 978-0-12-370480-1.

Reference Books:
1. James D. McCabe, Network Analysis, Architecture and Design, Second Edition, Elsevier,
2003. ISBN: 1-55860-887-7.
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, Fourth Edition, Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle
River, New Jersey, 2003. ISBN: 0-13-066102-3

09IT317 WIRELESS NETWORKS LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Study of Wireless Network

2. Simulation of Ad hoc Network
3. Throughput Calculation using ns-2
4. Performance Evaluation of TCP over Wireless Network
5. Evaluation of Routing Protocol in Wireless Network using ns-2
6. Performance Analysis of MANET Routing
7. Evaluation of Multicast Protocols
8. Simulation of WLAN using OPNET
9. Realization of MIDlet Life-Cycle
10. Mobile Tips Calculator
11. WLAN Troubleshooting and Monitoring
12. Realization of WLAN using WAP and Wireless-B, G Adaptors and Throughput
Calculation

12 Experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time. A tentative list is mentioned above.

09IT318 INTERNETWORKING AND WEB TECHNOLOGY LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Client - Server chat using TCP

2. Client - Server chat using UDP
Karunya University Page 238
School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

3. File Transfer using FTP

4. Data Dictionary
5. IP Addressing and Subnet Masking
6. Online shopping using Request and Response Object
7. Online Quiz using Cookies
8. Changing background Color using Session Objects
9. Active Data Objects
10. Creating menu Using CSS and Ajax
11. Changing webpage style using DHTML and Ajax

12 Experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time. A tentative list is mentioned above.

09IT319 NETWORK DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Introduction to NS-2 and Installation Guide

2. Throughput Calculation using AWK Scripts and Band width Calculation using Loss
Monitor
3. Simulation of TCP using NS-2
4. Performance evaluation of Routing Protocols
5. Performance evaluation of Different Queues and effect of Queues and buffer
6. Ping implementation using NS2
7. Introduction of OPNET and theory about OPNET
8. Simulation of LAN and Ethernet
9. Simulation of Switched LAN
10. Network Design
11. Simulation of TCP
12. Simulation of UDP

12 Experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time. A tentative list is mentioned above.
09IT320 INFORMATION SECURITY LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Substitution Cipher and Transposition Cipher

2. One time Pad
3. Simplified DES
4. Vignere Cipher
5. RSA
6. Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange
7. Frequency Analysis on Caesar Cipher
8. Feistel Cipher
9. Digital Signature algorithm
10. HMAC

Karunya University Page 239

School of Computer Science and Technology Department of Information Technology (IT)

12 Experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time. A tentative list is mentioned above.

09IT321 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Image Enhancement using point operations - contrast Stretching, Clipping, Histogram

Equalization
2. Image Transforms - DFT, DCT, Wavelet
3. Image Compression - DCT
4. Image Compression - Wavelet
5. Image Restoration - Inverse, Pseudo-Inverse, Wiener
6. Edge Detection - Sobel, Canny, Isotropic
7. Edge Detection - Laplacian of Gaussian, Zero Crossing
8. Image Filters - Spatial and Frequency Domain filters, Average, Weighted Average,
Median
9. Image Quantization - Uniform Quantizer
10. Arithmetic & Logic operations - Zooming ,Shrinking
11. Color Image Processing - Color Model conversion, Pseudo Coloring
12. Image Morphology

12 Experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time. A tentative list is mentioned above.

09IT322 COMPUTER GRAPHICS LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. To implement Bresenham’s algorithms for line,circle and ellipse drawing.

2. To perform 2D Transformations such as translation,rotation,scaling,reflection and
sharing.
3. To implement Cohen-Sutherland 2D clipping and window-viewpoint mapping.
4. To perform 3D Transformations such as translation,rotation and scaling.
5. To visualize projections of 3D images.
6. To convert between color models.
7. To implement text compression algorithm
8. To implement image compression algoithm
9. To perform animation using any Animation Software
10. To perform basic operations on image using any image editing software

12 Experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time. A tentative list is mentioned above.

Karunya University Page 240

 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

0
Karunya University
 ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS

S.No. Subject Code Subject Name Total Credits

1 10IT201 Principles of Mobile Communication 3:0:0
2 10IT202 Essentials of Information Technology 3:0:0
3 10IT203 Essentials of Information Technology 3:0:0

10IT201 PRINCIPLES OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To impart the fundamentals concepts of mobile communication systems.
• To introduce various technologies and protocols involved in mobile communication.

UNIT I
History of Mobile Communication, Simplified Reference Model, Wireless Transmission-
Frequencies for radio transmission, Signals, Antennas, Signal Propagation, Multiplexing,
Modulation, Spread Spectrum, Cellular Systems, Medium Access Control- SDMA, FDMA,
TDMA, and CDMA ; Comparison of S/F/T/CDMA.

UNIT II
Telecommunication Systems- GSM, DECT, TETRA, UMTS and IMT- 2000; Satellite Systems-
Basics - Routing - Localization – Handover.

UNIT III
Wireless LAN- Infrared Vs radio transmission, Infrastructure and ad hoc networks, IEEE802.11,
HYPERLAN, and Bluetooth.

UNIT IV
Wireless ATM-Motivation, Working group, WATM services, Reference model, Functions, Radio
access layer, Handover, Location management, Addressing, Quality of service, Access point
control protocol; Mobile network layer- Mobile IP, Dynamic host configuration protocol, Ad-hoc
networks.

UNIT V
Mobile transport layer- Traditional TCP, Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP, Mobile TCP, Fast
retransmission/ fast recovery, Selective retransmission, Transaction oriented TCP; Support for
mobility-Wireless application protocol, mode, SyncML, WAP2.0.

Text Book:
1. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communications, Pearson Education, Second Edition, 2004. ISBN-
10: 0321123816, ISBN-13: 9780321123817.

Reference Books:
1. Yi-Bing Lin and Imrich Chlamtac, Wireless and Mobile Network Architecture, John Wiley
and Sons, Second Edition, 2001. ISBN: 0-471-39492-0.
2. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communications, Pearson Education, First Edition, 2000.

1
Karunya University
 10IT202 ESSENTIALS OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To provide extensive knowledge on IT Essentials including client-server modeling,
designing data store, and working with Internet.
• To document artifacts using common quality standards.

UNIT I
Fundamentals of Computer architecture-introduction-organization of a small computer-Central
Processing Unit - Execution cycle – Instruction categories – measure of CPU performance
Memory – Input/output devices - BUS-addressing modes. System Software –Assemblers –
Loaders and linkers – Compilers and interpreters. Operating system – introduction – memory
management schemes Process management Scheduling – threads.

UNIT II
Problem solving with algorithms- Programming styles – Coding Standards and Best practices -
Introduction to C Programming Testing and Debugging. Code reviews System Development
Methodologies – Software development Models User interface Design – introduction – The
process – Elements of UI design and reports.

UNIT III
RDBMS- data processing – the database technology – data models. ER modeling concept –
notations – Extended ER features. Logical database design – normalization SQL – DDL statements
– DML statements – DCL statements. Writing Simple queries – SQL Tuning techniques –
Embedded SQL – OLTP.

UNIT IV
Objected oriented concepts – object oriented programming. UML Class Diagrams– relationship –
Inheritance – Abstract classes – polymorphism Object Oriented Design methodology - Common
Base class Alice Tool – Application of OOC using Alice tool.

UNIT V
Client server computing - Internetworking – Computer Networks – Working with TCP/IP – IP
address – Sub netting – DNS – VPN – proxy servers World Wide Web – Components of web
application - browsers and Web Servers URL – HTML – HTTP protocol – Web Applications -
Application servers – Web Security.

Text Books:
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Structured Computer Organization, PHI, Fifth edition, 2005.
ISBN-10: 0131485210, ISBN-13: 978-0131485211.
2. Andrew Tanenbaum, Modern Operating Systems, Pearson Education, Third Edition, 2007.
ISBN-10: 0136006639, ISBN-13: 9780136006633.
3. Alfred V.Aho, Ullman, Hopcroft, Data Structures and Algorithms, Addison-Wesley. ISBN:
0-201-00023-7.
4. Yashwant Kanitker, Let Us C, Second Edition. ISBN-10: 8176566217, ISBN-13: 978-
8176566216.
5. Tharp Alan L, File Organization and Processing, John Willey and Sons. ISBN: 978-0-471-
60521-8.
6. Elmasri, Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, Addison Wesley, Fifth Edition, 2006.
ISBN-10: 0321369572, ISBN-13: 978-0321369574.

2
Karunya University
Reference Books:

1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Structured Computer Organization, PHI, Fourth edition, 1998.

ISBN-10: 0130959901, ISBN-13: 978-0130959904.
2. Dromey, R.G., How to solve it by computer, Prentice Hall, 2004.
3. Jon Bentley, Programming Pearls, Pearson Education, Second Edition, 2006. ISBN:
8177588583.
4. Aho, Alfred V, Compiler Principles, Techniques and Tools, Pearson Education, 2007.
ISBN-10: 0321491696, ISBN-13: 978-0321491695.

10IT203 ESSENTIALS OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To provide extensive knowledge on IT Essentials including client-server modeling,
designing data store, and working with Internet.
• To document artifacts using common quality standards.

UNIT I
Fundamentals of Computer architecture-introduction-organization of a small computer-Central
Processing Unit - Execution cycle – Instruction categories – measure of CPU performance
Memory – Input/output devices - BUS-addressing modes. System Software –Assemblers –
Loaders and linkers – Compilers and interpreters. Operating system – introduction – memory
management schemes Process management Scheduling – threads.

UNIT II
Problem solving with algorithms- Programming styles – Coding Standards and Best practices -
Introduction to C Programming Testing and Debugging. Code reviews System Development
Methodologies – Software development Models User interface Design – introduction – The
process – Elements of UI design and reports.

UNIT III
RDBMS- data processing – the database technology – data models. ER modeling concept –
notations – Extended ER features. Logical database design – normalization SQL – DDL statements
– DML statements – DCL statements. Writing Simple queries – SQL Tuning techniques –
Embedded SQL – OLTP.

UNIT IV
Objected oriented concepts – object oriented programming. UML Class Diagrams– relationship –
Inheritance – Abstract classes – polymorphism Object Oriented Design methodology - Common
Base class Alice Tool – Application of OOC using Alice tool.

UNIT V
Client server computing - Internetworking – Computer Networks – Working with TCP/IP – IP
address – Sub netting – DNS – VPN – proxy servers World Wide Web – Components of web
application - browsers and Web Servers URL – HTML – HTTP protocol – Web Applications -
Application servers – Web Security.

Text Books:
1. Andrew Tanenbaum, Modern Operating Systems, Pearson Education, Third Edition, 2007.
ISBN-10: 0136006639, ISBN-13: 9780136006633.
2. Elmasri, Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, Addison Wesley, Fifth Edition,
2006. ISBN-10: 0321369572, ISBN-13: 978-0321369574.

3
Karunya University
Reference Books:
1. Sivasubramanyam Y, Deepak Ranjan Shenoy, Foundation Program - Computer Hardware
& System Software Concepts, version 1.0 Vol-1, Infosys: Campus Connect 2008.
2. Hanumesh V.J.,Seema Acharya, Foundation Program - Relational Database Management
System, Client Server Concepts, Introduction to Web technologies version 1.0 Vol-2,
Infosys: Campus Connect 2008.
3. Sundar K.S., Foundation Program - Analysis of Algorithms, Object Oriented Concepts,
System Development Methodology, User Interface Design version 1.0 Vol-3, Infosys:
Campus Connect 2008.

4
Karunya University
 DEPARTMENT OF
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
 REVISED AND NEW SUBJECTS

Subject Code Subject Name Credits

10IT301 Advanced Communication Engineering 3:0:0
10IT302 Principles of Digital Multimedia 4:0:0
10IT303 Computer Graphics 3:0:0
10IT304 Web Design 4:0:0
10IT305 Multimedia Communication 4:0:0
10IT306 Computer Animation 3:0:0
10IT307 3D Modelling and Rendering 4:0:0
10IT308 Web Design Lab 0:0:2
10IT309 Animation Lab 0:0:2
10IT310 Software Project Management 3:0:0
10IT311 Internetworking 4:0:0
10IT312 Network Management 3:0:0
10IT313 Virtual Reality Technology 4:0:0
10IT314 Artificial Intelligence 4:0:0
10IT315 Pattern Recognition 4:0:0
10IT316 Wireless Security 4:0:0
10IT317 Soft Computing 4:0:0
10IT318 Soft Computing Lab 0:0:2
10IT319 Computer Vision Lab 0:0:2
10IT320 Web Technology 4:0:0
10IT321 Cloud Computing 3:1:0
Mathematical Foundation for Image and Video
10IT322 4:0:0
Processing

10IT301 ADVANCED COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To impart in-depth knowledge on the basic concepts of Modern Digital and Data
Communications Systems and Networks
• To provide better understanding of Optical fiber Transmission, Satellite and
Microwave Radio Communication
Unit I
Digital Modulation and Transmission: Introduction-Information capacity-Amplitude Shift
Keying-Frequency Shift Keying-Phase Shift Keying-Quadrature Amplitude Modulation-
Bandwidth Efficiency-Carrier recovery-Clock Recovery-Differential Phase Shift Keying-
Trellis Code Modulation-Pulse Modulation-PCM sampling-Signal to Quantization Noise
Ratio-PCM codes-Coding Methods-Companding-Vocoders-Delta Modulation PCM-
Differential PCM-Pulse Transmission.

Unit II
Data Communications: History of DataCommunications-NetworkArchitecture-Protocols-
Standards-Organizations -Layered Network Architecture-Open System Interconnection-
Circuits-Serial and Parallel Data Transmission-Circuit Arrangements-Networks-Codes-

Department of Information Technology 1

Error control, detection and correction-Character Synchronization-Data communication
hardware-Line control Unit- Modems.

Unit III
Data Link Protocols and Networks: Protocol Functions-Character and Bit Oriented Data
link protocols-Asynchronous and Synchronous Data link protocol-Synchronous and High
level Data link control-Public Switched Data Networks-CCITT X.25 User to Network
Interface Protocol-Integrated Services Digital Network-Asynchronous Transfer Mode-
Local Area Networks-Ethernet.

Unit IV
Digital Multiplexing and Optical Fiber Transmission: Time Division Multiplexing-T1
Digital Carrier-Line Encoding-T Carrier Systems-Digital Carrier Frame Synchronization-
Bit versus Word Interleaving-Statistical Time Division Multiplexing-Codecs and Combo
chips-Frequency Division Multiplexing-Wavelength Division Multiplexing-History of
Optical Fiber Communications-Optical Fibers versus Metallic Cable Facilities-
Electromagnetic spectrum-Optical fiber communications system –Fiber types-Light
Propagation-Optical Fiber Configurations and Classifications-Losses in Optical Fiber
Cables-Light Sources-Optical Sources-Light Detectors-Lasers.

Unit V
Microwave Radio Communications and Satellite Communications: Introduction-
Advantages and Disadvantages of Microwave Radio-Analog versus Digital Microwave-
FM Microwave Radio System-Radio Repeaters- Radio Stations- Diversity-Protection
Switching Arrangements-Microwave Repeater Station-History of satellites-Keplers Laws-
Satellite orbits-Geosynchronous satellites-Antenna Look angles-Satellite classifications-
Spacing and Frequency Allocation-Radiation Patterns-Satellite System Link Models.

Text Book:
1. Wayne Tomasi, Advanced Electronic Communication Systems, Sixth Edition,
Prentice Hall of India, 2005. ISBN: 81-203-2497-8.

Reference Books:
1. George Kennady, Bernard Davis, Electronic communication systems, Fourth
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill. ISBN: 978-0-07-463682-4.
2. Hebert Taub, Donald L Schilling, Principles of Communication Systems, Third
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008. ISBN: 978-0-07-064811-1.
3. Simon Haykins, Communication Systems, Fifth Edition, Wiley Publications, 2009.
ISBN: 978-0471697909.
4. Timothy Pratt, Satellite Communications, Second Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
2003. ISBN: 9814-12-684-5.
5. Ray Horak, Communication Systems and Networks, Third Edition, Wiley
Publications, 2002. ISBN: 978-0764548994.

10IT302 PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL MULTIMEDIA

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To describe the tools and taxonomy of multimedia authoring.

Department of Information Technology 2

 • To have an in-depth knowledge of data compression, multimedia, multimedia
networks, and multimedia data representations.

Unit I
Multimedia Authoring and Data Representations: Introduction to Multimedia –
Multimedia and Hypermedia – World Wide Web – Overview of Multimedia Software
Tools – Multimedia Authoring – Some useful editing and authoring tools – VRML –
Graphics/Image Data Types – Popular file formats – Color science – Color models in
images – Color models in video.

Unit II
Types of video signals – Analog video – Digital video -Digitization of sound – MIDI –
Quantization and transmission of audio – Multimedia data Compression: lossless
compression algorithms – Lossy compression algorithms.

Unit III
Image compression standards- Basic video compression techniques – Introduction to
video compression – Video compression based on motion compensation – Search for
motion vectors – H.261 – H.263 –MPEG video coding – MPEG 1 – MPEG 2 – Overview
of MPEG 4 – Object based visual coding in MPEG 4 – Synthetic object coding in MPEG
4 – MPEG 4 Object types – Profiles and Levels – MPEG 4 part 10/H.264 –MPEG 7 –
MPEG 21.

Unit IV
Basic audio compression techniques – ADPCM in speech coding – G.726 ADPCM
vocoders. MPEG Audio compression: Psychoacoustics – MPEG audio – Other
commercial audio codecs – The future of MPEG 7 and MPEG 21.Computer and
multimedia networks: Basics of computer and multimedia networks –Multiplexing
technologies – LAN and WAN – Access networks – Common peripheral interfaces.
Multimedia network communication and applications: Quality of multimedia data
transmission – Multimedia over IP – Multimedia over ATM networks – Transport of
MPEG 4 – Media on Demand.

Unit V
Wireless Networks: Radio propagation models – Multimedia over wireless networks –
Content based retrieval in digital libraries – Image retrieval – C- BIRD – Case study –
Synopsis of current image search systems – Relevance feedback – Quantifying results –
Querying over videos – Querying on other formats – Outlook for content based retrievals.
Computer Based Animation.

Text Book:
1. Ze-Nian Li and Mark S. Drew, Fundamentals of Multimedia, Pearson Education,
2004. ISBN 81-297-0438-2.

Reference Books:
1. Ralf Steinmetz, Klara Nahrstedt, Multimedia Fundamentals, Pearson Education,
Second Edition, 2004. ISBN: 978-81-317-0976-4.
2. J-R Ohm, Multimedia Communication Technology, Springer-Verlag, 2004. ISBN:
3-540-01249-4.
3. Daniel Cunliffe, Geoff Elliott, Multimedia Computing, Crucial, 2003. ISBN: 1-
903337-18-6.

Department of Information Technology 3

 10IT303 COMPUTER GRAPHICS
Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To understand the foundations of computer graphics: hardware systems, math
basis, light and colour.
• To implement key components of the rendering pipeline, especially visibility,
rasterization, viewing, and shading.
• To appreciate the complexities of modelling realistic objects through modelling
complex scenes using a high-level scene description language.
• To acquaint with few advanced topics in computer graphics.

Unit I
Video Display Devices – Raster Scan Systems – Line Drawing Algorithms – Parallel
Line Algorithms – Setting Frame Buffer Values – Circle Generating Algorithms –
Ellipse Generating Algorithms – other Curves – Parallel curve Algorithms – Pixel
addressing and object Geometry – Fill area Primitives – Polygon Fill Areas – Attributes
of Graphics Primitives: Line Attributes – Curve attributes – Fill area Attributes – General
Scan Line Polygon Fill Algorithms – Scan Line Fill of Convex Polygons – Scan Line Fill
for Regions with Curved Boundaries.

Unit II
Geometric Transformations: Basic Two Dimensional Geometric Transformations –
Matrix Representations and Homogeneous Coordinates – Inverse transformations – Two
dimensional Composite Transformations – Other Two Dimensional Transformations –
Raster Methods for Geometric Transformations – Raster Transformations –
Transformations Between Two Dimensional Coordinate Systems – Geometric
Transformations in Three Dimensional space – Three dimensional Translations – Three
Dimensional Rotation – Three Dimensional Scaling – Composite Three Dimensional
Transformations – Other Three Dimensional Transformations – Transformations Between
Three Dimensional Coordinate Systems – Affine Transformations – Geometric
Transformation Functions – The Two Dimensional Viewing Pipeline – The Clipping
Window – Normalization and Viewport – Clipping Algorithms – Two Dimensional Point
Clipping – Two dimensional Line Clipping – Polygon Fill Area Clipping – Curve
Clipping – Text Clipping.

Unit III
Three Dimensional Viewing: Overview of Three Dimensional Viewing Concepts – The
Three Dimensional Viewing Pipeline – Three Dimensional Viewing Coordinate
Parameters – Transformation from World to viewing Coordinates – Projection
Transformations – Orthogonal Transformations – Oblique Parallel Projections –
Perspective Projections – The Viewport Transformation and Three dimensional Screen
coordinates – Three Dimensional Viewing Functions – Three Dimensional Clipping
Algorithms – Optional Clipping Planes – Polyhedra – Polyhedron Functions – Curved
surfaces – Quadric Surfaces – Blobby Objects – Spline Transformations – Cubic-Spline
Interpolation Methods – Beizer Spline Curves – Beizer Surfaces – B-Spline Curves – B-
Spline surfaces –Beta lines – Rational Splines – Displaying Spline Curves and Surfaces.

Unit IV
Light Sources - Surface Lighting Effects - Basic Illumination Models – Transparent
Surfaces – Atmospheric Effects – Shadows – Camera Parameters – Displaying Light

Department of Information Technology 4

Intensities – Halftone Patterns and Dithering Techniques – Polygon Rendering Methods –
Ray Tracing Methods – Modeling Surface Detail with polygons – Texture mapping –
Illumination and Surface Rendering Functions – Texture Functions.

Unit V
Interactive Picture Construction Techniques – Virtual Reality Environments –Interactive
Input Device Functions - Color Models and Color Applications: Properties of Light –
Color Models – Standard Primaries and the Chromaticity Diagram – The RGB Color
Models – The YIQ and Related Color Models – The CMY and CMYK Color Models –
The HSV Color Model – The HLS Color Model – Color section and applications –
Computer Animations: Raster Methods for Computer Animation – Design of Animation
sequence – Traditional Animation Techniques – General Computer animation Functions –
Computer animation Languages – Key Frame Systems – Motion Specifications –
Articulated Figure animation – Periodic Motions – Animation Procedures – Hierarchical
Modeling - Graphics File Formats: Image File Configurations – Color Reduction
Methods – File Compression Techniques – Composition of the Major File formats.

Text Book:
1. Donald Hearn, M.Pauline Baker, Computer Graphics with OpenGL, Pearson
Education, Third Edition, 2009. ISBN: 978-81-317-2738-6.

Reference Books:
1. F.S.Hill JR, Computer graphics using Open GL, Second Edition, Prentice Hall,
2001. ISBN: 81-203-2813-2.
2. Edward Angel, Interactive Computer Graphics - A Top Down approach with
OpenGL, Addison Wesley, 2000. ISBN: 0-201-38597-X.
3. Donald Hearn, M.Pauline Baker, Computer Graphics, Prentice Hall, Second
Edition, 1999. ISBN: 81-203-0944-8.

10IT304 WEB DESIGN

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To know how to create basic web pages using HTML, DHTML and CSS.
• To use Adobe Dreamweaver, JavaScript program as an aid for web design.
• To gain an understanding of the unique design problems involved in web design.

Unit I
Introduction to Computers and the Internet – Introduction - What is a Computer -
Programming language types - Other high level languages-structured programming -
History of Internet and world wide web - Hardware trends - Key Software Trend: Object
Technology – JavaScript -Browser portability - C & C++ - Java – Microsoft .NET –
Dynamic HTML - Internet &World Wide Web How to program - Microsoft Internet
Explorer 6 – Introduction to the Internet Explorer 6 Web Browser - Connecting to
Internet - Internet Explorer 6 Features - Searching the Internet - Online Help & tutorials -
Keeping track of your favorite sites – File Transfer Protocol (FTP) - Customizing
Browser Settings - Electronic mail - Instant messaging - Other web browsers - Adobe
Photoshop elements: Creating web graphics – Introduction - Image Basics -Vector
and raster graphics – Toolbox – Layers - screen capture - file formats.

Department of Information Technology 5

Unit II
Introduction to XHTML: Part 1 - Introduction-Editing XHTML-First XHTML Example -
W3C XHTML validation service – Headers – Linking – Images - Special Characters and
More Line Breaks - Unordered lists - Nested and ordered lists - Introduction to XHTML:
Part 2 - Introduction-Basic XHTML Tables - Intermediate XHTML tables and formatting
– Basic XHTML forms - Internal linking - Creating and using image maps - meta
elements - frameset elements - Nested framesets - Cascading style sheets-Introduction -
Inline styles – Embedded style sheets - conflicting styles - Linking external style sheets -
W3C CSS validation service - Positioning elements – Backgrounds - Element dimensions
- Text flow and the box model -User style sheets.

Unit III
JavaScript: Introduction to Scripting - Simple program - Obtaining user input with prompt
dialogs Memory concepts – Arithmetic - Decision making - JavaScript Control statements
- Algorithms pseudocode - Control structures - If selection statement - if…else selection
statement – while Repetition statement - Formulating algorithms - Counter controlled
repetition - Sentinel controlled repetition - Nested control structures - Assignment
operators - Data types - JavaScript control statements II - Essentials of Computer
Controlled Repetition - for Repetition Statement- examples Using the for statement –
switch Multiple Selection Statement - do..While Repetition Statement -break and
continue statements - Labeled break and continue statements - Logical operators -
Javascript: functions - Program modules in JavaScript – Programmer-Defined functions -
Function Definitions – Random-Number Generation – Example: Game of Chance -
Random Image Generator-Scope rules – JavaScript Global Functions-Recursion -
Recursion vs Iteration.

Unit IV
JavaScript: Arrays - Declaring and Allocating Arrays – Examples using Arrays - Random
Image Generator Using Arrays - References and Referenced Parameters - Passing arrays
to Functions -Sorting Arrays - Searching arrays: Linear Search and Binary Search -
Multidimensional Arrays( ) -Building Online Quiz - JavaScript: Objects - Thinking about
objects - Math object - String object -Date object - Boolean and number objects -
document object - window object - Using Cookies - Final JavaScript example - DHTML:
Object Model and Collections - Object Referencing - Collections all and children -
Dynamic Styles - Dynamic Positioning - Using frames collections - navigator object-
DHTML: Event Model – Event onclick - Event onload - Error handling with one error -
Tracking the mouse with Event onmousemove – Rollover with onmouseover and
onmouseout – More Form Processing with onsubmit and onreset - Event bubbling - More
DHTML Events.

Unit V
Dynamic HTML: Filters and Transitions - Flip Filters: Flipv and Fliph –Transparency
with chroma filter - Creating Image masks - Miscellaneous Image filters : invert, gray
and xray - Adding shadows to Text - Creating Gradients with alpha - Making Text glow -
Creating Motion with blur - Using the wave filter - Advance Filters: dropShadow and
light – blendTrans Transition - revealtrans Transition – DHTML: Data Binding with
Tabular Data Control – Simple Data Binding - Moving within a Recordset - Binding to an
img, table - Sorting table Data - Advanced Sorting and Filtering - Data Binding Elements
– Macromedia Dreamweaver MX 2004 – Text styles – Images and Links- Symbols and
Lines – Tables – Forms – Scripting in Dreamweaver – Site Management – Macromedia
Cold Fusion MX – Simple ColdFusion Example – Using Variables and Expressions –

Department of Information Technology 6

Variable Scoping – Form Processing – Creating a Data Source Name – Bookstore Case
study: Interface , and Database - Bookstore Case study: Shopping Mart - Advanced
Topics for Cold fusion Developers.

Text Book:
1. H.M. Deital,P.J. Deitel,A.B.Goldberg, Internet and World Wide Web: How to
Program, Pearson Education, Third edition, 2005. ISBN: 81-297-0408-0.

Reference Books:
1. Thomas A. Powell, Web Design: The Complete Reference, Tata McGraw Hill,
2000. ISBN: 0-07-041180-7.
2. Robin Nixon, Learning PHP, MySQL and Javascript, O’Reilly Media, Inc., 2009.
ISBN: 978-0-596-15713-5.
3. David Crowder, Rhonda Crowder, Web Design With Html/flash/javascript & E-
commerce Bible, Wiley India, First Edition, 2003. ISBN: 8126502177.

10IT305 MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATION

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
• To introduce the concepts of Audio-Visual Integration.
• To learn the multimedia communication standards and multimedia processing.

Unit I
Multimedia Communications –Audio-Visual Integration: Media interaction –Bimodality
of human speech- Lip reading –Speech Driven Talking Heads– Lip synchronization – Lip
tracking-Audio to visual mapping. Multimedia processing in communications: Digital
media – Signal processing elements – Challenges of Multimedia information processing –
Perceptual coding of digital audio signals– Transform audio coders –Audio Subband
coders – Image coding – Video coding – Watermarking – Organization storage and
retrieval issues – Signal processing for networked multimedia(NN) – NN for multimedia
processing – Multimedia processors.

Unit II
Distributed multimedia systems: Introduction- Main Features of a DMS – Resource
Management of DMS- Networking –Multimedia operating systems – Distributed
multimedia servers – Distributed multimedia Applications. Multimedia Communication
Standards: Introduction- MPEG 1 – MPEG 2.

Unit III
MPEG4: Overview of MPEG-4 - MPEG-4 Systems –DMIF-MPEG-4 Video- MPEG-4
Audio –profile & levels in MPEG-4-MPEG-4 Visual Texture Coding. MPEG-7
Standardization Process of Multimedia Content Description– MPEG-21Multimedia
Framework.

Unit IV
ITU-T Standardization of Audiovisual communication systems: ITU-T Standardization
process-AudioVisual Systems-Video-coding Standards-ITU-T Speech-Coding Standards-
Multimedia Multiplex and Synchronization Standards. IETF and Internet Standards: IETF
Standardization process-Internet Network architecture-Internet protocols-Real-Time

Department of Information Technology 7

Mulitmedia Transmission across the Internet-MPEG-4 Video Transport across the
Internet.

Unit V
Multimedia Communications Across Networks: Packet Audio/Video in the network
environment – Video transport across generic networks-Multimedia transport across
ATM networks – Multimedia across IP networks – Multimedia across DSLs – Internet
access Networks – Multimedia across wireless - Mobiles Networks – Broadcasting
Networks – Digital Television infrastructure for interactive multimedia services.

Text Book:
1. K.R. Rao, Zaron S. Bojkovic, Dragorad A. Milocanovic, Multimedia
Communication Systems, Prentice Hall India, 2002. ISBN: 81-203-2145-6.

Reference Books:
1. Fred Halsall, Multimedia Communications, Pearson, 2001. ISBN: 81-7808-532-1.
2. Steve Heath, Multimedia and Communication Technology, Second Edition, Focal
Press, 2003. ISBN: 81-8147-145-8.

10IT306 COMPUTER ANIMATION

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
• To provide knowledge about the techniques of 3D computer animation.

Unit I
Preproduction and Modeling Basics: Preproduction: Introduction – Storyboarding -
Character and Model Design - Sound Design –Technical Tests - Production Scheduling.
Modeling Basics: Introduction - Polygonal Modeling -Splines and Patches - Coordinate
Systems - Viewing Windows - Geometric Primitives –Transformations - Common
Modeling Techniques – Hierarchies - Booleans and Trims - Basic Deformations.

Unit II
Rendering Basics: Introduction - The Camera – Lights - Surface Characteristics - Shading
Algorithms - Rendering Algorithms - Background Images - Surface Texture Mapping -
Solid Texture Mapping – Final Rendering.

Unit III
Animation Basics and Advanced Modeling: Animation Basics: Introduction - Key
framing – Interpolations – Parameter - curve Editing – Dope Sheet Editing - Forward
Kinematics - Inverse Kinematics - Motion Paths - Shape Deformations - Camera
Animation - Animating Lights and Surface Properties - Pose-based Animation. Advanced
Modeling: Introduction - Virtual Sculpting - Digitizing Techniques –Procedural Modeling
- Stitched Patches - Subdivision Surfaces - Displacement Mapping - Hair and Fur-Paint
based Modeling - Higher-level Primitives.

Unit IV
Advanced Rendering: Introduction - Atmospheric Effects – Fractals - Lighting Subtleties
- Advanced Texturing - Texturing Polygons - Background Shaders - Non-Photorealistic

Department of Information Technology 8

Rendering - Reflection Maps and Environment Procedures - More Rendering Algorithms
- Rendering for Output.

Unit V
Advanced Animation and Postproduction: Introduction - Animated Fillets - Limits and
Constraints – Metaballs - Expressions and Driven Keys - Motion Dynamics: Principles,
Rigid Bodies - Soft-Body Dynamics - Particle Systems - Cloth Dynamics - Motion
Capture - Camera-Motion Matching - Character Rigging: Movement Controls,
Deformation Controls - Facial Animation - Nonlinear Animation Postproduction:
Introduction-Compositing-Editing.

Text Book:
1. Michael O’Rourke, Principles of Three-Dimensional Computer Animation, Third
Edition, W.W.Norton & Company Ltd., 2003. ISBN: 0-393-73083-2.

Reference Books:
1. John Vince, Essential Computer Animation, Springer-Verlag, 2000. ISBN: 1-
85233-141-0.
2. Marcia Kuperberg, A Guide to Computer Animation, Focal Press, 2002. ISBN: 0-
240-51671-0.
3. Daniel Cunliffe, Geoff Elliott, Multimedia Computing, Crucial, 2003. ISBN: 1-
903337-18-6.

10IT307 3D MODELLING AND RENDERING

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To learn 3D modelling and various approaches for visualizing models.
• To learn the fundamentals of texture mapping, methods for rendering the graphics
scene and techniques used to composite images.
• To learn various lighting techniques for rendering the 3D scene.

Unit I
Geometry Representation and Modeling: Polygonal representation- decomposition and
tessellation –shading normals-triangle stripping-vertices and vertex arrays-modeling Vs
rendering revisited. 3D Transformations: Data representation-over view of the
transformation pipeline-normal transformation-texture coordinate generation and
transformation-modeling transforms-visualizing transform sequences-projection
transforms-the Z coordinate and perspective projection-vertex programs.

Unit II
Color, Shading and Lighting: Representing color-shading-lighting-fixed point and
floating point arithmetic. Texture Mapping: Loading texture images-texture coordinates-
Loading texture images from the frame buffer-environmental mapping-3D texture-
Filtering-Additional control of texture level of detail-texture objects-multi-texture-texture
environment. Window System and Platform Integration: Renderer and window state-
address space and threads-anatomy of a window-off screen rendering-rendering to texture
maps-direct and indirect rendering.

Department of Information Technology 9

Unit III
Multiple Rendering Passes: Invariance-multipass overview-the multipass toolbox-
multipass limitations-multipass Vs micro pass-deferred shading. Antialiasing: Full scene
ant aliasing-super sampling-area sampling-line and point antialiasing-antialiasing with
textures-polygon ant aliasing-temporal ant aliasing.

Unit IV
Composting, Blending and Transparency: Combining two images-other compositing
operators-keying and matting-blending artifacts-composting image with depth-other
blending operations-dissolves-transparency-alpha-blended transparency-screen door
transparency-Image based depth of field-high dynamic range imaging. Basic Transform
Techniques: Computing inverse transforms efficiently-stereo viewing-depth of field-
image tilling-billboarding geometry-texture coordinate Vs Geometric transformation-
interpolating vertex components through a perspective transformation-3D textures-texture
projection-2D image warping mipmap generation.

Unit V
Lighting Techniques: Limitations in vertex lighting-fragment lighting using texture
mapping-spot light effects using projection textures-specular lighting using environment
maps-lightmaps-BRDF-based Lighting-reflectance maps-pre fragment lighting
computations-other lighting models Bump Mapping with textures-normal maps-Bump
mapped reflections-high dynamic range lighting-global illumination.

Text Book:
1. Tom McReynolds, David Blythe, Advanced Graphics Programming Using
OpenGL, Elseveir Publications. ISBN-13: 978-1-55860-659-3.

Reference Books:
1. F.S.Hill, JR, Computer graphics using Open GL, Second Edition, Prentice Hall,
2001. ISBN: 81-203-2813-2.
2. Donald Hearn, M. Pauline Baker, Computer Graphics using OpenGL, Prentice-
Hall, Third Edition. ISBN-10: 0130153907.

10IT308 WEB DESIGN LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. To create a web portal for online shopping using the software like Dreamweaver,
Photoshop, Macromedia Flash.
2. To write a program for form validation using JavaScript.
3. To design a webpage using XHTML and CSS (Cascading Style Sheet).
4. To write a program in JavaScript for conducting Online Quiz.
5. To design a webpage for E-banking Applications using ASP and MS-Access.
6. To design a Tic-tac-toe game using Java Script.
7. To write a program for random image generator using Java Script.
8. To design an interactive greeting card using Photoshop and Flash.
9. To design an animation using motion Tween operation in Flash.
10. To write a program for implementing a calculator using JavaScript.
11. To write a program for Background Setting using Event Handling Function in
DHTML.

Department of Information Technology 10

 12. To write a program for Changing Cursor Symbols using Mouse Event Handling
Functions in DHTML.

12 Experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time. A tentative list is mentioned
above.

10IT309 ANIMATION LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. To perform shape tweening using Flash.

2. To implement motion tweening using Flash.
3. To frame by frame tweening using Flash.
4. To add a motion guide by Flash.
5. To create web pages and buttons using Flash.
6. To create multiple scenes using Flash.
7. To create an advertisement within a banner using Flash.
8. To implement an interactive player using Flash.
9. To create primitive and text animation using Maya.
10. To implement texture mapping using Maya.
11. To implement interactive animation using Maya.
12. To implement rendered animation like video using Maya.

12 Experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time. A tentative list is mentioned
above.

10IT310 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To understand Traditional Project Management, Resource Requirements and Cost.
• To create project Management Life Cycles and Strategies.
• To build an effective Project Management Infrastructure.

Unit I
Defining Project –A program-Understanding the scope triangle-Envisioning scope
triangle as system in balance-Managing Creeps- Understanding project Management
Process Groups- Using Tools, templates, and processes to scope a project-Managing
Client Expectations-Wants versus Needs-Conducting conditions of satisfaction-Planning
and Conducting the Project Scoping Meeting-gathering requirements-Building the
requirement breakdown structure-Using the RBS to choose a Best –Fit PMLC Model-
Diagramming Business Processes- .Prototyping your solution-Use Cases-validating the
Business Case-Outsourcing to vendors and contractors-procurement Management Life
cycle-Vendor Evaluation-Vendor Selection-Vendor Contracting-Contract Management-
Vendor management-Writing an effective Project Overview Statement-Gaining approval
to plan project.

Unit II
Tools, templates, and processes used to plan a project-the importance of planning-using
application software packages to plan a project-Planning and conducting joint project
planning sessions-building the work breakdown structure-Approaches to building the

Department of Information Technology 11

WBS-Estimating-Estimation life cycles-Estimating resource requirement-Resource
planning –Estimating Cost-Constructing the project network diagram-Planning for project
risk: The Risk Management Life Cycle-Writing an effective project proposal- Tools,
templates, and processes used to launch a project-recruiting the project team-Establishing
Team Operating rules-Managing Scope changes-Managing team communication-
Assigning resources-Resource leveling strategies- Tools, templates, and processes used to
monitor and control a project-establishing your progress reporting system-Applying
Graphical Reporting Tools-Managing the scope bank-Building and maintaining the issues
log-managing project status meetings-defining a problem escalation strategy-Gaining
approval to close the project.

Unit III
Tools, templates, processes used to close a project-writing & maintain client acceptance
procedures-closing a project-getting client acceptance-installing project deliverables-
documenting the project-Conducting post implementation audit-writing final report-
Project management landscape-Traditional Project Management-Using Critical Chain
Project management.

Unit IV
Agile Project Management-Extreme Project Management-Establishing & Maturing a
Project Support Office.

Unit V
Establishing and Managing a Project Portfolio- Establishing and Managing a Continuous
process Improvement Program-Managing Distressed Projects-Managing Multiple Team
Projects.

Text Book:
1. Robert K. Wyzocki, Rudd McGary, Effective Project Management, Fifth Edition,
WILEY-Dreamtech India Pvt. Ltd., 2009. ISBN: 978-81-265-2156-2.

Reference Books:
1. Roger S Pressman, Pressman Roger, Software Engineering: A Practitioner's
Approach, Seventh Edition, McGraw-Hill Higher Education, 2009. ISBN:
0073375977, 9780073375977.
2. Pankaj Jalote, Software project management in practice, Addison-Wesley, 2002.
ISBN: 0201737213, 9780201737219.
3. Walker Royce, Software project management: a unified framework, Addison-
Wesley, 1998. ISBN: 0201309580, 9780201309584.

10IT311 INTERNETWORKING
Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To understand network layers and how all protocols in the TCP/IP suite fit into the
five-layer model.
• To understand how it is possible to interconnect multiple physical networks into a
coordinated system, how internet protocols operate in that environment, how
application programs use the resulting system.

Department of Information Technology 12

 • To learn the details of the global TCP/IP internet including the architecture of its
router system and the application protocols it supports.
• To learn the working principles of Multiprotocol Label Switching.

Prerequisites: Fundamentals of Computer Networks is advantageous.

Unit I
Layering – TCP/IP Layering – Internet Addresses – The Domain Name System –
Encapsulation – Demultiplexing – Port Numbers - Ethernet and IEEE 802 Encapsulation -
Trailer Encapsulation – SLIP – Compressed SLIP – PPP – Loopback Interface - MTU –
Path MTU - IP Header – IP Routing – Subnet Addressing – Subnet Mask – Special Case
IP Addresses – IPv6 Addressing – IPv6 Protocol - ARP Packet Format – Proxy ARP –
Gratuitous ARP – RARP Packet Format – ICMP Message Types.

Unit II
IP Routing Principles – ICMP Host and Network Unreachable Errors – ICMP Redirect
Errors – ICMP Router Discovery Messages - Dynamic Routing – RIP – RIP Version 2 –
OSPF – BGP – CIDR - User Datagram Protocol – DNS Basics – DNS Message Format –
Resource Records – TFTP Protocol – BOOTP Packet Format – TCP Services – TCP
Header – TCP Connection Establishment and Termination – SNMP Protocol – Rlogin
Protocol – Telnet Protocol – FTP Protocol – SMTP Protocol – NFS Protocol.

Unit III
MPLS Introduction - Label Switching Basics – Switching and Forwarding Operations –
MPLS Key Concepts.

Unit IV
Label Distribution Operations - MPLS and ATM and Frame Relay Networks - Traffic
Engineering.

Unit V
OSPF in MPLS Networks - Constraint-Based Routing with CR-LDP – MPLS, Optical
Networks, and GMPLS – VPNs with L2TP, BGP, OSPF, and MPLS – MPLS and
DiffServ.

Text Books:
1. W. Richard Stevens, TCP/IP Illustrated Volume – I, The Protocols, Pearson
Education, 2000. ISBN: 81-7808-101-6.
2. Behrouz A. Forouzan, TCP/IP Protocol Suite, Tata McGraw Hill, Fourth Edition,
2006. ISBN: 0-07-060004-Xs.
3. Uyless Black, MPLS and Label Switching Networks, Pearson Education, Second
Edition, 2002. ISBN: 81-7808-650-6.

Reference Book:
1. Douglas E. Comer, Internetworking with TCP/IP – Principles, Protocols and
Architecture, Pearson Education, Fifth Edition, 2007. ISBN: 978-81-203-2998-0.

Department of Information Technology 13

 10IT312 NETWORK MANAGEMENT
Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To present the foundations of models which are needed to build various network
management architectures and protocols.
• To provides exposure to SNMP-based protocols that manage TCP/IP networks
with real-world examples.

Unit I
Introduction-Analogy of telephone network management -Data and Telecommunication
network- Distributed Computing Environments-TCP/IP Based Networks –
Communication Protocols and standards-Network Management: Goals, Organization and
Functions-Network Management System Platform.

Unit II
SNMPV Network Management – History – Internet or Organizations and standards –
SNMP Models – Organization Model – Information Model – Communication Model-
Functional Model.

Unit III
SNMP V2 – System Architecture – Structure Of Management Information – MIB –
Protocol –Compatibility with SNMPV1 – SNMPV3 – Documentation – Architecture-
Applications – MIB security – User band security model access control.

Unit IV
Remote Monitoring – RMON SMI and MIB – RMON1 – RMON2 – ATM Remote
Monitoring –Case Study of Internet Traffic Using RMON-Network Management Tools –
Network Statistics Measurement Systems – History of Enterprise Management – Network
Management Systems –Commercial Network Management Systems – system
Management – Enterprise Management Solution.

Unit V
Web based Management – Web Interface – Desktop Management Interface – Enterprise
Management – WBEM –Java Management Extension.

Text Book:
1. Mani Subramanian, Network Management Principles and Practice, Addison
Wesley, 2000. ISBN: 0201357429.

Reference Books:
1. Stephen B. Morris, Network Management, MIBs and MPLS: Principles Design
and Implementation, Pearson, 2003. ISBN-10: 0131011138, ISBN-13:
9780131011137.
2. Alexander clemm, Network Management Fundamentals, CISCO Press, 2006.
ISBN: 1587201372.
3. Sebastian Abeck, Adrian Farrel, Network Management Know it all, Elsevier
Morgan Caufmann, 2008. ISBN: 9780123745989.

Department of Information Technology 14

 10IT313 VIRTUAL REALITY TECHNOLOGY
Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To learn the fundamental principles of virtual reality, virtual reality hardware and
software.
• To design and construct a simple virtual environment

Unit I
Introduction - Input devices - Three dimensional position trackers - Navigation and
Manipulation, Interfaces-Gesture Interfaces.

Unit II
Output Devices-Graphic displays- Sound displays-Hap tic Feedback.

Unit III
Computing Architecture of VR-The Rendering Pipeline-PC Graphic Architecture-
Workstation based Architectures-Distributed VR Architectures.

Unit IV
Modelling – Geometric modelling- Kinematics Modelling- Physical Modelling-Behavior
Modelling-Model management-VR Programming-Toolkits and Scene Graphs-World
Toolkit-Java 3D-General Hap tics open Software Toolkit-People shop.

Unit V
Human Factors in VR-Methodology and Terminology-User Performance Studies-VR
health and safety Issues-VR and Society.

Text Book:
1. Grigore C.Burdea and Philippe Coiffet, Virtual Reality Technology, Second
Edition, Wiley Interscience, 2003. ISBN: 0-471-36089-9.

Reference Book:
1. John Vince, Virtual Reality Systems, Pearson Education. ISBN: 81-7808-504-6.

10IT314 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To provide both theoretical foundations of Artificial intelligence and ways in
which current techniques can be used in application programs.
• To introduce new approaches to solve a wide variety of research-oriented
problem.

Unit I
What is Artificial Intelligence? – Problems, Problem Spaces, and Search – Heuristic
Search Techniques - Knowledge Representation Issues.

Department of Information Technology 15

Unit II
Using Predicate Logic- Representing Knowledge Using Rules – Symbolic Reasoning
under Uncertainty - Statistical Reasoning - Weak Slot-and–Filler Structures – Strong
Slot-and-Filler Structures.

Unit III
Planning – Natural Language Processing - Parallel and distributed AI- Learning.

Unit IV
Connectionist Models - Common Sense- Expert Systems- Perception and Action- Fuzzy
Logic.

Unit V
Genetic Algorithms: Copying Natures approach –Artificial Immune Systems- Prolog-
The Natural Language of Artificial Intelligence.

Text Book:
1. Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, Shivashankar B. Nair, Artificial Intelligence, Third
Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2009. ISBN -13: 973-0-07-008770-5, 10: 0-07-008770-9.

Reference Books:
1. Stuart Russell, Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence a modern Approach, Second
Edition, Pearson Education, 2003. ISBN: 81-297-0041-7.
2. Nils J. Nilsson, Artificial Intelligence: A New Synthesis, Harcourt Asia PTE Ltd.,
2000. ISBN: 981 4033 464.
3. Dan W. Patterson, Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems,
Prentice-Hall India, 2001. ISBN: 81-203-0777-1.

10IT315 PATTERN RECOGNITION

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To understand the basics of Patterns recognition systems, Parameter and Non-
parameter estimation techniques.
• To know about Discrimination functions, Stochastic and Non-metric methods.
• To have knowledge on Algorithm independent Machine learning, Unsupervised
learning and clustering in pattern recognition.

Unit I (Pattern Recognition and Parameter Estimation)

Pattern Recognition Systems – The Design Cycle – Learning and Adaptation – Bayesian
Decision Theory – Continuous Features – Minimum Error-Rate Classification -
Classifiers, Discrimination Functions, and Decision Surfaces – The Normal Density –
Discriminant Functions for the Normal Density – Discrete Features. Maximum-
Likelihood Estimation – Bayesian Parameter Estimation: Gaussian Case, General Theory
– Problems of Dimensionality - Component Analysis and Discriminations - Expectation
Maximization (EM) – Hidden Markov Model.

Unit II (Nonparametric Techniques and Linear Discriminant Functions)

Department of Information Technology 16

Density Estimation – Parzen Windows – K-Nearest Neighbor Estimation – The Nearest–
Neighbor Rule –Metrics and Nearest-Neighbor Classification - Linear Discriminant
Functions and Decision Surfaces – Generalized Linear Discrimination functions - The
Two-Category Linearly Separable Case – Minimizing the perceptron Criterion Function –
Relaxation Procedures – Non-separable Behavior - Minimum Squared-Error Procedures –
The Ho-Kashyap Procedures - Support Vector Machines – Multi-category
Generalizations.

Unit III (Stochastic Methods and Nonmetric Methods)

Stochastic Search – Boltzmann Learning - Boltzmann Networks and Graphical Models –
Evolutionary Methods – Genetic Programming - Decision Trees – CART – Other Tree
methods – Recognition with Strings – Grammatical Methods, Interference – Rule-Based
Methods.

Unit IV (Algorithm Independent Machine Learning)

Lack of Inherent Superiority of Any Classifier – Bias and Variance – Resampling for
Estimating Statistics – Resampling for Classifier Design – Estimating and Comparing
Classifiers – Combining Classifiers.

Unit V (Unsupervised Learning and Clustering)

Mixture Densities and Identifiability – Maximum–Likelihood Estimates – Application to
Normal Mixtures – Unsupervised Bayesian Learning – Data Description and Clustering –
Criterion Functions for Clustering – Iterative Optimization – Hierarchical Clustering –
On-line Clustering - Graph-Theoretic Methods – Component Analysis – Low-
Dimensional Representations and Multidimensional Scaling (MDS).

Text Book:
1. R.O.Duda, P.E.Hart and D.G.Stork, Pattern Classification, John Wiley, 2001.
ISBN: 9814-12-602-0.

Reference Books:
1. S.Theodoridis and K.Koutroumbas, Pattern Recognition, Academic Press, Fourth
Edition, 2008. ISBN-10: 1597492728.
2. C.M.Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, First Edition,
2006. ISBN-10: 0387310738.
3. E. Gose, R. Johnsonbaugh, S. Jost, Pattern Recognition and Image Analysis, PHI,
1997.

10IT316 WIRELESS SECURITY

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To provide exposure to various threats in wireless networks and security solutions.
• To understand the technologies and protocols that support security in wireless
networks.
Unit I
Introduction- Security Principles - Wi-Fi Vulnerabilities – Different Types of Attack –
Wireless Information warfare.

Unit II

Department of Information Technology 17

IEEE 802.11 Protocol Primer- IEEE 802.11 WEP Working - WPA, RSN and IEEE
802.11i-Access Control: IEEE 802.1X, EAP, and RADIUS.

Unit III
Upper- Layer Authentication - WPA and RSN Key Hierarchy- TKIP.

Unit IV
AES- CCMP-Wi-Fi LAN Coordination: ESS and IBSS- Public Wireless Hotspots.

Unit V
Known Attacks: A Technical Review – Actual Attack Tools – Open Source
Implementation Example – Security in Wireless Application Protocol – Bluetooth
Security – VoIP Security.

Text Book:
1. Jon Edney, William A.Arbaugh, Real 802.11 Security Wi-Fi Protected Access and
802.11i, Pearson Edition, 2004. ISBN: 81-297-0312-2.

Reference Books:
1. Randall K.Nichols, Panos C. Lekkas, Wireless Security: Models, Threats and
Solutions, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006. ISBN: 0-07-061884-4.
2. Merrit Maxim, David Pollino, Wireless Security, McGraw-Hill. ISBN: 0-07-
222286-7.

10IT317 SOFT COMPUTING

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To familiarize with soft computing concepts.
• To introduce the ideas of Neural networks, fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based
on human experience.
• To introduce the concepts of Genetic algorithm and its applications to soft
computing using some applications.

Unit I (Artificial Neural Network)

Introduction – Fundamental concept – Evolution of Neural Networks – Basic Models of
Artificial Neural Networks – Important Terminologies of ANNs – McCulloch-Pitts
Neuron – Linear Separability – Hebb Network. Supervised Learning Network:
Perceptron Networks – Adaline – Multiple Adaptive Linear Neurons – Back-Propagation
Network – Radial Basis Function Network.

Unit II (Artificial Neural Network)

Associative Memory Networks: Training Algorithms for Pattern Association –
Autoassociative Memory Network – Heteroassociative Memory Network – Bidirectional
Associative Memory – Hopfield Networks – Iterative Autoassociative Memory Networks
– Temporal Associative Memory Network. Unsupervised Learning Networks: Fixed
weight Competitive Nets – Kohonen Self-Organizing Feature Maps – Learning Vector
Quantization – Counter propagation Networks – Adaptive Resonance Theory Networks –
Special Networks.

Department of Information Technology 18

Unit III (Fuzzy Set Theory)
Introduction to Classical Sets and Fuzzy sets – Classical Relations and Fuzzy Relations –
Tolerance and Equivalence Relations – Noninteractive Fuzzy sets – Membership
Functions: Fuzzification – Methods of Membership Value Assignments –
Defuzzification – Lambda-Cuts for Fuzzy sets and Fuzzy Relations – Defuzzification
Methods.

Unit IV (Fuzzy Set Theory)

Fuzzy Arithmetic and Fuzzy Measures: Fuzzy Rule Base and Approximate Reasoning:
Truth values and Tables in Fuzzy logic – Fuzzy Propositions – Formation of Rules –
Decomposition and Aggregation of rules – Fuzzy Reasoning – Fuzzy Inference Systems
(FIS) – Fuzzy Decision Making – Fuzzy Logic Control Systems.

Unit V (Genetic Algorithm)

Introduction – Basic Operators and Terminologies in GAs – Traditional Algorithm vs.
Genetic Algorithm – Simple GA – General Genetic Algorithm – The Scheme Theorem –
Classification of Genetic Algorithm – Holland Classifier Systems – Genetic
Programming. Applications of Soft Computing: A Fusion Approach of Multispectral
Images with SAR Image for Flood Area Analysis – Optimization of Travelling Salesman
Problem using Genetic Algorithm Approach – Genetic Algorithm based Internet Search
Technique – Soft Computing based Hybrid Fuzzy Controllers – Soft Computing based
Rocket Engine – Control.

Text Book:
1. S.N. Sivanandan and S.N. Deepa, Principles of Soft Computing, Wiley India,
2007. ISBN: 10: 81-265-1075-7.

Reference Books:
1. S. Rajasekaran and G.A.V.Pai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic
Algorithms, PHI, 2003.
2. Timothy J.Ross, Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, McGraw-Hill, 1997.
3. J.S.R.Jang, C.T.Sun and E.Mizutani, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing, PHI,
2004, Pearson Education.

10IT318 SOFT COMPUTING LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

Artificial Neural Networks:

1. Perceptron Learning Rule
2. Principal Component Extraction via Various Hebbian-Type Rules
3. Clustering via Simple Competitive Learning
4. SOM: Self-Organizing Maps
5. Traveling Salesman Problem (TSP) via SOM
6. Backpropagation Trained Multilayer Perceptron for Function Approximation
7. Image Compression Using Back-propagation
8. Support Vector Machine (SVM) for Pattern Recognition

Fuzzy logic:
1. Fuzzy inference system (FIS) using jFuzzyLogic tool – jFuzzyLogic is a Java
package can be downloadable freely.
2. Fuzzy Control Language (FCL) program

Department of Information Technology 19

 3. Optimize fuzzy sets' parameters and fuzzy rule's weights
4. Fuzzy C-means Clustering

Genetic Algorithm (Using JGAP – Java Genetic Algorithm Package):

1. Creating Custom Genes
2. Solving problems using Genetic Programming with JGAP
3. Handling problems related to the Travelling Salesman Problem (TSP)

12 Experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time. A tentative list is mentioned
above.

10IT319 COMPUTER VISION LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Creating panoramic images from series of images.

2. Video segmentation.
3. Homographic Estimation.
4. Hough Transform based line/circle detection.
5. Stereo Geometry.
6. Multiple View Geometry.
7. Projective Transformation.
8. Camera Calibration.
9. Structure from Motion.
10. Finding Depth map.

12 Experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time. A tentative list is mentioned
above.

10IT320 WEB TECHNOLOGY

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To enable the student to design, develop, build and manage real web applications
using current software development technologies and methodologies.
• To highlight the features of different Scripting Languages and Open source web
development.

Prerequisites: Knowledge in Programming, Operating Systems and Networks, www is

advantageous.

Unit I
HTML Essentials: Document Structure Elements - Text Formatting - Positioning tags -
List Tags - Table Formatting Tags - Other Tags. Exploring Javascript: Javascript and
HTML Text-Variables-Operators-Global Variables-Expressions – Operators –
Conditionals –Looping - Javascript Functions – Objects – Arrays.

Unit II
ASP fundamentals: Using Server – Side Includes- Learning the SSI Directives – Creating
Modular ASP Code. Using the Request Object: Using Form Information - Using Query

Department of Information Technology 20

String Information – Using Server Variables. Using the Response Object: Create Output –
Managing Output – Managing the Connection.

Unit III
Using Cookies: Introduction to Cookies – Cookies and Your Browser – Creating a
Cookie Modifying and removing Cookies – Tracking Preferences with Cookies. Using
the Application, Session, and Server Objects: The application Object - The Session
Object – The Server Object – Using the global .asa file. Active Data Objects Essentials:
Microsoft’s Universal Data Access Strategy – The Connection Object – The Record set
and Field Objects – The Command and Parameter Objects – Using the Errors Collection.

Unit IV
Creating Ajax Applications: Writing Ajax-Interacting with Server-Side Code-Passing
Data to Server- Side Scripts. XML and Ajax: Creating XML-Handling XML with
JavaScript-Retrieving Data from an XML Document-Handling White Space in the
Mozilla, Netscape, and Firefox Web Browsers-Handling White Space in a Cross-Browser
Way-Accessing XML Data Directly-Accessing XML Attributes Values-Validating Your
XML. Cascading Style Sheets and Ajax: Ajax-Enabled Menus-Getting Text Noticed in
Ajax Applications-Scrolling Text- Styling Text Using CSS- Styling Colors and
Backgrounds Using CSS-Styling Locations in Web Pages. Dynamic HTML and Ajax:
Creating Mouseovers - Using Dynamic Styles - Using document.write - Using Dynamic
HTML Methods to Update Part of a Page - Using Dynamic HTML Properties to Update
Part of a Page-Using Text Ranges to Update Part of a Page-Using createElement to
Create New Elements on the Fly Creating Dynamic Tables- Catching the User’s Attention
with Animation.

Unit V
PHP: The Structure of PHP- Expressions – Operators – Conditionals – Looping - Implicit
and Explicit casting - PHP Functions - Including and Requiring Files – Objects – PHP
Arrays: Basic Access – foreach - Multidimensional Arrays - Using Array Functions.
MySQL: Basics-Summary of Database Terms-Querying a MySQL Database with PHP-
practical example-Practical MySQL.

Text Books:
1. Eric A. Smith, ASP 3 Programming Bible, Wiley-Dreamtech, 2002. ISBN: 81-
265-0049-2.
2. Robin Nixon, Learning PHP, MySQL and Javascript, O’Reilly Media, Inc., 2009.
ISBN: 978-0-596-15713-5.
3. Steve Holzner, Ajax Bible, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2007. ISBN: 81-265-1217-2.

Reference Books:
1. Deitel & Deitel, Internet and world wide web – How to Program, Pearson
Prentice Hall, Fourth Edition, 2007. ISBN: 0131752421.
2. Keyton Weissinger, ASP in a Nutshell - A Desktop Reference, Second Edition,
O’Reilly & Associates, 2000. ISBN: 1-56592-843-1.
3. Janet Valade, PHP and MySQL for Dummies, Wiley Publishing, Inc., Fourth
Edition, 2010. ISBN: 978-0-470-52758-0.

10IT321 CLOUD COMPUTING

Credits: 3:1:0

Department of Information Technology 21

Course Objectives:
• To provide an insight into the evolution of Cloud Computing.
• To introduce the challenges in Cloud Computing.
• To impart basic knowledge on Architecture of Cloud Computing.
• To introduce various cloud application and developmental tools.

Unit I (The Evolution of Cloud Computing)

The Emergence of Cloud Computing, Cloud based service offerings, Grid Computing Vs
Cloud Computing, Key characteristics of Cloud Computing, Challenges for the cloud,
Various Technological revolution that contributes to the evolution of Cloud - Hardware
Evolution, Internet software Evolution, Server Virtualization; Services delivered over
Cloud – Infrastructure as a Service, Platform as a service, Software as a service.

Unit II (Cloud Architectures)

Cloud computing infrastructure models- public, private and hybrid clouds, Architectural
layers of Cloud computing, Cloud application programming interfaces; Architectural
considerations for IaaS – CPU virtualization( hypervisors), storage virtualization (SAN,
ISCSI), Network virtualization( VLAN);Case Study- Amazon EC2, S3, DB, Queues,
Cloud Front.

Unit III (Security issues in Cloud Computing)

Cloud Security Challenges, security management, security governance, risk management,
risk assessment, security monitoring and incident response, Security architecture design,
Vulnerability Assessment, password assurance testing, security images, data privacy, data
security, application security, virtual machine security, Identity Access management,
physical security, Business continuity and disaster recovery, Is security as a service the
New MSSP?

Unit IV (Common Standards and Backbone Technologies for the Emergence of

Cloud Computing)
Distributed Management Task Force, Standards for Application Developers- Ajax, XML,
JSON, LAMP, LAPP, Standards for Messaging – SMTP, POP,IMAP, Atom, APP, RSS,
HTTP, SIMPLE, XMPP, Standards for Security- SAML OAuth, SSL/TLS, OpenID; SOA
as a step towards Cloud; Role of Virtualization in the Cloud.

Unit V (Cloud Computing Applications and Tools for development)

YouTube-YouTube API overview, Widgets, YouTube player APIs, The You Tube
Custom Player, YouTube data API, Zimbra- Zimbra Collobration Suite (ZCS), Facebook
– Facebook development, Zoho – Zoho cloud SQL, Introduction to MapReduce-
Discussion of Google paper, Big Tables, GFS, HDFS, Hadoop Framework, Hadoop
Framework examples

Text Book:
1. Cloud Computing - Implementation, Management & Security, John W.
Rittinghouse, James F. Ransome, CRC Press, 2010.

Reference Books:
1. Judith Hurich, Robin Bloor, Marcia Kaufman, Fern Halper, Cloud Computing for
Dummies, Wiley Publication Inc., 2010.
2. Tom White, Hadoop the Definite Guide, O’REILLY, 2009.

Department of Information Technology 22

 3. George Reese, Cloud Application Architectures, O’REILLY, 2009.
4. Tim Mather, Subra Kumarasamy, Shahed Latif, Cloud Security and Privacy,
O’REILLY, 2009.
5. Introduction to Cloud Computing Architecture, White paper, SUN, Microsystems,
1st edition, June 2009.
6. Cloud Computing Specialist Certification kit.

10IT322 MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATION FOR IMAGE AND VIDEO

PROCESSING
Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
• To understand basic mathematical concepts and signal processing involved in
image processing and provide basic idea behind image segmentation.

Unit I (Linear Algebra)

Rank of a matrix – Consistency of linear system of equations – Eigen value problem –
Eigen values and eigenvectors of a real matrix – Characteristic equation – Properties of
eigen values and eigenvectors – Cayley –Hamilton theorem (without proof) –Similarity
transformation (concept only) – Orthogonal matrices – Orthogonal transformation of a
symmetric matrix to diagonal form – Reduction of quadratic form to canonical form by
orthogonal transformation. Transforms: Fourier transforms pairs, Properties, Cosine
transforms, Wavelet transforms.

Unit II (Differentiation Techniques)

Derivatives of elementary function from first principle – Derivatives of inverse functions
–Logarithmic differentiation – Differentiation of parametric functions – Second order
derivatives.

Unit III (Integration Techniques)

Integrals of functions – Methods of integration – Decomposition method – Method of
substitution – Integration by parts.

Unit IV (Filters)
Spatial Domain methods: Basic grey level transformation – Histogram equalization –
Image subtraction – Image averaging –Spatial filtering: Smoothing, sharpening filters –
Laplacian filters – Frequency domain filters: Smoothing – Sharpening filters –
Homomorphic filtering.

Unit V (Segmentation)
Edge detection – Thresholding - Region Based segmentation – Boundary representation:
chair codes- Polygonal approximation – Boundary segments – boundary descriptors:
Simple descriptors-Fourier descriptors - Regional descriptors –Simple descriptors.

Text Books:
1. Grewal, B.S., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Thirty Sixth Edition, Khanna
Publishers, Delhi, 2001.
2. S Salivahanan, Digital Signal Processing, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2000.
3. Gonzalez and Woods, Digital Image Processing, Third Edition, 2008.

Department of Information Technology 23

Karunya University Department of Information Technology

ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS

S.No. Subject Code Subject Name Credits

1. 11IT201 Data Structures and Algorithms 3:0:0
2. 10IT323 Multimedia Design, Storage and Analysis 4:0:0
3. 11IT301 Internetworking 4:0:0
4. 11IT302 Information Storage and Management 4:0:0
5. 11IT303 Analysis of Algorithms 4:0:0
6. 11IT304 Elements of Multimedia Systems 4:0:0
7. 11IT305 Multimedia Communication 4:0:0
8. 11IT306 Wireless Sensor Networks 4:0:0
9. 11IT307 IP Telephony 4:0:0

11IT201 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
• To learn and to be able to judge the appropriateness of alternate implementations of
elementary data structures such as Stacks, Queues, Trees, and Graphs in computer
programming.
• To learn different sorting methods and applications

Unit I
Introduction to Data Structures - Stacks – Introduction to Recursion – Principles of Recursion –
Back Tracking: Postponing the work – Queues – Definitions – Implementation of Queues –
Circular Queues – Application of Queues: Simulation – Linked Queues.

Unit II
List Specification - Implementation of Lists – Linked list in Arrays - Searching: Introduction and
Notation – Sequential Search – Binary Search – Comparison Trees.

Unit III
Sorting: Introduction and Notation – Insertion Sort – Selection Sort – Shell Sort – Divide and
Conquer Sorting, Merge sort for Linked Lists – Quick Sort for Contiguous Lists – Heap and Heap
Sort – Table and Information Retrieval - Introduction - Rectangular Arrays – Tables of Various
Shapes – Application: Radix Sort – Hashing.

Unit IV
Binary Trees – Binary Search Trees – Building a Binary Search Trees – Height Balance: AVL
Trees – Multi way Trees: B-Trees.

Unit V
Graphs: Mathematical Background – Graph Traversal - Topological Sorting – A Greedy
Algorithm – The Polish Notation: The Problem – The Idea – Evaluation of polish notation –
Translation from infix to Polish form.

Text Book:

Academic Information 1
Karunya University Department of Information Technology
1. Robert L.Kruse, Bruce P Leung and Clovis L.Tondo, Data Structures and Program Design,
Prentice Hall, Second Edition, 1997, ISBN -81-203-2097-2

Reference Books:
1. Mark Allen Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithms Analysis in C++, Second Edition,
Pearson Education, 1999. ISBN: 81-7808-670-0.
2. Peter Smith, Applied Data Structures with C++, First Edition, Narosa Publishers, 2004.
ISBN: 81-7319-617-6.
3. Sartaj Sahni, Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++, Second Edition, Silicon
Press, 2005. ISBN: 81-7371-522-X.

10IT323 MULTIMEDIA DESIGN, STORAGE AND ANALYSIS

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
• To provide a more dynamic fully integrated multimedia working systems by combining
audio and video with text, image, graphics and animation.
• To present step-by-step approach to multimedia system design.
• To introduce multimedia standards, compression and decompression technologies as well
as various storage technologies.
• To introduce the fundamental concepts of content based information retrieval of images,
Audio and video.

UNIT 1
Multimedia Compression: Multimedia Elements, Applications, System architecture, Evolving
Technologies, Objects, Multimedia Data Interface Standards, The Need For Data Compression,
Multimedia Databases, Types of Compression, Binary Image compression Schemes, Color, Gray
Scale And Still, video Image Compression, Video image compression, Audio Compression.

UNIT II
Storage and Retrieval: Magnetic Media Technology, Optical media, Hierarchical Storage
Management, Cache management, Architectural and Telecommunication Considerations,
Specialized Computational Processors, Memory Systems-Multimedia Board Solutions,
LAN/WAN Connectivity, Distributed Object Models.

UNIT III
Application Design: Application classes, Virtual reality design, Organizing Databases,
Application Workflow Design Issues , Distributed Application Design Issues, Authoring
Systems, Hypermedia , UID, Information Access, Hypermedia Messaging, Mobile Message,
Components , Linking and Embedding, Creating Hypermedia Messages, Message Standards,
Integrated Document Management.

UNIT IV
Video analysis and summarization at structural and semantic levels: Introduction, Scene analysis,
Event analysis, Video Summarization. Content-based retrieval for digital audio and music:
Introduction, Audio Feature Extraction, Generic Audio Classification and retrieval, Music Content
Analysis, Content-based Music Retrieval, Case Study. MPEG-7 Multimedia Content Description
Standard: Introduction, Context and Applications, MPEG-7 Constructs, MPEG-7 Conceptual
Model, MPEG-7 Description Definition Language, MPEG-7 Multimedia Description Schemes,
MPEG-7 Audio Description Tools, MPEG-7 Visual Description Tools, Beyond MPEG-7.
UNIT V

Academic Information 2
Karunya University Department of Information Technology
Object repositories for digital libraries: Introduction, Digital Objects vs. Files, Naming and
Location, Redundant Encoding for Reliability, Metadata, Digital Object Repositories. Information
discovery on the world-wide-web: Introduction, Web-structure Mining, Web-log mining.
Cooperative Multimedia Information systems: Introduction, Review of Cooperative Multimedia
Information Systems, Architectural examples, Management Issues.

Text Books:
1. Prabhat K. Andleigh and Kiran Thakrar , Multimedia Systems Design, Prentice Hall, 2008,
ISBN -978- 81-203-2177-9.
2. David Dagan Feng, Wan-Chi Siu, Hong-Jiang Zhang (Eds.), Multimedia Information
Retrieval and Management Technological Fundamentals and Applications, Springer, 2003.
ISBN: 978-3-540-00244-4.

Reference Books:
1. Nigel Chapman and Jenny Chapman, Digital Multimedia , John Wiley and Sons Private
Limited, 2001, ISBN: 0471983861.
2. William I. Grosky, Ramesh Jain, Rajiv Mehrotra, The Handbook of Multimedia
Information Management, Prentice Hall PTR, 1997. ISBN: 0132073250, 9780132073257
3. Ze-Nian Li. Mark S. Drew, Fundamentals of Multimedia, First Edition 2004, ISBN: 81-
297-0-438-2.
4. Tay Vaughan, Multimedia Making it work, Sixth Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003. ISBN-
13: 978-0072230000.
5. John F. Koegel Buford, Multimedia Systems, Third Edition, 2000, ISBN: 8177588273.

11IT301 INTERNETWORKING
Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
• To understand the layers of TCP/IP and how all protocols in the TCP/IP suite fit into the
five-layer model.
• To understand the possibilities of interconnecting multiple physical networks into a
coordinated system.
• To learn the details of the global TCP/IP internet including the architecture of its router
system and the application protocols it supports.
• To learn the working principles of Multiprotocol Label Switching.

Pre-requisites: Fundamentals of Computer Networks.

Unit I
Layering – TCP/IP Layering – Internet Addresses – The Domain Name System –Encapsulation –
Demultiplexing – Port Numbers - Ethernet and IEEE 802 Encapsulation -Trailer Encapsulation –
SLIP – Compressed SLIP – PPP – Loopback Interface - MTU –Path MTU - IP Header – IP
Routing – Subnet Addressing – Subnet Mask – Special Case IP Addresses – IPv6 Addressing –
IPv6 Protocol - ARP Packet Format – Proxy ARP –Gratuitous ARP – RARP Packet Format –
ICMP Message Types.

Unit II
IP Routing Principles – ICMP Host and Network Unreachable Errors – ICMP Redirect Errors –
ICMP Router Discovery Messages - Dynamic Routing – RIP – RIP Version 2 –OSPF – BGP –
CIDR - User Datagram Protocol –Broadcasting and Multicasting-IGMP-DNS Basics – DNS
Message Format –Resource Records – TFTP Protocol – BOOTP Packet Format.

Unit III

Academic Information 3
Karunya University Department of Information Technology
TCP Services – TCP Header – TCP Connection Establishment and Termination –TCP Interactive
Data Flow-TCP Timeout and Retransmission- TCP Persist Timer-TCP Keepalive Timer-SNMP
Protocol –Telnet and Rlogin – FTP Protocol – SMTP Protocol – NFS Protocol.

Unit IV
MPLS Introduction - Label Switching Basics – Switching and Forwarding Operations – MPLS
Key Concepts.

Unit V
Label Distribution Operations - MPLS and ATM and Frame Relay Networks - Traffic
Engineering-OSPF in MPLS Networks.

Text Books:
1. W. Richard Stevens, TCP/IP Illustrated Volume – I, The Protocols, Pearson Education,
2000. ISBN: 81-7808-101-6.
2. Uyless Black, MPLS and Label Switching Networks, Pearson Education, Second Edition,
2002. ISBN: 81-7808-650-6.
3. Behrouz A. Forouzan, TCP/IP Protocol Suite, Tata McGraw Hill, Fourth Edition, 2006.
ISBN: 0-07-060004-Xs.

Reference Book:
1. Douglas E. Comer, Internetworking with TCP/IP – Principles, Protocols and Architecture,
Pearson Education, Fifth Edition, 2007. ISBN: 978-81-203-2998-0.

11IT302 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
• Evaluate storage architecture; understand logical and physical components of a storage
infrastructure including storage subsystems
• Describe storage networking technologies such as FC-SAN, NAS, IP-SAN and data
archival solution – CAS
• Identify different storage virtualization technologies and their benefits
• Understand and articulate business continuity solutions including, backup and recovery
technologies, and local and remote replication solutions
• Define information security, and storage security domains
• Identify parameters of managing and monitoring storage infrastructure and describe
common storage management activities and solutions

Unit I
Introduction to Information Storage: Information Storage – Evolution of Storage Technology and
Architecture – Data Centre Infrastructure – Key Challenges in Managing Information –
Information Lifecycle , Storage System Environment: Components of a Storage System
Environment – Disk Drive Components – Disk Drive Performance – Fundamental Laws
Governing Disk Performance – Logical Components of the Host – Application Requirements and
Disk Performance, Data Protection: RAID: Implementation of RAID – RAID Array Components –
RAID Levels – RAID Comparison – RAID Impact on Disk Performance – Hot Spares

Unit II
Intelligent Storage System: Components of an Intelligent Storage System – Intelligent Storage
Array - Direct Attached Storage and Introduction to SCSI: Types of DAS – DAS Benefits and

Academic Information 4
Karunya University Department of Information Technology
Limitations – Disk Drive Interfaces – Introduction to Parallel SCSI – SCSI Command Model,
Storage Area Networks: Fibre Channel Overview – The SAN and its Evolution – Components of
SAN – FC Connectivity – Fibre Channel Ports – Fibre Channel Architecture – Zoning – Fibre
Channel Login Types – FC Topologies

Unit III
Network Attached Storage : General Purpose Servers vs NAS Devices – Benefits of NAS – NAS
File I/O – Components of NAS – NAS Implementations – NAS File Sharing Protocols – NAS I/O
Operations – Factors affecting NAS Performance and Availability, IP SAN: iSCSI – FCIP,
Content Addressed Storage : Fixed Content and Archives – Types of Archives – Features and
Benefits of CAS – CAS Architecture – Object Storage and Retrieval in CAS – CAS Examples,
Storage Virtualization: Forms of Virtualization – SNIA Storage Virtualization Taxonomy –
Storage Virtualization Configurations – Storage Virtualization Challenges – Types of Storage
Virtualization

Unit IV
Introduction to Business Continuity: Information Availability – BC Terminology – BC Planning
Life Cycle – Failure Analysis – Business Impact Analysis – BC Technology Solutions, Backup
and Recovery: Backup Purpose – Backup Considerations – Backup Granularity – Recovery
Considerations – Backup Methods – Backup Process – Backup and Restore Operations – Backup
Topologies – Backup in NAS Environments – Backup Technologies, Local Replication: Source
and Target – Uses of Local Replicas – Data Consistency – Local Replication Technologies –
Restore and Restart Considerations – Creating Multiple Replicas – Management Interface,
Remote Replication: Modes of Remote Replication – Remote Replication Technologies – Network
Infrastructure

Unit V
Securing the Storage Infrastructure: Storage Security Framework – Risk Triad – Storage Security
Domains – Security Implementations in Storage Networking, Managing the Storage Infrastructure:
Monitoring the Storage Infrastructure – Storage Management Activities – Storage Infrastructure
Management Challenges – Developing an Ideal Solution

Text Books:
1. EMC Corporation, Information Storage and Management, Wiley Publishing Inc. USA,
2009, ISBN 978-81-265-2147-0.
2. Tom Clark, Designing Storage Area Networks: A Practical Reference for Implementing
Fibre Channel and IP SANs, Addison Wesley, Second Edition, 2003, ISBN 978-
0321136503.

Reference Books:
1. Robert Spalding, Storage Networks: The Complete Reference, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003,
ISBN 978-0-07-053292-2.
2. Meeta Gupta, Storage Area Network Fundamentals, Cisco Press, 2002, ISBN 1-58705-065-
X.

11IT303 ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
• To learn the basics of various algorithms
• To learn and understand the various sorting and searching methods.
• To learn the fundamentals of Algebraic problems.

Academic Information 5
Karunya University Department of Information Technology

Unit I
Introduction: What is an Algorithm? , Algorithm Specification, Performance Analysis,
Randomized Algorithms. Elementary Data Structures: Stacks and Queues, Trees, Priority Queues,
Graphs.

Unit II
Divide and Conquer: General Method, Binary Search, Finding the maximum and minimum, Merge
sort, Quick sort, Selection, Strassen’s Matrix Multiplication, Convex Hull.

Unit III
The Greedy method: The general method, Knapsack Problem, Tree vertex Splitting, Job
Sequencing with deadlines, Minimum-cost spanning trees, Optima storage on tapes. Dynamic
Programming: The general method, All pairs shortest paths, Single-source shortest paths – Optimal
binary search trees – The traveling salesperson problem. Basic Traversal and Search Techniques:
Techniques for Binary trees, Techniques for graphs, Connected components and spanning trees,
Biconnected components and DFS.

Unit IV
Backtracking: The general method, The 8-Queens problem, Sum of Subsets, Graph Coloring,
Hamiltonian Cycles, Knapsack Problem. Branch –And-Bound: The Method, 0/1 Knapsack
Problem, Traveling Salesperson(*), Efficiency Considerations.

Unit V
Algebraic Problems: The general method, Evaluation and Interpolation, The fast Fourier
transform, Modular Arithmetic, Even Faster Evaluation and Interpolation. NP-Hard and NP-
Complete Problems: Basic concepts, Cook’s theorem, NP-Hard Graph Problems, NP-Hard
Scheduling Problems, NP-Hard Code generation problems, Some simplified NP-Hard problems.

Text Book:
1. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Sanguthevar Rajasekaran, Computer Algorithms, Second
Edition, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd, 2001. ISBN: 0929306414.

Reference Book:
1. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Sanguthevar Rajasekaran, Computer Algorithms/ C++,
Second Edition, University Press(India) Pvt. Ltd, 2008. ISBN: 13:978 81 7371 611 9.
2. Mark Allen Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++, Second Edition,
Pearson Education, 2005. ISBN: 81-7808-670-0.
3. Robert Kruse, C.L.Tondo, Bruce Leung, Data Structures and Program design in C, Second
Edition, Pearson Education, 2003. ISBN: 81-7808-496-1.

11IT304 ELEMENTS OF MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
• To learn the basic components of multimedia
• To understand the fundamentals of media components such as audio, video and images
• To learn and understand the need of data compression

Academic Information 6
Karunya University Department of Information Technology
• To understand various compression methods
• To understand colour schemes in multimedia
• To learn the fundamentals of storage mechanisms in multimedia

Unit I
Introduction: Interdisciplinary aspects of Multimedia-Media characteristics-Media compression-
Optical storage-Content Processing-Media and Data Streams: The term “Multimedia” –The term
“Media” –Key properties of a multimedia system – Characterizing Data Streams –Audio
Technology: What is Sound-Audio representation on computers-Music and the MIDI Standard –
Speech Signals-Speech Output-Speech Input-Speech Transmission.

Unit II
Graphics and Images –Introduction –Capturing graphics and Images – Computer assisted Graphics
and Image Processing – Reconstructing Images – graphics and Image Output Options – Video
Technology: Basics – Television Systems – Digitization of video signals – Digital television –
Computer Based Animation: Basic Concepts – Specification of Animations – Methods of
controlling Animation – Display of animation – Transmission of Animation – Virtual reality
modeling language(VRML)

Unit III
Graphics and Image Data Representations: Graphics/Image Data Types-Popular File Formats-
Further Exploration-Colour in Image and video: Colour Science-Colour Models in Images-Colour
Models In video

Unit IV
Data Compression: Storage space – Coding Requirements – Source, Entropy, and Hybrid Coding –
Basic Compression Techniques – JPEG – H.261 and H.263-MPEG – Fractal Compression-
Wavelet Based Coding-The JPEG2000 Standard

Unit V
Optical Storage Media: History of optical storage – Basic Technology – Video Discs and other
WORMs – Compact disc digital audio – Compact Disc read only memory-CD-ROM Extended
Architecture-Further CD-ROM Based Developments-Compact Disc recordable-Compact Disc
Magneto-Optical-Compact Disc Read/Write-Digital Versatile Disc-Closing Observations, Content
Analysis: Simple vs Complex features- Analysis Of Individual Images- Analysis Of Image
Sequences-Audio Analysis-Applications

Text Books:
1. Ralf Steinmetz, Klara Nahrstedt, Multimedia Fundamentals, Pearson Education, Second
Edition, 2004. ISBN: 978-81-317-0976-4.
2. Ze-Nian Li and Mark S. Drew, Fundamentals of Multimedia, Pearson Education, 2004.
ISBN 81-297-0438-2.

Reference Books:
1. J-R Ohm, Multimedia Communication Technology, Springer-Verlag, 2004. ISBN: 3-540-
01249-4.
2. Daniel Cunliffe, Geoff Elliott, Multimedia Computing, Crucial, 2003. ISBN: 1-903337-18-
6.

11IT305 MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATION

Credits: 4:0:0

Academic Information 7
Karunya University Department of Information Technology

Course Objective:
• To learn the multimedia communication standards and compression techniques.
• To learn the Internet protocols.
• To learn the Multimedia communication across the networks.

Unit I
Multimedia Communications: Introduction-Multimedia networks-Multimedia applications-
Applications and networking terminology- Audio compression and Video Compression

Unit II
Standards for Multimedia Communications: Introduction-Reference models-Standards relating to
interpersonal communications-Standards relating to interactive applications over the Internet-
Standards for entertainment applications. Digital communication basics: Transmission media-
Sources of signal impairment-Asynchronous transmission-Synchronous transmission-Error
Detection methods

Unit III
The Internet: IP datagrams-Fragmentation and reassembly-IP addresses-ARP and RARP- Routing
algorithms-ICMP-QoS support-The PPP link layer protocol-IPv6-IPv6/IPv4 interoperability

Unit IV
Broadband ATM networks: Cell format and switching principles- Switch architectures-Protocol
architecture. Entertainment networks and high-speed modems: Cable TV networks-Satellite
television networks-Terrestrial television networks-High-speed PSTN access technologies-
Transport protocols: TCP/IP protocol suite-UDP-RTP and RTCP

Unit V
Multimedia Communications Across Networks: Packet Audio/Video in the network Environment -
Video transport across generic networks-Multimedia transport across ATM networks – Multimedia
across IP networks – Multimedia across DSLs – Internet access Networks – Multimedia across
wireless - Mobiles Networks – Broadcasting Networks – Digital Television infrastructure for
interactive multimedia services

Text Books:
1. Fred Halsall, Multimedia Communications, Pearson, Seventh Indian Reprint, 2005. ISBN:
81-7808-532-1.
2. K .R. Rao, Zaron S. Bojkovic, Dragorad A. Milocanovic, Multimedia Communication
Systems, Prentice Hall India, 2002. ISBN: 81-203-2145-6.

Reference Book:
1. Steve Heath, Multimedia and Communication Technology, Second Edition, Focal Press,
2003. ISBN: 81-8147-145-8.

11IT306 WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
• To gain knowledge about the applications of wireless sensor networks
• To learn the technologies and protocols used
• To gain insight on managing the wireless sensor network

Unit I

Academic Information 8
Karunya University Department of Information Technology
Introduction and Overview of Wireless Sensor Networks: Background of Sensor Network
Technology – Application of Sensor Networks-Basic overview of the technology- Basic Sensor
Network Architectural Elements- Survey of Sensor Networks - Applications of Sensor
Networks: Introduction- Background-Range of Applications-Examples of Category 2 WSN
Applications- Examples of Category 1 WSN Applications-Taxonomy of WSN Technology.

Unit II
Basic Wireless Sensor Technology: Introduction-Sensor Node Technology-Sensor Taxonomy-WN
Operating Environment-WN Trends -Wireless Transmission Technology and Systems: Radio
Technology Primer-Propagation and Propagation Impairments- Available Wireless Technologies-
Campus Applications- MAN/WAN Applications.

Unit III
Medium Access Control Protocols for Wireless Sensor Networks: Introduction-Background-
Fundamentals of MAC Protocols-Performance Requirements-Common Protocols-MAC Protocols
for WSNs-Sensor-MAC Case Study-IEEE 802.15.4 LR –WPANs Standard Case Study-PHY
Layer-MAC Layer.

Unit IV
Routing Protocols for Wireless Sensor Networks: Data Dissemination and Gathering-Routing
Challenges and Design Issues in Wireless Sensor Networks-Routing Strategies in Wireless Sensor
Networks- Transport Control Protocols for Wireless Sensor Networks: Traditional Transport
Control Protocols- Transport Protocol Design Issues- Examples of Existing Transport Control
Protocols-Performance of Transport Control Protocols- Middleware for Wireless Sensor Networks
:WSN Middleware Principles-Middleware Architecture-Existing Middleware.

Unit V
Network Management for Wireless Sensor Networks-Traditional Network Management Models-
Network Management Design Issues-Example of Management Architecture: MANNA-Naming –
Localization Operating Systems for Wireless Sensor Networks-Design Issues-Examples of
Operating Systems Performance and Traffic Management – WSN Design Issues –Performance
Modelling of WSNs-Case Study Simple Computation of the System Life Span.

Text Book:
1. Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli and Taieb Znati, Wireless Sensor Networks: Technology,
Protocols, and Applications, John Wiley & Sons, 2007, 978-0471743002.

Reference Books:
1. Mohammad Ilyas and Imad MahGoub (Editors), Handbook of Sensor Network: Compact
Wireless and Wire Sensing System, CRC Press, 2005, ISBN 0-8493-1968-4.
2. Holger Karl and Andreas Willig, Protocols and Architectures for Wireless Sensor
Networks, John Wiley & Sons, 2007, 978-0471718161.

11IT307 IP TELEPHONY
Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
• To learn technology basics of IP telephony
• To understand the protocols that support VOIP

Unit I

Academic Information 9
Karunya University Department of Information Technology
Protocols for Voice over IP and Interactive Applications: IP Telephony Fundamentals – SGCP,
MGCP and NCS overviews – H.323 An Overview of the ITU-T Approach for VOIP Telephony –
SIP Summary of Features of the Session Initiation Protocol

Unit II
Media Transport in Packet Networks: RTP and RTCP Definition for Media Transport in IP
Networks – RSVP The Resource Reservation Protocol – A Quick look at AAL2 for Voice
Transport – Edge Bandwidth Management A look at AAL2

Unit III
Basic Call Control for Voice Telephony: An overview of SS7 – The Services of SSCP and TCAP
– Call Control in packet networks – Heterogeneous Call Setup – Mapping SS7 to IP based Call
Control – Closing thoughts on mixed network voice Telephony

Unit IV
Metrics for Voice Quality: Voice Quality in Converging TDM and IP Networks – Auditory
perception and Testing Methodologies – Perceptual Speech Quality Measurement – Voice Quality
Test Instrumentation – Echo measurement and Control

Unit V
Voiceband Call considerations A detailed look at Fax: A look at a Real-time Trace of the T.30
Protocol – Fax over packet networks – Real time Internet Fax – Basics of V.34 Fax – Group 3 Fax
error Correction mode(ECM) – Voiceband Data transport Revisited AAL2

Text Book:
1. Bill Douskalis, IP Telephony: The integration of Robust VoIP Services, Pearson Education,
2002, ISBN: 81-7808-285-3

Reference Book:
1. Kevin Brown, IP Telephony Unveiled, CISCO Press, 2004, ISBN 1-58720-075-9.

Academic Information 10
 LIST OF SUBJECTS

Sub. Code Name of the Subject Credits

12IT201 Signals and Systems 4:0:0
12IT202 Information Coding Techniques 3:0:0
12IT203 Principles of Mobile Communication 3:0:0
12IT204 Computer Architecture 3:0:0
12IT205 Data Structures and Algorithms 3:0:0
12IT206 Digital Principles and System Design 3:0:0
12IT207 Microprocessor and Interfacing 3:0:0
12IT208 Cryptography and Network Security 3:0:0
12IT209 Computer Networks 3:0:0
12IT210 Communication Engineering 3:0:0
12IT211 Web Technology 3:0:0
12IT212 Multimedia Systems and Design 3:0:0
12IT213 CASE Tools Lab 0:0:2
12IT214 Data Structures and Algorithms in C++ 0:0:2
12IT215 Web Technology and Multimedia Lab 0:0:2
12IT216 Digital Design Lab 0:0:2
12IT217 Network Security Lab 0:0:2
12IT218 Microprocessor and Interfacing Lab 0:0:2
12IT219 Networking Lab 0:0:2
12IT220 Computer Graphics 3:0:0
12IT221 Software Testing 3:0:0
12IT222 Software Project Management 3:0:0
12IT223 E-Commerce 3:0:0
12IT224 User Interface Design 3:0:0
12IT225 Essential of Information Technology 3:0:0
12IT226 Computer Hardware and Peripherals Lab 0:0:2
12IT227 Embedded Systems 3:0:0
12IT301 Mobile Computing and Communication 4:0:0
12IT302 High Performance Communication Networks 4:0:0
12IT303 Analysis, Architecture and Design of Networks 4:0:0
12IT304 Wireless Networks Lab 0:0:2
12IT305 Internetworking and Web Technology Lab 0:0:2
12IT306 Network Design and Management Lab 0:0:2
12IT307 Information Security Lab 0:0:2
12IT308 Advanced Communication Engineering 3:0:0
12IT309 Internetworking 4:0:0
12IT310 Network Management 3:0:0
12IT311 Web Technology 4:0:0
12IT312 Information Storage Management 4:0:0
12IT313 Cloud Computing 3:1:0
12IT314 Grid Computing 4:0:0
12IT315 Wireless Sensor Networks 4:0:0
12IT316 Soft Computing 4:0:0
12IT317 Wireless Security 4:0:0
12IT318 Virtual Reality Technology 4:0:0

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-0

 12IT319 Internetworking Multimedia 4:0:0
12IT320 Digital Image Processing Lab 0:0:2
12IT321 Computer Graphics Lab 0:0:2
12IT322 Elements of Multimedia Systems 4:0:0
12IT323 Computer Graphics 3:0:0
12IT324 Computer Vision 4:0:0
12IT325 Multimedia Communication 4:0:0
12IT326 Computer Animation 3:0:0
12IT327 Computer Vision Lab 0:0:2
12IT328 Animation Lab 0:0:2
12IT329 Interactive Game Design 4:0:0
12IT330 Multimedia Database 4:0:0
12IT331 Mathematical Foundation for Image and video Processing 4:0:0
12IT332 User Interface Design 4:0:0
12IT333 Software Project Management 3:0:0

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-1

 12IT201 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
• To develop continuous-time and discrete-time concepts/methods in parallel, highlighting
the similarities and differences
• To feature introductory treatments to applications in areas such as filtering, communication
and sampling.

Course Outcome:
• Students will able to understand the fundamental characteristics of signals and systems for
both analog and discrete domain
• Students will able to understand the concept of impulse response and convolution in both
analog and discrete time domain.
• Students will able to obtain the mathematical skills to solve problems involving
convolution, filtering, modulation and sampling.
• Students will able to understand the concept of sampling and reconstruction of analog
signals.
• Students will able to understand the concept of Laplace transform and Z-transform and
their applications in analysis of linear and time-invariant analog and discrete systems.

Unit I
SIGNAL AND SYSTEMS: Introduction – Continuous Time and Discrete Time signals –
Transformations of independent variable – Exponential and sinusoidal signals – Unit Impulse and
Unit Step functions – Continuous Time and Discrete Time systems – Basic system properties.

Unit II
LINEAR TIME INVARIANT SYSTEMS: Introduction – Discrete Time LTI systems:
Convolution sum – Continuous Time LTI systems: Convolution Integral – Properties of Linear
Time-Invariant systems – Causal LTI systems described by differential and difference equations –
Singularity functions.
Unit III
FILTERING, TIME AND FREQUENCY CHARACTERIZATION: Frequency shaping and
selective filters, Time and frequency characterization Introduction – Magnitude phase
representation of Fourier transform – Magnitude phase representation of the frequency response of
LTI system – Time Domain properties of ideal frequency selective filters – Time Domain and
Frequency Domain aspects of non ideal filters – First order, Second order continuous time system -
First order, Second order discrete time system – Example of time and frequency domain analysis
of systems

Unit IV
SAMPLING: Introduction – Representation of continuous time signal by its samples: Sampling
Theorem – Reconstruction of signal from its samples using interpolation – Effect of under
sampling: aliasing – Discrete time processing of continuous time signals – Sampling of discrete
time signals – Analysis and Characterization of LTI system using the Laplace Transform, System
function algebra and block diagram representation – Unilateral Laplace transform.

Unit V
REPRESENTING SIGNALS BY USING DISCRETE – TIME COMPLEX EXPONETIALS:
The Z-transform: Introduction – Region of convergence of Z transform – The inverse Z transform
– Geometric evolution of the fourier transform from the Pole-Zero plot – Properties of the Z
transform – Some common Z transform pairs - Analysis and Characterization of LTI system using

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-2

the Z Transform – System function algebra and block diagram representation – Unilateral Z
transform.

Text Book:
1. Alan V Oppenhiem, Alan S Wilsky, and Hamid Nawab S, “Signals and Systems”, second
edition, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2006, ISBN 0138097313.

Reference Books:
1. John G.Proakis and Dimitris G.Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing, Principles,
Algorithms and Applications, Third Edition., PHI, 2007, ISBN 0133737624.
2. Rodger E. Ziemer, William H. Tranter, D. Ronald Fannin, “Signals and Systems:
Continuous and Discrete”, Fourth Edition, Prentice Hall, 2001, ISBN 0024316504.
3. Simon Haykin and Barry Van Veen, “Signals and Systems”, Second Edition, John Wiley &
Sons Inc., New York, 2003, ISBN 0471164747.
4. Steven T. Karris “Signals and Systems: With MATLAB Applications”, Second
Edition,Orchard Publications, 2003,ISBN 970951167.

12IT202 INFORMATION CODING TECHNIQUES

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
• To get started in practice of Information Engineering
• To provide idea of Channels and channel capacity
• To study the features the introduction of various Error control codes

Course Outcome:

• Students will be able to evaluate performance of various coding techniques

• Students will be able to understand advanced coding theory of next generation broadband
communication systems
• Students will be able to understand the concepts of cryptography fundamentals

Unit I
SOURCE CODING: Introduction to Information Coding – Uncertainty and Information –
Average Mutual Information and Entropy – Information Measures for Continuous Random
Vriables – Source Coding Theorem – Huffman Coding – The Lempel-Ziv Algorithm – Run
Length Encoding and the PCX Format – Rate Distortion Function – Optimum Quantizer Design –
Introduction to Image Compression – The JPEG Standard for Lossless Compression - The JPEG
Standard for Lossy Compression

Unit II
CHANNEL CAPACITY AND CODING: Introduction- Channel models- Channel capacity-
Channel coding- Information capacity Theorem- The Shannon limit- Random selection of codes-
The discrete memoryless channel model-channel capacity and the binary symmetric channel- block
coding and Shannon second theorem- markov processes and source with memory- Markov chain
and data processing- constrained channels- autocorrelation and power spectrum sequences- data
translation codes.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-3

Unit III
LINEAR BLOCK CODES: Introduction- Definition- Matrix description-Equivalent codes-
Parity check codes- Decoding- Syndrome decoding- Error probability after decoding- Perfect
codes - Hamming codes- Optimal linear codes- Maximum distance separable codes

Unit IV
CYCLIC CODES & BOSE CHAUDHURI HOCQUENGHEM (BCH) CODES: Introduction
to cyclic codes- Polynomials-The division algorithm for polynomials method for generating cyclic
codes-Matrix description of cyclic codes-Burst error correction- Fire Codes- Golay Codes- Cyclic
Redundancy Check (CRC) Codes-Circuit Implementation of Cyclic Codes. Bose Chaudhuri
Hocquenghem (BCH) Codes: Introduction to BCH codes- Primitive elements-Minimal
polynomials-Generator Polynomials in terms of Minimal Polynomials-Some examples of BCH
codes-Decoding of BCH codes-Reed Solomon Codes - Implementation of Reed Solomon encoders
and decoders-Nested Codes.

Unit V
CONVOLUTIONAL CODES & TRELLIS CODED MODULATION (TCM): Introduction -
Tree codes and Trellis codes-Polynomial description (Analytical Representation)-Distance
Notions-The Generating Function-Matrix description- Viterbi decoding -Distance Bounds-
Performance Bounds-Known good convolutional codes- Turbo Codes-Turbo decoding. Trellis
Coded Modulation (Tcm): Introduction-The concept of Coded Modulation-Mapping by set
partitioning-Ungerboeck’s TCM Design Rules-TCM decoder Performance Evaluation for AWGN
Channel-Computation of dfree- TCM for Fading Channels.

Text Books:
1. Ranjan Bose, Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003,
ISBN 0070482977.
2. Richard B.Wells, Applied coding and Information Theory for Engineers, Pearson
Education, 2005, ISBN 8129704021

Reference Books:
1. Fred Halsall, Multimedia Communications, Applications Networks Protocols &
Standards, Pearson education, Asia 2002, ISBN 0201398184.
2. R.E.Blahut, Algebraic Codes for data Transmission, Cambridge University Press
Cambridge, UK.2003, ISBN 0521553741.
3. Todd K.Moon, Error Correction Coding, Wiley-Interscience, 2005, ISBN 0471739146.
4. Shu Lin and Daniel J. Costello, Error Control Coding, Second Edition, Prentice Hall,
2002, ISBN 0-13-042672-5.

12IT203 PRINCIPLES OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective
• To introduce the various protocols and technologies involved in mobile communication
• To impart to the students, basic knowledge of wireless transmission, LAN and ATM
• To make the students understand the fundamentals of mobile transport layer

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-4

Course Outcome
• Students will be equipped with in-depth knowledge of the principles of mobile
communication
• The students will acquire the basic concepts of satellite and telecommunication systems
and mobile transport layer.

Unit I
INTRODUCTION AND WIRELESS TRANSMISSION: History of Mobile Communication,
Simplified Reference Model, Wireless Transmission- Frequencies for radio transmission, Signals,
Antennas, Signal Propagation, Multiplexing, Modulation, Spread Spectrum, Cellular Systems,
Medium Access Control- SDMA, FDMA, TDMA, and CDMA ; Comparison of S/F/T/CDMA.

Unit II
TELECOMMUNICATION AND SATELLITE SYSTEMS: Telecommunication Systems-
GSM, DECT, TETRA, UMTS and IMT- 2000; Satellite Systems- Basics - Routing - Localization
– Handover.

Unit III
WIRELESS LAN AND HIPERLAN: Wireless LAN- Infrared Vs radio transmission,
Infrastructure and ad hoc networks, IEEE802.11, HYPERLAN, and Bluetooth.

Unit IV
WIRELESS ATM AND MOBILE NETWORK LAYER: Wireless ATM-Motivation, Working
group, WATM services, Reference model, Functions, Radio access layer, Handover, Location
management, Addressing, Quality of service, Access point control protocol; Mobile network layer-
Mobile IP, Dynamic host configuration protocol, Ad-hoc networks.

Unit V
MOBILE TRANSPORT LAYER AND SUPPORT FOR MOBILITY: Mobile transport layer-
Traditional TCP, Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP, Mobile TCP, Fast retransmission/ fast recovery,
Selective retransmission, Transaction oriented TCP; Support for mobility-Wireless application
protocol, mode, SyncML, WAP2.0.

Text Book
1. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communications, Pearson Education, Second Edition, 2004.
ISBN-10: 0321123816, ISBN-13: 9780321123817.

Reference Books
1. Yi-Bing Lin and Imrich Chlamtac, Wireless and Mobile Network Architecture, John Wiley
and Sons, Second Edition, 2001. ISBN: 0-471-39492-0.
2. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communications, Pearson Education, First Edition, 2000.

12IT204 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
• To provide a thorough discussion of the fundamentals of computer architecture.
• To discuss in detail the operation of the control UNIT and arithmetic operations.
• To study in detail the different types of control and the concept of pipelining.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-5

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to understand the architecture and organization of computer and
internal working.
• Students will be able to get a detailed knowledge about arithmetic, addressing modes
instruction execution, pipelining and working of micro-operations.

Unit I
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND CACHE: Computer organization & architecture,
Function & Structure, Top level view of computer components, Computer function, Interrupts,
Multiple interrupts, Cache memory.

Unit II
MEMORY SYSTEMS AND EXTERNAL DEVICES: Computer memory systems overview,
Semiconductor main memory, Error correction, Advanced DRAM organization, External devices
and I/O modules, Programmed I/O, Interrupt driven I/O, Direct Memory

Unit III
COMPUTER ARITHMETIC AND ADDRESSING: Computer Arithmetic - M/C instruction
characteristics, Types of operands, Types of operation, Transfer of control, Pentium operations,
PowerPC operations, Assembly language, Addressing, Pentium & PowerPC addressing modes

Unit IV
INTERNAL ORGANIZATION AND INSTRUCTION CYCLE: Processor and Register
organization, Instruction cycle, Instruction pipelining, Intel 80486 pipelining, Pentium & Power
PC processors.

Unit V
MICRO OPERATIONS: Micro operations, Control of the CPU, Intel 8085, Hardwired
implementation, Micro programmed control basic concept, Microinstruction sequencing,
Microinstruction execution.

Text Book:
1. William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture, Sixth Edition, Prentice Hall
India, 2003. ISBN: 81-7808-792-8.

Reference Books:
1. John P.Hayes, Computer Organization and Architecture, McGraw Hill, Third Edition,
1998. ISBN: 0-07-115997-5.
2. John L.Hennessy, David A.Patterson, Computer Architecture, Third Edition. ISBN: 81-
3. 8147-205-5.

12IT205 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
• To learn and to be able to judge the appropriateness of alternate implementations of
elementary data structures such as Stacks, Queues, Trees, and Graphs in computer
programming.
• To learn different sorting methods and applications.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-6

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to use and implement fundamental data structures including stacks,
queues, priority queues, lists and trees.
• Students will be able to implement search and sorting algorithms including the quick sort,
the heap sort and hashing.
• Students will be able to use recursion and Back Tracking to solve problems.

Unit I
ELEMENTARY DATA STRUCTURES: Introduction to Data Structures - Stacks – Introduction
to Recursion – Principles of Recursion –Back Tracking: Postponing the work – Queues –
Definitions – Implementation of Queues – Circular Queues – Application of Queues: Simulation –
Linked Queues.

Unit II
LISTS & SEARCHING: List Specification - Implementation of Lists – Linked list in Arrays -
Searching: Introduction and Notation – Sequential Search – Binary Search – Comparison Trees.

Unit III
SORTING: Introduction and Notation – Insertion Sort – Selection Sort – Shell Sort – Divide and
Conquer Sorting, Merge sort for Linked Lists – Quick Sort for Contiguous Lists – Heap and Heap
Sort – Table and Information Retrieval - Introduction - Rectangular Arrays – Tables of Various
Shapes – Application: Radix Sort – Hashing.

Unit IV
TREES: Binary Trees – Binary Search Trees – Building a Binary Search Trees – Height Balance:
AVL Trees – Multi way Trees: B-Trees.

Unit V
GRAPHS: Mathematical Background – Graph Traversal - Topological Sorting – A Greedy
Algorithm – The Polish Notation: The Problem – The Idea – Evaluation of polish notation –
Translation from infix to Polish form.

Text Book
1. Robert L.Kruse, Bruce P Leung and Clovis L.Tondo, Data Structures and Program Design,
Prentice Hall, Second Edition, 1997, 4th Indian Reprint 2003 ISBN – 81-7808-496-1.

Reference Books
1. Mark Allen Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithms Analysis in C++, Second Edition,
Pearson Education, 1999. ISBN: 81-7808-670-0.
2. Peter Smith, Applied Data Structures with C++, First Edition, Narosa Publishers, 2004.
ISBN: 81-7319-617-6.
3. Sartaj Sahni, Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++, Second Edition, Silicon
Press, 2005. ISBN: 81-7371-522-X.

12IT206 DIGITAL PRINCIPLES AND SYSTEM DESIGN

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
• To understand different methods used for the simplification of Boolean functions.
• To design and implement combinational, synchronous, and asynchronous sequential
circuits.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-7

 • To study the fundamentals of HDL.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to apply the principles of Boolean Algebra to manipulate and
minimize logic expressions and use of K-maps to minimize and optimize two-level logic
functions up to 5 variables
• Students will be able to understand the operation of latches, flip-flops, counters, registers,
and register transfers
• Students will be able to analyze the operation of sequential circuits built using various flip-
flops, the concepts of data paths, control UNITs and micro-operations and building block
of digital systems.
• Students will be able to design two-level logic functions with AND, OR, NAND, NOR and
XOR gates with minimum number of gate delays or literals, combinational circuits using
decoders, ROM, Synchronous Sequential and Asynchronous Sequential circuits

Unit I
BOOLEAN ALGEBRA AND LOGIC GATES: Review of binary number systems - Binary
arithmetic – Binary codes – Boolean algebra and theorems - Boolean functions – Simplifications
of Boolean functions using Karnaugh map – Logic gates.

Unit II
COMBINATIONAL LOGIC: Combinational circuits – Analysis and design procedures -
Circuits for arithmetic operations - Code conversion – Introduction to Hardware Description
Language (HDL).

Unit III
DESIGN WITH MSI DEVICES: Decoders and encoders - Multiplexers and demultiplexers -
Memory and programmable logic - HDL for combinational circuits.

Unit IV
SYNCHRONOUS SEQUENTIAL LOGIC: Sequential circuits – latches -Flip flops – Analysis
and design procedures - State reduction and state assignment - Shift registers – Counters - HDL for
registers and counters.

Unit V
ASYNCHRONOUS SEQUENTIAL LOGIC: Analysis and design procedure of asynchronous
sequential circuits - Reduction of state and flow tables – Race-free state assignment – Hazards.

Text Book:
1. M.Morris Mano, Digital Design, Fourth edition, Pearson Education, PHI 2007. ISBN
:0131989243

Reference Books:
1. Charles H.Roth, Jr. Fundamentals of Logic Design, Fifth Edition, Ontario-Thomson
Publications, 2006. ISBN: 0534378048.
2. Donald D.Givone, Digital Principles and Design, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003. ISBN
0072525037

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-8

 12IT207 MICROPROCESSORS AND INTERFACING

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
• The course deals with applications, organization, architecture and design of
microprocessors systems
• To implement interfacing from a microprocessors based system to peripheral devices

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to learn how the hardware and software components of a
microprocessor-based system work together to realize system-level features
• Students will be able to understand both hardware and software aspects of integrating
digital devices (such as memory and I/O interfaces) into microprocessor-based systems
• Students will be able to understand the operating principles of, and gain hands-on
experience with, common microprocessor peripherals such as UARTs, timers, and analog-
to-digital and digital-to-analog converters

Unit I
ARCHITECTURE OF 8088/86: Introduction – 8088 & 8086 Microprocessors architecture –
software model of 8088/8086Microprocessor – Memory address space & data organization – Data
types Segment registers and memory segmentation – Dedicated reserved and general use Memory
Instruction Pointer – Data Registers – Pointers and Index Registers – Status Registers Generating a
Memory Address – The Stack – I/O Address space

Unit II
PROGRAMMING 8088/86: Instruction set – Addressing Modes – Integer instructions and
computations – Control flow instructions and Program structures.

Unit III
MEMORY I/O INTERFACES: Minimum-mode and Maximum-mode systems – Minimum-
mode and Maximum-mode Interface signals – Electrical Characteristics – Bus cycle & Time states
–Hardware organization of the memory address space – Address Bus status codes – Memory
control signals – Read/Write Bus Cycles – Memory Interface Circuits – Types of I/O –Isolated I/O
interface – I/O Data Transfer – I/O Instructions – I/O Bus Cycles

Unit IV
I/O INTERFACE CIRCUITS: core and special purpose I/O Interfaces – Byte wide I/O ports
using Isolated I/O – I/O Handshake and parallel printer interface – 8255A Programmable
Peripheral Interface – Memory Mapped I/O 8254A - Programmable Interval Timer- 8237A
Programmable Direct Memory Access controller – Serial Communication Interface –
Programmable Communication Interface Controllers – Keyboard & Display Interfaces – 8279
Programmable Keyboard/Display Controller.

Unit V
INTERRUPT INTERFACE OF 8088 & 8086 MICROPROCESSORS: Interrupt mechanism –
Types & Priority– Interrupt Vector Table – Interrupt Instructions – Enable/Disable of Interrupts –
External Hardware – Interrupt sequence – 8259A Programmable Interrupt Controller– Interrupt
Interface Circuits using 8259A – S/W Interrupts – NonMaskable Interrupt Reset – Internal
Interrupt functions.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-9

Text Book:
1. Walter A. Triebel, Avatar Singh, The 8088 & 8086 Microprocessor, program, Interfacing,
Software, Hardware and Applications, Prentice Hall of India, Fourth Edition, 2002. ISBN
81-297-0298-3

Reference Books:
1. Badri .Ram Fundamentals of Microprocessors and Microcomputers, Prentice Hall of India,
Fifth Edition, 2003. ISBN 0-07-043448-4
2. Douglas V. Hall, Microprocessors and Interfacing Programming and Hardware, Tata Mc
Graw Hill, Second Edition, 1991, Reprint 2004. ISBN 0-07-025742-6

12IT208 CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective
• To facilitate the students to understand the different kinds of security issues.
• To introduce the various principles of cryptosystems.
• To make the students aware of hashing algorithms and digital signatures.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be enabled to put into practice the various symmetric and asymmetric key
algorithms.
• Students will understand the importance of network security.
• Students will be equipped the students to handle different kinds of attacks.

Unit I
SYMMETRIC KEY CIPHERS: Security Attacks – Security Services – Security Mechanisms –
Block cipher principles – The Data Encryption Standard – The Strength of DES – Evaluation
Criteria for AES – The AES Cipher
Unit II
ASYMMTERIC KEY CIPHERS: Principles of Public-Key Cryptosystems – The RSA
Algorithm – Key Management – Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange – Elliptic Curve Cryptography

Unit III
HASHING AND AUTHENTICATION ALGORITHMS: Secure Hash Algorithms – Whirlpool
– CMAC – HMAC – Digital Signature Standard – Kerberos – X.509 Authentication Service
Unit IV
E-MAIL AND IP SECURITY: Pretty Good Privacy – S/MIME – IP Security Overview – IP
Security Architecture – Authentication Header – Encapsulating Security Payload

Unit V
WEB SECURITY: Web Security Considerations – Secure Socket Layer and Transport Layer
Security – Secure Electronic Transactions – Intruders – Intrusion Detection – Password
Management – Firewall Design Principles – Trusted Systems

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-10

Text Book:
1. William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security, Fourth Edition, Prentice Hall,
2006. ISBN: 81-203-3018-8.

Reference Books:
1. Bruce Schneier, Applied Cryptography, Second Edition, John Willey and Sons, 2002.
ISBN: 9971-51-348-X
2. Wenbo Mao, Modern Cryptography, First Edition, Pearson Education,2004. ISBN: 81-297-
0692-X
3. Roberta Bragg, Mark Rhodes, Keith Strassberg, Network Security, Tata McGraw Hill
Edition,2004. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-058671-0
4. Charlie Kaufman, Radia Perlman, Mike Speciner, Network Security, Second Edition,
Prentice Hall, 2002. ISBN: 81-203-2213-4.

12IT209 COMPUTER NETWORKS

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
• To introduce key trends on network principles and practices.
• To provide a top down approach which focus on the internet and its accessible styles.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to understand the organization of computer networks, factors
influencing computer network development and the reasons for having different types of
networks.
• Students will be able to understand the Internet structure and can see how standard
problems are solved in that context.
• Students will be able to analyze network protocols and understand literature concerning
computer networks.

Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Computer Networks and the Internet-The network edge-The Network Core-
Access networks and physical media-ISPs and Internet backbones- Delay and loss in packet
switched networks- Protocol layers and their service models

Unit II
APPLICATION LAYER: Principles of network applications- The web and the HTTP- File
transfer: FTP- Electronic mail in the internet- DNS- The Internet’s Directory Service- P2P file
sharing-Socket Programming with TCP, Socket Programming with UDP

Unit III
TRANSPORT LAYER: Introduction to transport layer services- Multiplexing and De–
Multiplexing- Connectionless transport: UDP- Principles of reliable data transfer-Connection-
oriented transport: TCP-Principles of congestion control-TCP congestion control

Unit IV
NETWORK LAYER: Introduction-Virtual circuit and datagram networks- What’s inside a
router?-The Internet protocol (IP): Forwarding and addressing in the internet- Routing algorithms-
Routing in the Internet

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-11

Unit V
LINK LAYER: introduction and services- Error detection and correction techniques- multiple
access protocols-Link layer addressing-Ethernet, Network Management: Introduction-The
Infrastructure for Network Management- the Internet standard management framework-ASN 1

Text Book:
1. J. F. Kurose, K. W. Ross, Computer Networking, A Top-Down Approach Featuring the
Internet, 4th Ed, Addison-Wesley,2007, ISBN 0321497708.

Reference Books
1. William Stallings, Data and Computer Communications, Prentice Hall, Eighth Edition,
2007,ISBN9780132433105
2. Andrew S.Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, Prentice Hall of India, fourth edition, 2002
ISBN 0130661023.
3. F.Halsai ,Data Communications, Computer Networks and Open Systems, Addison-
Wesley Publications , Fourth Edition ,1996,ISBN 9780201422931
4. W. Richard Stevens , TCP/IP Illustrated Volume – I “ The Protocols , Addison Wesley
Longman, 1995,ISBN 9780201633542

12IT210 COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
• To learn the functional blocks and circuitry used in modulators and transmitters
• To understand the benefits and weaknesses of FM/PM compared with each other and with
AM
• To understand the relationship between analog signals and their digital representation in
various digital formats
• Use state transition diagrams to map out the possible states of the communication system
• To understand the technical and operating requirements of RS-232 standard and to
troubleshoot RS-232 interfaces.

Course outcome:
• Students will be able to understand the communications systems into system-specific
architectures.
• Students will be able to understand the advantages and disadvantages of individual
communications systems, system characteristics and requirements, elements of system
build-out, and measurement and analysis of system performance.

Unit 1
ANALOG MODULATION TECHNIQUES: Fourier and spectrum analysis -Amplitude
Modulation - Receivers for AM: RF stage - IF stage - Frequency and phase modulation

Unit II
COMMUNICATION MEDIUM: Wire and Cable Media: Parameters - Balanced and
Unbalanced Lines - Drivers and Receivers--Propagation and Antennas-Digital information

Unit III
DIGITAL COMMUNICATION: Digital information -Digital Communication Fundamentals-
Digital Communication Systems - Digital Modulation and Testing.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-12

Unit IV
TV, RS232 AND MODEM: TV/Video, facsimile- RS 232 Interface Standard, Modems and High
Speed POTS Links

Unit V
SATELLITE AND CELLULAR COMMUNICATION: Satellite Communication - Navigation,
Global Positioning System - Cellular Telephone and advanced wireless systems

Text Book:
1. William Schweber, Electronic Communication Systems A complete course, Fourth
edition, Prentice Hall International,2002 ISBN: 0130916218

Reference Books:
1. Simon Haykin, Communication Systems, Fourth Edition,2006.Wiley publications
ISBN: 812650904X
2. Michael O. Kolawole, Satellite Communication Engineering ,Published by CRC Press,
2002. ISBN :082470777X, 97808247077
3. Anokh Singh, Principles Of Communication Engineering, Published by S Chand &
Company Ltd, 2006.ISBN: 8121904765

12IT211 WEB TECHNOLOGY

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
• To build web applications using ASP and client side script technologies use with
Microsoft’s IIS.
• To build XML applications with DTD and style sheets that span multiple domains ranging
from finance to vector graphics to genealogy for use with legacy browsers.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to create richly interactive environments natively within browsers.
• Students will be able to build web application frameworks which facilitate rapid
application development.
• Students will be able to integrate web applications easily into other server-side web
procedures, such as email and searching.

Unit I
VBSCRIPT LANGUAGE ELEMENTS: Constants - Variables and Data Types - Mathematical
Operations - Logical Operators - Looping and Decision Structures - VBScript Functions and
Objects - Data Conversion Functions - Mathematical Functions - Data Formatting Functions - Text
Manipulation Functions - Data and Time Functions - Built-in Objects.

Unit II
ASP FUNDAMENTALS: Using Server Side Includes- Learning the SSI Directives – Creating
Modular ASP Code - Using the Request Object - Using Form Information - Using Query String
Information – Using Server Variables - Using the Response Object - Create Output – Managing
Output – Managing the Connection.

Unit III
USING COOKIES: Introduction to Cookies – Cookies and Your Browser – Creating a Cookie –
Modifying and removing Cookies – Tracking Preferences with Cookies Using the Application,

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-13

Session, and Server Objects - The application Object - The Session Object – The Server Object –
Using the global .asa file - Active Data Objects Essentials - Microsoft’s Universal Data Access
Strategy – The Connection Object – The Record set and Field Objects – The Command and
Parameter Objects – Using the Errors Collection.

Unit IV
XML: What is XML - Why are Developers Excited About XML? – The Life of an XML
documents - Related technologies- Your First XML Document - Hello XML – Exploring the
Simple XML Document – Assigning Meaning to XML Tags – Writing a Style Sheet for an XML
Document – Attaching a Style Sheet to an XML Document – Style Languages - CSS Style
Sheets,CSS Layouts,CSS Text Styles.

Unit V
ATTRIBUTES, EMPTY TAGS &XSL: Attributes – Attributes versus Elements – Empty
Elements and Empty Element Tags – XSL-DTDs and Validity: Document Type Definitions -
Element Declarations – DTD Files – Document Type Declarations – Validating Against a DTD-
Element Declaration - Entity Declarations: What Is an Entity – Internal General Entities –
External General Entities – Internal Parameter Entities – External Parameter Entities – Building a
Document from Places-Attribute Declaration: What is an Attribute – Declaring Attributes in DTDs
- Declaring Multiple Attributes – Specifying Default Values for Attributes – Attribute Types –
Predefined Attributes – A DTD for Attribute- Based Baseball Statistics.

Text Books:
1. Eric A. Smith, “ASP 3 Programming Bible”, Wiley-Dreamtech India (P) Ltd, 2003, ISBN:
81- 265-0049-2.
2. Elliotte Rusty Harold, “XML Bible”, IDG Books India (P) Ltd, 2003,Second Edition ,
ISBN: 81- 265-0212-6.

Reference Books:
1. Dave Mercer, ASP 3.0 Beginners Guide, Tata McGraw-Hill Edition, Sixth reprint, 2004,
ISBN: 0072127414.
2. Kenneth L. Spencer, Kenneth C. Miller & Lauran Lassesen, Introducing VBScript &
3. ActiveX, Comdex Computer Publication, 1997, ISBN: 9780764580109.

12IT212 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS AND DESIGN

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
• To present a step-by-step approach to multimedia systems design
• To introduce multimedia standards and compression and decompression technologies.
• To provide a detailed analysis of the various storage technologies

Course Outcome:
• Students will be capable of understanding different realizations of multimedia tools and their
usage.
• Students will be capable of implementing various multimedia standards and compression
technologies
• Students will be capable of analyzing various storage technologies

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-14

Unit I
MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS DESIGN: An Introduction – Multimedia Elements – Multimedia
applications – Multimedia Systems Architecture – Evolving technologies for Multimedia –
Defining objects for Multimedia systems – Multimedia Data interface standards – Need for Data
compression - Multimedia Databases.

Unit II
COMPRESSION AND DECOMPRESSION: Types of compression – Binary Image
compression Schemes – Color, Gray scale and Still - video Image compression – Video Image
Compression - Audio compression – Fractal Compression.

Unit III
MULTIMEDIA INPUT/OUTPUT TECHNOLOGIES: Key Technology Issues – Pen Input –
Video and Image Display systems – Print output technologies – Image scanners - Digital Voice
and Audio – Digital Camera - Video images and animation – Full-motion video.

Unit IV
STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL TECHNOLOGIES: Magnetic Media Technology – Optical
Media – Hierarchical Storage management – Cache management for storage systems.

Unit V
MULTIMEDIA APPLICATION DESIGN: Multimedia Application classes – Types of
Multimedia systems – Virtual reality design – Components of Multimedia systems – Organizing
Multimedia databases – Application workflow design issues – Distributed application design
issues.

Text Book:
1. Prabhat K Andleigh and Kiran Thakrar, Multimedia Systems and Design, PHI, 2003.
ISBN: 81-203-2177-4.

Reference Books:
1. Tay Vaughan, Multimedia Making it work,Fourth Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill. ISBN: 0-07-
463953-6.
2. Ze-Nain Li, Mark S.Drew, Fundamentals of Multimedia, PHI. ISBN :81-203-2817-5.
3. John F. Koegel Buford, Multimedia Systems, Third Edition, 2000. ISBN: 8177588273.
4. Gaurav Bhatnager, Shikha Mehta, Sugata Mitra, Introduction to Multimedia Systems, First
Edition, 2004. ISBN: 0125004524.

12IT213 CASE TOOLS LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Study of software engineering basics and UML

2. Study of UML diagrams with an example
3. Implementation of use case diagram with an example
4. Implementation of class diagram with an example
5. Implementation of sequence diagram with an example
6. Implementation of collaboration diagram with an example
7. Implementation of state chart diagram with an example
8. Implementation of Activity diagram with an example
9. Implementation of Component diagram with an example

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-15

 10. Implementation of Deployment diagram with an example
11. Forward and Reverse Engineering

12IT214 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS IN C++ LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Implementation of Stack
2. Implementation of Queue
3. Implementation of towers of Hanoi
4. Implementation of Singly Linked List
5. Implementation of doubly Linked List
6. Implementation of linear and binary searching
7. Implementation of insertion and selection sort
8. Implementation of shell and quick sort
9. Implementation of merge sort
10. Implementation of Heap sort
11. Implementation of binary search tree

12IT215 WEB TECHNOLOGY AND MULTIMEDIA LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Working with HTML

2. Working with VB-Script
3. Form validation using VB-Script
4. Usage of Session Object
5. Online Ticket Reservation
6. Word game design using ASP
7. Working with Database
8. Working with XML and CSS
9. Working with XML and XSL
10. Adobe Photoshop
11. Macromedia Flash MX
12. Macromedia Flash MX- Calculator

12IT216 DIGITAL DESIGN LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. a. Study of Logic Gates

b. Realization of Logic gates using universal gates
2. Half Adder and Full Adder implementation using Logic Gates
3. Design of Decoder and Encoder implementation using Logic Gates
4. Multiplexer and De-multiplexer implementation using Logic Gates
5. Code Converter implementation using Logic Gates
6. Parity generator and Checker implementation using Logic Gates
7. a. Study of Flip-Flops
b. Implementation of Shift Register
8. Implementation of Counters using Flip Flops

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-16

 9. a. Study of Verilog Hardware Description Language
b. Binary Adder using Verilog Hardware Description Language.
10. Shift Register using Verilog Hardware Description Language.

12IT217 NETWORK SECURITY LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Substitution and Transposition Cipher

2. Vignere cipher
3. RSA Implementation
4. One-time Pad
5. Simplified DES
6. Feistel Cipher
7. Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange
8. Frequency Analysis on Caesar Cipher
9. Digital Signature Algorithm
10. Hashed Message Authentication Code
11. Message Digest-5
12. Secure Electronic Transaction

12IT218 MICROPROCESSORS AND INTERFACING LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Study of 8086 /8088

2. Arithmetic Operations
3. String Operations
4. Operations on arrays
5. Code Conversion
6. 8255 Programmable peripheral Interface
7. 8253 Programmable Interval Timer
8. 8259 Programmable Interrupt Controller
9. 0809 Analog to Digital Converter
10. 0800 Digital to Analog Converter
11. 8279 Programmable Display Interface
12. Stepper Motor Interface
12IT219 NETWORKING LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. TCP two way communication

2. UDP two way communication
3. File Transfer Protocol
4. Remote method Invocation
5. Shortest path Algorithm
6. Study of Wireless Network
7. Realization of wireless network using WAP and wireless adaptors
8. Router Management
9. Introduction of OPNET
10. Simulation of LAN and Ethernet

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-17

 11. Simulation of WAN
12. Simulation of TCP
13. Network Design
14. Video Conferencing Application

12IT220 COMPUTER GRAPHICS

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
• To understand the fundamental idea of graphics and animation.
• The learn the concept of Principles of 2D Graphics, 3D Graphics, Visible Surface
Determination, are studied in detail for a competitive computer professional.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to understand the basic concepts of geometric modeling and computer
graphics.
• Students will be able to offer intuitive, attractive and efficient designs that maintains a crisp
clarity along aesthetic lines.
• Students will be able to develop skills in the design and analysis of practical engineering
problems through the integration of geometric modeling, and computer graphics.

Unit I
BASIC PRINCIPLES OF TWO DIMENSION GRAPHICS: Raster versus vector graphics-The
first java 2D program-Basic geometric objects-Geometric transformations-Homogenous
coordinates- Applications of transformations-Geometric transformations in java 2D-Animation and
movements based on transformations- Interpolators for continuous changes- implementations of
interpolators in Java 2D-Single or double precision.

Unit II
DRAWING LINES AND CURVES: Lines and pixel graphics-The midpoint algorithm for lines-
Structural algorithms-Pixel densities and line styles-Lineclipping-Midpoint algorithm for circles-
Drawing arbitrary curves-Antialiasing-Drawing thick lines-Filling areas-Buffered images in java
2D-Displaying text-Text in java 2D-Grey images and intensities-Colour Model-Colour
Interpolation with java 2D.

Unit III
BASIC PRINCIPLES OF THREE DIMENSIONAL GRAPHICS: Geometric transformations-
The scenegraph-Elementary geometric objects in java 3D-The scenegraph in java 3D- Animations
and moving objects- Projections in Java 3D-Modelling Three dimensional objects-Three
Dimensional objects and their surfaces-Topological notions-Modelling techniques-Surface
Modeling with polygons in java 3D-importing geometric objects in to java3D-Parametric curves
and freedom surfaces-normal vectors for surfaces.

Unit IV
VISIBLE SURFACE DETERMINATION: Clipping volumes-Algorithms for visible surface
determination-Image precision techniques-Priority algorithms-Illumination and shading- Light
sources-Light sources in java 3D-Reflection-Shading in java 3D-Shading-Shadows-Transparency-
Textures-Textures in java 3D-The radiosity model-Ray tracing.

Unit V
SPECIAL EFFECTS AND VIRTUAL REALITY: Fog and particle systems- Fog in Java 3D-
Dynamic surfaces- Interaction-Interaction in Java 3D-Collision detection-Collision detention in
Java 3D-Sound effects-Sound effects in Java 3D- stereoscopic viewing.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-18

Text Book:
1. Frank Klawonn, Introduction to Computer Graphics Using Java 2D and 3D, Springer,
2008, ISBN: 978-1-84628-847-0

Reference Books:
1. Rick Parent, Computer Animation Algorithms and Techniques, Morgan Kaufmann
publishers, 2002, ISBN 1558605797
2. James D.Foley, et al,Computer Graphics Principles and Practices, Addison Wesley,
1996,ISBN-31-2043-22-2,
3. F.S.Hilljr ,Computer graphics using Open GL,Prentice Hall of India,2006,ISBN-81-203-
2813-2
4. Peter Shirley, et al, Fundaments of Computer Graphics, AK Peters Ltd, 2005, ISBN: 978-1-
56881-269-4.
5. Issac Victor Kerlow, The Art of 3D Computer Animation and Effects, John Wiley,2004,
ISBN:0471430366 .

12IT221 SOFTWARE TESTING

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
• To highlight the importance of the software testing during software development.
• To provide an exposure to the development tools and languages for testing.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be capable of understanding the reason behind software testing.
• Students will be capable of gaining knowledge about the methods in software testing.

Unit I
BASICS AND TOOLS FOR TESTING: Assessing testing-capabilities and competencies-
Creating an environment supportive of software testing-Building Software testing process-Tools
available for software testing-selecting and using tools.

Unit II
TESTING PROCESS: Seven step Testing process- Overview- Organizing for testing-Developing
test plan-Verification Testing.

Unit III
VALIDATION AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING: Validation testing-Analyzing and reporting
test results-Acceptance and operational testing.

Unit IV
POST TESTING: Post-Implementation Analysis-Testing Client/Server Systems-RAD testing-
Testing COTS and contracted software.

Unit V
TESTING OF APPLICATION: Testing software system security-Testing a data warehouse-
Testing Web-based systems

Text Book:
1. William Perry, Effective Methods for Software Testing, Third Edition, John Wiley and
Sons, 2006, ISBN 81-265-0893-0.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-19

Reference Books:
1. Ron Patton, Software Testing, SAMS Publishers, 2001, ISBN 0672319837.
2. Ilene Burnstein, Practical Software Testing, Springer, 2003, ISBN NO: 81-8128- 089-X.
3. Glenford J.Myers, "The Art of Software Testing", Second Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
2004, ISBN 047167835X.
4. Boris Beizer, John Wiley & Sons, Black-Box Testing: Techniques for Functional Testing
of Software and Systems, 1995, ISBN 0471120944

12IT222 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
• To provide an overview of the concepts, processes, and techniques associated with formal
project management and to learn about the project management strategies.
• To develop skills that will enable to construct software of high quality, software that is
reliable, easy to understand, modify and maintain.
• To foster an understanding on the importance of these skills.

Course Outcome:

• Students will be able to plan and manage projects at each stage of the project development
• Students will be able to acquire skills for tracking and controlling software deliverables
• Students will be able to build an effective and committed team and keep them motivated
day to day
• Students will be able to describe and determine the purpose and importance of project
management from the perspectives of planning, tracking and completion of project.
• Students will be able to implement a project by managing project schedule, expenses and
resources using suitable project management tools.

Unit I
TRADITIONAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT - PART I: What is a Project - Traditional,
Adaptive, Extreme: A Dynamic Project Management Landscape - Defining the Project – Building
the Work Breakdown Structure.

Unit II
TRADITIONAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT - PART II: Estimating Duration, Resource
Requirements, and Cost - Constructing and Analyzing the Project Network Diagram - Finalizing
the Schedule and Cost Based on Resource Availability - The Need to Plan: Conducting the Joint
Project Planning Session.

Unit III
TRADITIONAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT - PART III: Building and Managing an
Effective Project Team - Monitoring and Reporting Project Progress - Closing out the Project -
Critical Chain Project Management..

Unit IV
ADAPTIVE PROJECT FRAMEWORK: Introduction - Version Scope - Cycle Plan - Cycle
Build - Client Checkpoint - Post-Version Review - Extreme Project Management and Other
Variations to APF.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-20

Unit V
ORGANIZATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS: Project Portfolio Management - Project Support
Office.

Text Book:
1. Robert K. Wyzocki, Rudd McGary, Effective Project Management, WILEY Dreamtech,
2006, Edition: 4, illustrated, revised ISBN 0470042613, 9780470042618.

Reference Books:
1. Walker Royce “Software Project Management – A Unified Framework “, Pearson
Education, 2004. ISBN :0201309580, 9780201309584.
2. Bob huges, Mike cotterell, “Software Project Management”, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 2002. ISBN: 1850321906, 9781850321903.

12IT223 E-COMMERCE
Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
• To have an awareness about role of IT in business.
• To have knowledge of basic concepts of ecommerce.
• To have in depth knowledge in security and legal issues in ecommerce.

Course Outcome:
• Able to identify the type of ecommerce and security mechanism to be used for particular
application.
• Able to build virtual book store based on requirements.

Unit I
ECOMMERCE INTRODUCTION AND WWW – Electronic commerce and physical
commerce-Digital phenomenon-ecommerce different perspective-types-examples-scenarios-
changes brought by ecommerce-advantages-myths about ecommerce-system model-Internet and
World Wide Web –Overview of internet-history of internet-web system architecture-URL-HTTP-
Dynamic web page-cookies-Client Side Programming-Factors-web page design-HTML-Text
formatting-Link-Images-Image MAP-Tables-Frames-Form-CSS-Javascript.

Unit II
SERVELET DATABASE AND SESSION: Server side Programming: Servlet Fundamentals –
Three tier model-CGI-ASP-Java Servlet-Architecture-API-Building VBS-Compilation and
execution of servlets-Interactive servlet program- Database Connectivity – Relational database
systems-JDBC-JDBC program-Advanced book query-JDBC servlet-Session Tracking-Traditional
session tracking techniques-Servlet session tracking API-VBS shopping cart.

Unit III
SECURITY: Basic Cryptography for enabling e-commerce – Security concerns-Encryption-
Private key encryption-key distribution problem-Diffie Hellman-Public key encryption-RSA-
Hybrid-Stream cipher and block cipher-Message digest-Authentication code-Digital Signature-
Authentication-Internet Security – Ip sec protocol-Security associations-Authentication header-
ESP service-Application-Firewalls-Types of firewall-SSL-Advanced Technologies for e-
commerce -Mobile agents-WAP-XML-Data mining.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-21

Unit IV
PAYMENT SYSTEMS: Internet Payment Systems –4C Payment system-SET Protocol-Ecash-
Echeck-Micropayment-Smart card-Mondex- Consumer oriented e-commerce –Traditional
retailing- Benefits-Key success factors- Model of eretailing-Features-Developing consumer
oriented ecommerce-PASS model-Business oriented ecommerce-B2B-Business model-Integration.

Unit V
WEB ADVERTISING AND VBS: Web Advertising and Web Publishing – Web advertising
versus internet advertising-advertising techniques-business model-pricing model-web publishing-
Website development-Logical design-Usability Testing-Web presence and visibility-Building the
Virtual Book Store-VBS homepage design-Form validation-Search engine-Quick search-Category
search-Advanced search-Access control –cart login.

Text Book:
1. Henry Chan, Raymond Lee, Tharam Dillon and Elizabeth Chang, E-Commerce
Fundamentals and Applications, John Wiley and Sons Ltd., 2001. ISBN 9971-51-411-7

Reference Books:
1. R Kalokota, Andrew V.Winston, Elecronic Commerce-a Managers Guide, Fourth Edition,
Pearson Education, 2006. ISBN:81-780-8158-X.
2. ErfanTurban,Dave King,Jae Kyu Lee,Dennis Viehland ,Electronic Commerce-A
Managerial Perspective, Fourth Edition Pearson Education,2006:ISBN: 81-780-8362-0.

12IT224 USER INTERFACE DESIGN

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
1. To understand the basics of User Interface Design.
2. To design the user interface, design, menu creation and windows creation
3. To understand the concept of menus, windows, interfaces, business functions, various
problems in windows design with color, text, Nonanthropomorphic Design.
4. To study the importance of documentation.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to understand development methodologies , evaluation techniques and
user interface building tools
• Students will be able to design their own Human Computer Interaction design project

Unit I
USABILITY OF INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS, GUIDELINES, PRINCIPLES, AND
THEORIES AND MANAGING DESIGN PROCESSES: Introduction - Usability Measures -
Usability Motivations - Universal Usability - Goals for Our Profession - Introduction – Guidelines
– Principles - Theories - Introduction - Organizational Design to Support Usability - The Four
Pillars of Design - Development Methodologies - Ethnographic Observation - Participatory Design
- Scenario Development - Social Impact Statement for Early Design Review - Legal Issues

Unit II
EVALUATING INTERFACE DESIGNS, DIRECT MANIPULATION AND VIRTUAL
ENVIRONMENTS AND MENU SELECTION, FORM FILL-IN, AND DIALOG BOXES :
Introduction - Expert Reviews - Usability Testing and Laboratories - Survey Instruments -
Acceptance Tests - Evaluation During Active Use - Controlled Psychologically Oriented

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-22

Experiments - Introduction - Examples of Direct Manipulation - Discussion of Direct
Manipulation - 3D Interfaces – Teleoperation - Virtual and Augmented Reality - Introduction -
Task-Related Menu Organization - Single Menus - Combinations of Multiple Menus - Content
Organization - Fast Movement through Menus

Unit III
SELECTION, FORM FILL-IN, DIALOG BOXES, COMMAND AND NATURAL
LANGUAGES AND INTERACTION DEVICES: Data Entry with Menus: Form Fill-in,
Dialog Boxes and Alternatives - Audio Menus and Menus for Small Displays - Introduction -
Command-Organization Functionality, Strategies, and Structure - Naming and Abbreviations -
Natural Language in Computing - Introduction - Keyboards and Keypads - Pointing Devices -
Speech and Auditory Interfaces - Displays – Small and Large

Unit IV
COLLABORATION AND SOCIAL MEDIA PARTICIPATION, QUALITY OF SERVICE
AND BALANCING FUNCTION AND FASHION: Introduction - Goals of Collaboration and
Participation - Asynchronous Distributed Interfaces: Different Place, Different Time -
Synchronous Distributed Interfaces: Different Place, Same Time - Face-to-Face Interfaces: Same
Place, Same Time – Introduction - Models of Response Time Impacts - Expectations and Attitudes
- User Productivity - Variability in Response Time - Frustrating Experiences - Introduction - Error
Messages - Nonanthropomorphic Design - Display Design - Web Page Design - Window Design -
Color

Unit V
USER DOCUMENTATION AND ONLINE HELP, INFORMATION SEARCH AND
INFORMATION VISUALIZATION: Introduction - Online versus Paper Documentation -
Reading from Paper versus from Displays - Shaping the Content of the Documentation - Accessing
the Documentation - Online Tutorials and Animated Demonstrations - Online CommUNITies for
User Assistance - The Development Process - Introduction - Searching in Textual Documents and
Database Querying - Multimedia Document Searches - Advanced Filtering and Search Interface -
Introduction - Data Type by Task Taxonomy - Challenges for Information Visualization

Text Book:
1. Ben Shneiderman, Maxine Cohen, the user interface-Strategies for Effective Human-Computer
Interaction, Fifth Edition, Pearson Education, 2008. ISBN-13: 9780321537355

Reference Books:
1. Wilbert. O. Galitz , The Essential Guide to User Interface Design: An Introduction to GUI
Design Principles and Techniques,Second Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2007. ISBN 81-
265-0280-0
2. JoAnn T. Hackos, Janice C. Redish, User and Task Analysis for Interface Design,First
Edition, Wiley, ISBN 978-0471178316
3. Alan J. Dix, Janet E. Finlay, Gregory D. Abowd, Russell Beale, Janet E. Finley., Human-
Computer Interaction, Second Edition, Prentice Hall, 1998. ISBN 978-0132398640
4. Helen Sharp, Yvonne Rogers, Jenny Preece, Interaction Design: Beyond Human-Computer
Interaction, Second Edition, Wiley, 2007. ISBN-13: 978-0470018668

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-23

 12IT225 ESSENTIAL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To provide extensive knowledge on IT Essentials including client-server modeling,
designing data store, and working with Internet.
• To document artifacts using common quality standards.

Course Outcome:
• Students will able to understand the steps in the IT project lifecycle and demonstrate the
ability to execute each of these steps at a professional level.
• Students will able to understand techniques, skills, and tools necessary for engineering
practice.
• Students will be able to analyze a problem, and identify and define the computing
requirements appropriate to its solution

Unit I
FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND OPERATING SYSTEM:
Fundamentals of Computer architecture-introduction-organization of a small computer-Central
Processing UNIT - Execution cycle – Instruction categories – measure of CPU performance
Memory – Input/output devices - BUS-addressing modes - System Software –Assemblers –
Loaders and linkers – Compilers and interpreters - Operating system – introduction – memory
management schemes - Process management - Scheduling – threads.

Unit II
PROBLEM SOLVING WITH ALGORITHMS AND USER INTERFACE DESIGN:
Problem solving with algorithms- Programming styles – Coding Standards and Best practices -
Introduction to C Programming Testing and Debugging-Code reviews System Development
Methodologies – Software development Models User interface Design – introduction – The
process – Elements of UI design and reports.

Unit III
RDBMS: RDBMS- data processing – the database technology – data models. ER modeling
concept –notations – Extended ER features- Logical database design – normalization SQL – DDL
statements – DML statements – DCL statements - Writing Simple queries – SQL Tuning
techniques – Embedded SQL – OLTP.

Unit IV
OBJECT ORIENTED CONCEPTS: Objected oriented concepts – object oriented programming
- UML Class Diagrams– relationship – Inheritance – Abstract classes – polymorphism Object
Oriented Design methodology - Common Base class Alice Tool – Application of OOC using Alice
tool.

Unit V
COMPUTER NETWORKS AND INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGIES: Client server computing - Internetworking – Computer Networks – Working
with TCP/IP – IP address – Sub netting – DNS – VPN – proxy servers World Wide Web –
Components of web application - browsers and Web Servers - URL – HTML – HTTP protocol –
Web Applications - Application servers – Web Security.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-24

Text Books:
1. Andrew Tanenbaum, Modern Operating Systems, Pearson Education, Third Edition, 2007.
ISBN-10: 0136006639, ISBN-13: 9780136006633.
2. Elmasri, Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, Addison Wesley, Fifth Edition, 2006.
ISBN-10: 0321369572, ISBN-13: 978-0321369574.

Reference Books:
1. Sivasubramanyam Y, Deepak Ranjan Shenoy, Foundation Program - Computer Hardware
& System Software Concepts, version 1.0 Vol-1, Infosys: Campus Connect 2008.
2. Hanumesh V.J.,Seema Acharya, Foundation Program - Relational Database Management
System, Client Server Concepts, Introduction to Web technologies version 1.0 Vol-2,
Infosys: Campus Connect 2008.
3. Sundar K.S., Foundation Program - Analysis of Algorithms, Object Oriented Concepts,
System Development Methodology, User Interface Design version 1.0 Vol-3, Infosys:
Campus Connect 2008.

12IT226 COMPUTER HARDWARE AND PERIPHERALS LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Study of different types of cables and network topologies

2. Study of different types of network devices
3. Study and identification of Major parts of PC
4. Assembly and Disassembly of PC
5. Study and identification of Major parts of Laptop
6. Assembly and Disassembly of Laptop
7. Connecting a small LAN
8. IP configuration and Subnet masking.
9. Study and troubleshoot the boot process
10. Installation and configuration of Windows 2000
11. Router configuration
12. Implementation of Wireless Network
13. Study, Identification, Assembly and Disassembly of Keyboard and Mouse
14. Study, Identification, Assembly and Disassembly of Printer and Monitor

12IT227 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To understand the architecture of embedded processors, microcontrollers, and peripheral
devices.
• To appreciate the nuances of programming micro-controllers in assembly for embedded
systems.
• To understand the challenges in developing operating systems for embedded systems.
To learn about programming these systems in high-level languages such as C.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to understand the embedded systems design, embedded programming
and their operating system.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-25

Unit I
EMBEDDED COMPUTING : Challenges of Embedded Systems – Embedded system design
process. Embedded processors – 8051 Microcontroller, ARM processor – Architecture, Instruction
sets and programming.

Unit II
MEMORY AND INPUT / OUTPUT MANAGEMENT: Programming Input and Output –
Memory system mechanisms – Memory and I/O devices and interfacing – Interrupt handling.

Unit III
PROCESSES AND OPERATING SYSTEMS: Multiple tasks and processes – Context
switching – Scheduling policies – Interprocess communication mechanisms – Performance issues.

Unit IV
EMBEDDED C PROGRAMMING: Programming embedded systems in C – C-looping
structures – Register allocation –Function calls – Pointer aliasing – structure arrangement – bit
fields – unaligned data and endianness – inline functions and inline assembly – portability issues.

Unit V
EMBEDDED SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT : Meeting real time constraints – Multi-state systems
and function sequences. Embedded software development tools – Emulators and debuggers.
Design issues – Design methodologies – Case studies – Complete design of example embedded
systems.

Text Books
1. Wayne Wolf, “Computers as Components:Principles of Embedded Computer System
Design”, Elsevier, 2006.
2. Muhammed Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi and Rolin D. McKinlay, “The 8051
Microcontroller and Embedded Systems”,Pearson Education,Second edition,2007(UNIT 1)
4. Andrew N Sloss, D. Symes, C. Wright,” Arm system developers guide”, Morgan
Kauffman/ Elsevier, 2006. (UNIT 4)

Reference Books
1. Michael J. Pont, “Embedded C”, Pearson Education , 2007.
2. Steve Heath, “Embedded System Design”, Elsevier, 2005.

12IT301 MOBILE COMPUTING AND COMMUNICATION

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
• To impart the basic principles of mobile computing and communication.
• To introduce to the students, basic knowledge of wireless transmission, LAN and mobile
network layer.
• To enable the students to understand the latest mobile devices and services.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be equipped with in-depth knowledge of the concepts of mobile
communication.
• Students will able to acquire the latest techniques in pervasive computing, software and
services.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-26

Unit I
WIRELESS TRANSMISSION AND BROADCAST SYSTEMS: Introduction –Wireless
transmission: Antennas - Spread Spectrum - Cellular systems -Medium access control: SDMA-
FDMA- TDMA-CDMA– Comparison of S/T/F/CDMA -Telecommunication systems: GSM -
DECT – TETRA - UMTS and IMT 2000 – Broadcast systems : Cyclic repetition of data - Digital
audio broadcasting - Digital video broadcasting.

Unit II
WIRELESS LAN AND WIRELESS ATM: Wireless LAN: Infrared Vs Radio transmission -
Infrastructure and adhoc networks – IEEE 802.11 – HIPERLAN– Bluetooth- Wireless ATM:
WATM services - Reference model functions- Radio access layer – Handover - Location
Management – Addressing –Mobile quality of service - Access point control protocol

Unit III
MOBILE NETWORK LAYER AND SUPPORT FOR MOBILITY: Mobile network layer:
Mobile IP - Dynamic host configuration protocol - adhoc networks - Mobile transport layer :
Traditional TCP-- Indirect TCP - Snooping TCP - Mobile TCP – Fast retransmit/ fast recovery -
Transmission/ time-out freezing - Selective retransmission - Transaction oriented TCP - Support
for mobility : File systems - World Wide Web – Wireless application protocol – i-mode – SyncML
– WAP 2.0.

Unit IV
INTRODUCTION TO PERVASIVE COMPUTING AND DEVICES: Pervasive Computing –
Information Access Devices - Smart Identification – Embedded Controls - Entertainment Systems.

Unit V
SOFTWARE AND SERVICES: Software – Java-Operating Systems-Client Middleware-
Security-New services – Home Services - Travel and Business Services- Consumer Services

Text Books:
1. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communication, Pearson Education, Second Edition 2003. ISBN
81-7758-263-1.
2. Uwe Hansmann, Lothar Merk, Martin S.Nicklous and Thomas Stober, Principles of Mobile
Computing, Second Edition, Springer International Edition, 2003. ISBN 81-8120-073-3.

Reference Books:
1. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communication, Pearson Education, 2000. ISBN 81-7808-170-9.
2. Yi-Bing Lin and Imrich Chlamtac, Wireless and Mobile Network Architecture, JohnWiley
and Sons Inc., 2001. ISBN 0-471-39492-0.
3. William Stallings, Wireless Communications and Networks, Pearson Education, 2002.
ISBN 81-7758-355-7.

12IT302 HIGH PERFORMANCE COMMUNICATION NETWORKS

Credits: 4:0:0
Course Objective:
• To develop a comprehensive understanding of network architectures, protocols, control,
performance, and economies
• To focus on the convergence of the telephone, computer networking, cable TV, and
wireless networks that explains current and emerging networking technologies.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-27

Course Outcome:

• Students will be able to describe and determine the Packet switched networks, circuit
switched networks, Internet and TCP / IP Networks.
• Students will be able to develop the Wireless Network and control of networks
• Students will be able to describe and determine the ATM, Optical network and the various
switching techniques.

Pre-requisites: Computer Networks

Unit I
PACKET - SWITCHED NETWORKS, INTERNET AND TCP/IP NETWORKS: OSI and IP
models - Ethernet (IEEE 802.5) - Token Ring - FDDI - DQDB - Frame Delay – SMDS. Internet
and TCP/IP Networks: The Internet -Overview of Internet Protocols - Internet Protocol - TCP and
UDP - Internet Success and Limitation - Performance of TCP/IP Network.

Unit II
CIRCUIT SWITCHED NETWORKS AND ATM: Performance of Circuit Switched Networks -
SONET - Dense Wave Division Multiplexing (DWDM) - Fiber to the Home - Digital Subscriber
Line (DSL) - Intelligent Networks – CATV. ATM: Main Features of ATM - Addressing Signaling
& Routing - Header Structure - ATM Adaptation layer - Management control - BISDN -
Internetworking with ATM.

Unit III
WIRELESS NETWORKS AND CONTROL OF NETWORKS: Introduction - The wireless
channel - Link level design - Channel access - Network design - Wireless Networks Today -
Future Systems and standards. Control of Networks: Objectives and methods of control – Circuit
Switched Networks –Datagram networks – ATM Networks

Unit IV
CONTROL OF NETWORKS – MATHEMATICAL BACKGROUND AND OPTICAL
NETWORKS: Markov Chains - Circuit Switched Networks –Datagram networks – ATM
Networks. Optical Networks: Optical Links - DWDM Systems - Optical Cross Connects - Optical
LANs-Optical paths and Networks.

Unit V
SWITCHING: Switch Performance Measure – Time and Space Division Switching – Modular
Switch Designs – Packet Switching – Distributed Buffer – Shared Buffer – Output Buffer – Input
Buffer. Global Multimedia Network: Attributes of the Global Network – Technology areas –
Challenges.

Text Book:
1. Walrand. J. Varaiya, High Performance Communication Network, Morgan Kaufmann-
Harcourt Asia Pvt., Ltd., 2nd Edition, 2000, ISBN 15-5860-574-6.

Reference Books:
1. J.F.Kurose & K.W. Ross, Computer Networking-A top-down approach featuring the
internet, Addison Wesley, 4th Edition, 2007, ISBN 03-2149-770-8.
2. William Stallings, ISDN & Broadband ISDN with frame Relay & ATM, Pearson
Education, 4th Edition, 2000, ISBN 81-7808-422-8.
3. Rainer Handel, Manfred N. Huber, Steffen Schroeder, ATM Networks, Concepts,
Protocols Applications, Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 1999, ISBN 81-7808-338-8.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-28

 4. Fred Halsall, Data Communications, Computer Networks and Open Systems, 4th Edition,
Addison-Wesley, 1996, ISBN 81-7808-098-2.

12IT303 ANALYSIS, ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN OF NETWORKS

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
• This course covers the principles of network analysis, architecture, and design. These
principles help in identifying and applying the services and performance levels that a
network must satisfy.
• Principles of network analysis include network service characteristics, performance
characteristics, network requirements analysis, and network flow analysis.
• Principles of network architecture and design include addressing and routing, network
management architecture, performance architecture and design, security and privacy
architecture, and quality of service design.

Course Outcome:

• Students will be able to develop a comprehensive understanding of the Analysis,

Architecture and Design methodologies as applied to Network or Solution projects.
• Students will be able to gain an interdisciplinary understanding of the relationships and
interactions between Network AA&D, Systems AA&D theories, principals, methods and
techniques Project Management and Systems-of-Systems Architectures.
• Students will be able to create a knowledge base for understanding various
Simulation/Emulation Tools

Prerequisites: Computer Networks

Unit I
INTRODUCTION – Overview of Analysis, Architecture and Design Processes – A Systems
Methodology – System Description – Service Description – Service Characteristics – Performance
Characteristics – Network Supportability. Requirements Analysis: Concepts – User Requirements
– Application Requirements – Device Requirements – Network Requirements – Other
Requirements – The Requirements Specification and Map.

Unit II
REQUIREMENTS AND – FLOW ANALYSIS: Process – Gathering and Listing Requirements
– Developing Service Metrics – Characterizing Behavior – Developing RMA Requirements –
Developing Delay Requirements – Developing Capacity Requirements – Developing
Supplemental Performance Requirements – Environment-Specific Thresholds and Limits –
Requirements for Predictable and Guaranteed Performance – Requirements Mapping – Developing
the Requirements Specification – Flow Analysis: Flows – Identifying and Developing Flows –
Data Sources and Sinks – Flow Models – Flow Prioritization – Flow Specification – Example
Application of Flow Analysis.

Unit III
NETWORK ARCHITECTURE, ADDRESSING AND ROUTING ARCHITECTURE:
Component Architectures – Reference Architecture – Architectural Models – Systems and

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-29

Network Architectures – Addressing and Routing Architecture: Addressing Mechanisms – Routing
Mechanisms – Addressing Strategies – Routing Strategies – Architectural Considerations.

Unit IV
NETWORK MANAGEMENT, PERFORMANCE, SECURITY AND PRIVACY
ARCHITECTURE: Defining Network Management – Network Management Mechanisms –
Architectural Considerations – Performance Architecture: Developing Goals for Performance –
Performance Mechanisms – Architectural Considerations – Security and Privacy Architecture:
Developing a Security and Privacy Plan – Security and Privacy Administration – Security and
Privacy Mechanisms – Architectural Considerations.
Unit V
NETWORK DESIGN: Design Concepts – Design Process – Vendor, Equipment, and Service-
Provider Evaluations – Network Layout – Design Traceability – Design Metrics - Selecting
Technologies for Network Design: Developing Goals for Network Design – Developing Criteria
for Technology Evaluation – Guidelines and Constraints on technology Evaluations – Making
Technology Choices for the Network Design – Interconnecting Technologies within the Network
Design: Shared medium (No Interconnection) – Switching – Routing – Hybrid Mechanisms –
Applying Interconnection Mechanisms to the Design.

Text Book:
1. James D. McCabe, Network Analysis, Architecture and Design, Third Edition, Elsevier,
2007. ISBN: 978-0-12-370480-1.

Reference Books:
1. James D. McCabe, Network Analysis, Architecture and Design, Second Edition, Elsevier,
2003. ISBN: 1-55860-887-7.
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, Fourth Edition, Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle
River, New Jersey, 2003. ISBN: 0-13-066102-3

12IT304 WIRELESS NETWORKS LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

Course Objectives:
• To simulate various communication and mobility models of wireless Networks
• To understand the characteristics of wireless MAC Protocols.
• To analyze the performance of various wireless routing protocols.
• To give hands on experience on protocol analyzer.

Lab Exercises:

1. Performance analysis of Unicast routing protocol for ad hoc network.

i) Table-driven protocols (e.g., link state or DSDV)
ii) On demand protocols with caching (e.g., DSR, AODV, TORA)
iii) Hybrid protocols (e.g., ZRP, contact-based architectures)
iv) Hierarchical protocols (e.g., cluster based and landmark-based)
v) Geographic routing (e.g., greedy routing, GPSR)
2. Performance analysis of Multicast routing for ad hoc network.
i) Using tree-based or mesh-based approaches (ODMRP, CAMP, FGMP)
ii) Extensions of unicast ad hoc routing (MAODV, MCEDAR)
3. Performance analysis of broadcast routing

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-30

 i) Using naïve flooding, heuristics (e.g., probabilistic, counter based),
ii) Minimum dominating sets (e.g., MPR multi-point relays, CEDAR)
4. Resource discovery and rendezvous routing using contact-assisted protocols (e.g., MARQ,
CARD, PARSE), and distributed consistent hashing (e.g.,Rendezvous regions, GHT)
5. Comparison between various Wireless MAC protocols (CSMA/CA (802.11), MACA,
MACAW, PAMAS, SMAC)
6. Analysis of using TCP over various queuing disciplines (FIFO, RED, and WFQ).
7. Measurement of physical and MAC layer characteristics of wireless Links: using signal
strength, data rate, retransmission and delay measurements. Program for bit stuffing and
CRC computation
8. Comparison of various mobility models using GloMoSim/NS2 (Random way point, group
mobility, highway model, Manhattan model,hybrid models, Spatial correlation, temporal
correlation, relative speed, link durations)
9. Measurement of network parameters for WLAN (SNR, overall throughput and Delay)
10. Short range Bluetooth communications (formation of Piconet and scatternet) (Topology
maintenance and Multihop transmissions, Mobility issues,File transfer rate)
11. Analysis of various protocols using protocol analyzer. (Wireshark, tcpdump, iperf)

12IT305 INTERNETWORKING AND WEB TECHNOLOGY LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Client - Server chat using TCP

2. Client - Server chat using UDP
3. File Transfer using FTP
4. Data Dictionary
5. IP Addressing and Subnet Masking
6. Online shopping using Request and Response Object
7. Online Quiz using Cookies
8. Changing background Color using Session Objects
9. Active Data Objects
10. Creating menu Using CSS and Ajax
11. Changing webpage style using DHTML and Ajax

12IT306 NETWORK DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Introduction to NS-2 and Installation Guide

2. Throughput Calculation using AWK Scripts and Band width Calculation using Loss
Monitor
3. Simulation of TCP using NS-2
4. Performance evaluation of Routing Protocols
5. Performance evaluation of Different Queues and effect of Queues and buffer
6. Ping implementation using NS2
7. Introduction of OPNET and theory about OPNET
8. Simulation of LAN and Ethernet
9. Simulation of Switched LAN
10. Network Design
11. Simulation of TCP
12. Simulation of UDP

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-31

 12IT307 INFORMATION SECURITY LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Substitution Cipher and Transposition Cipher

2. One time Pad
3. Simplified DES
4. Vignere Cipher
5. RSA
6. Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange
7. Frequency Analysis on Caesar Cipher
8. Feistel Cipher
9. Digital Signature algorithm
10. HMAC

12IT308 ADVANCED COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To impart in-depth knowledge on the basic concepts of Modern Digital and Data
Communications Systems and Networks
• To provide better understanding of Optical fiber Transmission, Satellite and Microwave
Radio Communication

Course Outcome:
• Students will be equipped with in-Depth knowledge about digital modulation techniques
and systems
• Students will be able to learn about components, architecture, protocols and topology of
data communications
• Students will be able to learn of optic fiber and satellite communication

Unit I
DIGITAL MODULATION AND TRANSMISSION: Introduction-Information capacity-
Amplitude Shift Keying-Frequency Shift Keying-Phase Shift Keying-Quadrature Amplitude
Modulation-Bandwidth Efficiency-Carrier recovery-Clock Recovery-Differential Phase Shift
Keying-Trellis Code Modulation-Pulse Modulation-PCM sampling-Signal to Quantization Noise
Ratio-PCM codes-Coding Methods-Companding-Vocoders-Delta Modulation PCM-Differential
PCM-Pulse Transmission.

Unit II
DATA COMMUNICATIONS: History of DataCommunications-NetworkArchitecture-
Protocols-Standards-Organizations -Layered Network Architecture-Open System Interconnection-
Circuits-Serial and Parallel Data Transmission-Circuit Arrangements-Networks-Codes-Error
control, detection and correction-Character Synchronization-Data communication hardware-Line
control UNIT- Modems.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-32

Unit III
DATA LINK PROTOCOLS AND NETWORKS: Protocol Functions-Character and Bit
Oriented Data link protocols-Asynchronous and Synchronous Data link protocol-Synchronous and
High level Data link control-Public Switched Data Networks-CCITT X.25 User to Network
Interface Protocol-Integrated Services Digital Network-Asynchronous Transfer Mode-Local Area
Networks-Ethernet.

Unit IV
DIGITAL MULTIPLEXING AND OPTICAL FIBER TRANSMISSION: Time Division
Multiplexing-T1 Digital Carrier-Line Encoding-T Carrier Systems-Digital Carrier Frame
Synchronization-Bit versus Word Interleaving-Statistical Time Division Multiplexing-Codecs and
Combo chips-Frequency Division Multiplexing-Wavelength Division Multiplexing-History of
Optical Fiber Communications-Optical Fibers versus Metallic Cable Facilities-Electromagnetic
spectrum-Optical fiber communications system –Fiber types-Light Propagation-Optical Fiber
Configurations and Classifications-Losses in Optical Fiber Cables-Light Sources-Optical Sources-
Light Detectors-Lasers.

Unit V
MICROWAVE RADIO COMMUNICATIONS AND SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS:
Introduction-Advantages and Disadvantages of Microwave Radio-Analog versus Digital
Microwave-FM Microwave Radio System-Radio Repeaters- Radio Stations- Diversity-Protection
Switching Arrangements-Microwave Repeater Station-History of satellites-Keplers Laws-Satellite
orbits-Geosynchronous satellites-Antenna Look angles-Satellite classifications-Spacing and
Frequency Allocation-Radiation Patterns-Satellite System Link Models.

Text Book:
1. Wayne Tomasi, Advanced Electronic Communication Systems, Sixth Edition, Prentice
Hall of India, 2005. ISBN: 81-203-2497-8.

Reference Books:
1. George Kennady, Bernard Davis, Electronic communication systems, Fourth Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill. ISBN: 978-0-07-463682-4.
2. Hebert Taub, Donald L Schilling, Principles of Communication Systems, Third Edition,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2008. ISBN: 978-0-07-064811-1.
3. Simon Haykins, Communication Systems, Fifth Edition, Wiley Publications, 2009. ISBN:
978-0471697909.
4. Timothy Pratt, Satellite Communications, Second Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2003.
ISBN: 9814-12-684-5.
5. Ray Horak, Communication Systems and Networks, Third Edition, Wiley Publications,
2002. ISBN: 978-0764548994.

12IT309 INTERNETWORKING
Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:

• To understand the layers of TCP/IP and how all protocols in the TCP/IP suite fit into the
five-layer model.
• To understand the possibilities of interconnecting multiple physical networks into a
coordinated system.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-33

 • To learn the details of the global TCP/IP internet including the architecture of its router
system and the application protocols it supports.
• To learn the working principles of Multiprotocol Label Switching.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to identify the various TCP/IP protocols that used for particular
networking application, the type of Interior and exterior routing protocol that used for
different networks.
• Students will be able to understand the behavior of internetworking different networks in
MPLS networks.

Pre-requisites: Fundamentals of Computer Networks.

Unit I
LAYERING, LINK LAYER AND IP PROTOCOLS: Layering – TCP/IP Layering – Internet
Addresses – The Domain Name System –Encapsulation – Demultiplexing – Port Numbers -
Ethernet and IEEE 802 Encapsulation -Trailer Encapsulation – SLIP – Compressed SLIP – PPP –
Loopback Interface - MTU –Path MTU - IP Header – IP Routing – Subnet Addressing – Subnet
Mask – Special Case IP Addresses – IPv6 Addressing – IPv6 Protocol - ARP Packet Format –
Proxy ARP –Gratuitous ARP – RARP Packet Format – ICMP Message Types.

Unit II
DYNAMIC ROUTING PROTOCOLS ,UDP PROTOCOL: IP Routing Principles – ICMP
Host and Network Unreachable Errors – ICMP Redirect Errors – ICMP Router Discovery
Messages - Dynamic Routing – RIP – RIP Version 2 –OSPF – BGP – CIDR - User Datagram
Protocol –Broadcasting and Multicasting-IGMP-DNS Basics – DNS Message Format –Resource
Records – TFTP Protocol – BOOTP Packet Format.

Unit III
TCP PROTOCOL &APPLICATION LAYER PROTOCOLS :TCP Services – TCP Header –
TCP Connection Establishment and Termination –TCP Interactive Data Flow-TCP Timeout and
Retransmission- TCP Persist Timer-TCP Keepalive Timer-SNMP Protocol –Telnet and Rlogin –
FTP Protocol – SMTP Protocol – NFS Protocol.

Unit IV
MPLS SWITCHING AND FORWARDING OPERATIONS: MPLS Introduction - Label
Switching Basics – Switching and Forwarding Operations – MPLS Key Concepts.

Unit V
LABEL DISTRIBUTION, ATM AND FRAME RELAY NETWORKS, TRAFFIC
ENGINEERING & OSPF: Label Distribution Operations - MPLS and ATM and Frame Relay
Networks - Traffic Engineering-OSPF in MPLS Networks.

Text Books:
1. W. Richard Stevens, TCP/IP Illustrated Volume – I, The Protocols, Pearson Education,
2000. ISBN: 81-7808-101-6.
2. Uyless Black, MPLS and Label Switching Networks, Pearson Education, Second Edition,
2002. ISBN: 81-7808-650-6.
3. Behrouz A. Forouzan, TCP/IP Protocol Suite, Tata McGraw Hill, Fourth Edition, 2006.
ISBN: 0-07-060004-Xs.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-34

Reference Book:
1. Douglas E. Comer, Internetworking with TCP/IP – Principles, Protocols and Architecture,
Pearson Education, Fifth Edition, 2007. ISBN: 978-81-203-2998-0.

12IT310 NETWORK MANAGEMENT

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To present the foundations of models which are needed to build various network
management architectures and protocols.
• To provides exposure to SNMP-based protocols that manage TCP/IP networks with real-
world examples.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to acquire the knowledge of basic network management concepts,
SNMPv1 Network management organization, Information models, communication and
functional models
• Students will be able to compare and analyze SNMPv2 and SNMPv3
• Students will be able to gain theoretical background about RMON, network management
tools and systems and web based management

Unit I
DATA COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORK MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW:
Introduction-Analogy of telephone network management -Data and Telecommunication network-
Distributed Computing Environments-TCP/IP Based Networks –Communication Protocols and
standards-Network Management: Goals, Organization and Functions-Network Management
System Platform.

Unit II
SNMPV1 NETWORK MANAGEMENT: SNMPV Network Management – History – Internet
or Organizations and standards – SNMP Models – Organization Model – Information Model –
Communication Model-Functional Model.

Unit III
SNMP MANAGEMENT: SNMP V2 – System Architecture – Structure Of Management
Information – MIB – Protocol –Compatibility with SNMPV1 – SNMPV3 – Documentation –
Architecture-Applications – MIB security – User band security model access control.

Unit IV
SNMP MANAGEMENT RMON,TOOLS & SYSTEMS: Remote Monitoring – RMON SMI
and MIB – RMON1 – RMON2 – ATM Remote Monitoring –Case Study of Internet Traffic Using
RMON-Network Management Tools – Network Statistics Measurement Systems – History of
Enterprise Management – Network Management Systems – Commercial Network Management
Systems – system Management – Enterprise Management Solution.

Unit V
WEB BASED MANAGEMENT: Web based Management – Web Interface – Desktop
Management Interface – Enterprise Management – WBEM –Java Management Extension.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-35

Text Book:
1. Mani Subramanian, Network Management Principles and Practice, Addison Wesley, 2000.
ISBN: 0201357429.

Reference Books:
1. Stephen B. Morris, Network Management, MIBs and MPLS: Principles Design and
Implementation, Pearson, 2003. ISBN-10: 0131011138, ISBN-13: 9780131011137.
2. Alexander clemm, Network Management Fundamentals, CISCO Press, 2006. ISBN:
1587201372.
3. Sebastian Abeck, Adrian Farrel, Network Management Know it all, Elsevier Morgan
Caufmann, 2008. ISBN: 9780123745989.

12IT311 WEB TECHNOLOGY

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To enable the student to design, develop, build and manage real web applications using
current software development technologies and methodologies.
• To highlight the features of different Scripting Languages and Open source web
development.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to understand the technologies and protocols used on the Internet.
• Students will be able to acquire knowledge on the effective Internet tools technologies in
web-based applications and web development methodologies.

Unit I
HTML AND JAVASCRIPT: HTML Essentials- Document Structure Elements - Text Formatting
- Positioning tags - List Tags - Table Formatting Tags - Other Tags - Exploring Javascript -
Javascript and HTML Text-Variables-Operators -Global Variables-Expressions – Conditionals –
Looping - Javascript Functions – Objects – Arrays.

Unit II
ASP FUNDAMENTALS: Using Server Side Includes - Learning the SSI Directives – Creating
Modular ASP Code - Using the Request Object - Using Form Information - Using Query String
Information – Using Server Variables - Using the Response Object- Create Output – Managing
Output – Managing the Connection.

Unit III
COOKIES AND ACTIVE DATA OBJECTS: Using Cookies - Introduction to Cookies –
Cookies and Your Browser – Creating a Cookie Modifying and removing Cookies – Tracking
Preferences with Cookies - Using the Application, Session, and Server Objects - The application
Object - The Session Object – The Server Object – Using the global .asa file - Active Data Objects
Essentials - Microsoft’s Universal Data Access Strategy – The Connection Object – The Recordset
and Field Objects – The Command and Parameter Objects-Using the Errors Collection.

Unit IV
XML, AJAX AND DYNAMIC HTML: Creating Ajax Applications - Writing Ajax-Interacting
with Server-Side Code-Passing Data to Server Side - XML and Ajax - Creating XML-Handling
XML with JavaScript-Retrieving Data from an XML Document - Accessing XML Attributes
Values- Cascading Style Sheets and Ajax: Ajax Enabled Menus-Getting Text Noticed in Ajax
Applications-Scrolling Text- Styling Text Using CSS- Styling Colors and Backgrounds Using

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-36

CSS-Styling Locations in Web Pages- Dynamic HTML and Ajax - Creating Mouse overs - Using
Dynamic Styles - Using document.write - Using Dynamic HTML Methods to Update Part of a
Page - Using Dynamic HTML Properties to Update Part of a Page-Using Text Ranges to Update
Part of a Page-Using createElement to Create New Elements on the Fly Creating Dynamic Tables-
Catching the User’s Attention with Animation.

Unit V
PHP AND MYSQL: The Structure of PHP- Expressions – Operators – Conditionals – Looping -
Implicit and Explicit casting - PHP Functions - Including and Requiring Files – Objects – PHP
Arrays - Basic Access – foreach - Multidimensional Arrays - Using Array Functions - MySQL –
Basics Summary of Database Terms-Querying a MySQL Database with PHP.

Text Books:
1. Eric A. Smith, ASP 3 Programming Bible, Wiley-Dreamtech, 2002. ISBN: 81-265-0049-2.
2. Robin Nixon, Learning PHP, MySQL and Javascript, O’Reilly Media, Inc., 2009. ISBN:
978-0-596-15713-5.
3. Steve Holzner, Ajax Bible, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2007. ISBN: 81-265-1217-2.

Reference Books:
1. Deitel & Deitel, Internet and world wide web – How to Program, Pearson Prentice Hall,
Fourth Edition, 2007. ISBN: 0131752421.
2. Keyton Weissinger, ASP in a Nutshell - A Desktop Reference, Second Edition, O’Reilly &
Associates, 2000. ISBN: 1-56592-843-1.
3. Janet Valade, PHP and MySQL for Dummies, Wiley Publishing, Inc., Fourth Edition,
2010. ISBN: 978-0-470-52758-0.

12IT312 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
• Evaluate storage architecture; understand logical and physical components of a storage
infrastructure including storage subsystems
• Describe storage networking technologies such as FC-SAN, NAS, IP-SAN and data
archival solution – CAS
• Identify different storage virtualization technologies and their benefits
• Understand and articulate business continuity solutions including, backup and recovery
technologies, and local and remote replication solutions
• Define information security, and storage security domains
• Identify parameters of managing and monitoring storage infrastructure and describe
common storage management activities and solutions

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to gain knowledge on the physical and logical components of a
storage infrastructure and parameters of managing and monitoring storage infrastructure
• Students will be able to understand on different storage virtualization technologies and
their benefits, information security and storage security domains

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-37

Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION STORAGE: Information Storage – Evolution of
Storage Technology and Architecture – Data Centre Infrastructure – Key Challenges in Managing
Information – Information Lifecycle , Storage System Environment: Components of a Storage
System Environment – Disk Drive Components – Disk Drive Performance – Fundamental Laws
Governing Disk Performance – Logical Components of the Host – Application Requirements and
Disk Performance, Data Protection: RAID: Implementation of RAID – RAID Array Components –
RAID Levels – RAID Comparison – RAID Impact on Disk Performance – Hot Spares

Unit II
INTELLIGENT STORAGE SYSTEM: Components of an Intelligent Storage System –
Intelligent Storage Array - Direct Attached Storage and Introduction to SCSI: Types of DAS –
DAS Benefits and Limitations – Disk Drive Interfaces – Introduction to Parallel SCSI – SCSI
Command Model, Storage Area Networks: Fibre Channel Overview – The SAN and its Evolution
– Components of SAN – FC Connectivity – Fibre Channel Ports – Fibre Channel Architecture –
Zoning – Fibre Channel Login Types – FC Topologies

Unit III
NETWORK ATTACHED STORAGE : General Purpose Servers vs NAS Devices – Benefits of
NAS – NAS File I/O – Components of NAS – NAS Implementations – NAS File Sharing
Protocols – NAS I/O Operations – Factors affecting NAS Performance and Availability, IP SAN:
iSCSI – FCIP, Content Addressed Storage : Fixed Content and Archives – Types of Archives –
Features and Benefits of CAS – CAS Architecture – Object Storage and Retrieval in CAS – CAS
Examples, Storage Virtualization: Forms of Virtualization – SNIA Storage Virtualization
Taxonomy – Storage Virtualization Configurations – Storage Virtualization Challenges – Types of
Storage Virtualization

Unit IV
INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS CONTINUITY: Information Availability – BC Terminology
– BC Planning Life Cycle – Failure Analysis – Business Impact Analysis – BC Technology
Solutions, Backup and Recovery: Backup Purpose – Backup Considerations – Backup Granularity
– Recovery Considerations – Backup Methods – Backup Process – Backup and Restore Operations
– Backup Topologies – Backup in NAS Environments – Backup Technologies, Local Replication:
Source and Target – Uses of Local Replicas – Data Consistency – Local Replication Technologies
– Restore and Restart Considerations – Creating Multiple Replicas – Management Interface,
Remote Replication: Modes of Remote Replication – Remote Replication Technologies – Network
Infrastructure

Unit V
SECURING THE STORAGE INFRASTRUCTURE: Storage Security Framework – Risk Triad
– Storage Security Domains – Security Implementations in Storage Networking, Managing the
Storage Infrastructure: Monitoring the Storage Infrastructure – Storage Management Activities –
Storage Infrastructure Management Challenges – Developing an Ideal Solution

Text Books:
1. EMC Corporation, Information Storage and Management, Wiley Publishing Inc. USA,
2009, ISBN 978-81-265-2147-0.
2. Tom Clark, Designing Storage Area Networks: A Practical Reference for Implementing
Fibre Channel and IP SANs, Addison Wesley, Second Edition, 2003, ISBN 978-
0321136503.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-38

Reference Books:
1. Robert Spalding, Storage Networks: The Complete Reference, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003,
ISBN 978-0-07-053292-2.
2. Meeta Gupta,Storage Area Network Fundamentals,Cisco Press, 2002,ISBN 1-58705-065-X

12IT313 CLOUD COMPUTING

Credits: 3:1:0

Course Objective:
• To provide an insight into the evolution of Cloud Computing.
• To impart basic knowledge on Architecture of Cloud Computing.
• To overview security issues in Cloud Computing implementations
• To introduce various cloud application, developmental tools & Standards.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to understand cloud Computing and various Cloud Architectures
• Students will be able to insight the security threats pertaining to cloud.
• Students will be able to learn various existing cloud applications.

Unit I
THE EVOLUTION OF CLOUD COMPUTING: The Emergence of Cloud Computing, Cloud
based service offerings, Grid Computing Vs Cloud Computing, Key characteristics of Cloud
Computing, Challenges for the cloud, Various Technological revolution that contributes to the
evolution of Cloud - Hardware Evolution, Internet software Evolution, Server Virtualization;
Services delivered over Cloud – Infrastructure as a Service, Platform as a service, Software as a
service.

Unit II
CLOUD ARCHITECTURES: Cloud computing infrastructure models- public, private and
hybrid clouds, Architectural layers of Cloud computing, Cloud application programming
interfaces; Architectural considerations for IaaS – CPU virtualization( hypervisors), storage
virtualization (SAN, ISCSI), Network virtualization( VLAN);Case Study- Amazon EC2, S3, DB,
Queues, Cloud Front.

Unit III
SECURITY ISSUES IN CLOUD COMPUTING: Cloud Security Challenges, security
management, security governance, risk management, risk assessment, security monitoring and
incident response, Security architecture design, Vulnerability Assessment, password assurance
testing, security images, data privacy, data security, application security, virtual machine security,
Identity Access management, physical security, Business continuity and disaster recovery, Is
security as a service the New MSSP?

Unit IV
COMMON STANDARDS AND BACKBONE TECHNOLOGIES FOR THE EMERGENCE
OF CLOUD COMPUTING: Distributed Management Task Force, Standards for Application
Developers- Ajax, XML, JSON, LAMP, LAPP, Standards for Messaging – SMTP, POP,IMAP,
Atom, APP, RSS, HTTP, SIMPLE, XMPP, Standards for Security- SAML OAuth, SSL/TLS,
OpenID; SOA as a step towards Cloud; Role of Virtualization in the Cloud.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-39

Unit V
CLOUD COMPUTING APPLICATIONS AND TOOLS FOR DEVELOPMENT: YouTube-
YouTube API overview, Widgets, YouTube player APIs, The You Tube Custom Player, YouTube
data API, Zimbra- Zimbra Collobration Suite (ZCS), Facebook – Facebook development, Zoho –
Zoho cloud SQL, Introduction to MapReduce- Discussion of Google paper, Big Tables, GFS,
HDFS, Hadoop Framework, Hadoop Framework examples

Text Book:
1. Cloud Computing - Implementation, Management & Security, John W. Rittinghouse,
James F. Ransome, CRC Press, 2010.

Reference Books:
1. Judith Hurich, Robin Bloor, Marcia Kaufman, Fern Halper, Cloud Computing for
Dummies, Wiley Publication Inc., 2010.
2. Tom White, Hadoop the Definite Guide, O’REILLY, 2009.
3. George Reese, Cloud Application Architectures, O’REILLY, 2009.
4. Tim Mather, Subra Kumarasamy, Shahed Latif, Cloud Security and Privacy, O’REILLY,
2009.
5. Introduction to Cloud Computing Architecture, White paper, SUN, Microsystems, 1st
edition, June 2009.
6. Cloud Computing Specialist Certification kit.

12IT314 GRID COMPUTING

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
• To understand the basic concepts of Grid Computing and the emerging technology
standards on Grid infrastructure
• To expose on the prominent toolkits and middleware solutions that impact the Grid
adoption.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to predict the behavior of grid computing environment
• Students will be able to understan the working principles of grid applications and grid
components

Unit I
GRID INTRODUCTION:Early grid activities – Current grid activities – An overview of grid
business areas – Grid applications – Grid infrastructure – Organizations developing Grid standards
and best practice guidelines – Global grid forum – Organizations developing grid computing tool
kits and the framework – Organizations building and using grid based solutions to solve
computing, data and network requirements – Commercial organizations building and using grid
based solutions. The Grid problem – Autonomic computing – Business on demand and
infrastructure virtualization – Service oriented architecture and Grid – Semantic Grids

Unit II
GRID ARCHITECTURES: Service Oriented Architecture – Web service architecture XML,
Related technologies and their relevance to web services – XML messages and enveloping –
Service message description mechanisms – Relationship between web service and grid service –
Web service interoperability and the role of the WS-I organization. OGSA architecture and goal –
Commercial data center – National fusion collaboratory – Online media and entertainment –

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-40

Native platform services and transport mechanisms – OGSA hosting environment – Core
networking services transport and security – OGSA infrastructure – OGSA basic services

Unit III
GRID SERVICES: A high level introduction to OGSI – Technical details of OGSI specification –
Introduction to service data concepts – Grid service: Naming and change management
recommendations – Common management model – Service domains – Policy architecture –
Security architecture – Metering and accounting – Common distributed logging – Distributed data
access and replication.

Unit IV
GRID SIMULATION TOOLS: GT3 software architecture model – Service-programming model

Unit V
GRID RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: Acme search service implementation in a top down
approach – Resource discovery and monitoring – Resource allocation – Data management –
Information services – Index services – Resource information provider service – Resource
management services – Data management services – OGSI.NET framework implementation

Text Book:
1. Joshy Joseph and Craig Fellenstein, Grid Computing, Pearson Education, 2004. ISBN 81-
297-0527-3

Reference Book:
1. Ian Foster and Carl Kesselman, The Grid: Blueprint for a New Computing Infrastructure,
Second Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2004. ISBN:1558609334

12IT315 WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
• To gain knowledge about the applications of wireless sensor networks
• To learn the technologies and protocols used
• To gain insight on managing the wireless sensor network

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to predict the working procedure of a Wireless Sensor Network
• Students will be able to identify the Basic components needed for Wireless Sensor Network
• Students will be able to understand the knowledge of simulators and operating systems for
wireless sensor network

Unit I
INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW OF WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS: Background
of Sensor Network Technology – Application of Sensor Networks-Basic overview of the
technology- Basic Sensor Network Architectural Elements- Survey of Sensor Networks -
Applications of Sensor
Networks: Introduction- Background-Range of Applications-Examples of Category 2 WSN
Applications- Examples of Category 1 WSN Applications-Taxonomy of WSN Technology.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-41

Unit II
BASIC WIRELESS SENSOR TECHNOLOGY: Introduction-Sensor Node Technology-Sensor
Taxonomy-WN Operating Environment-WN Trends -Wireless Transmission Technology and
Systems: Radio Technology Primer-Propagation and Propagation Impairments- Available Wireless
Technologies-Campus Applications- MAN/WAN Applications.

Unit III
MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL PROTOCOLS FOR WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS:
Introduction-Background- Fundamentals of MAC Protocols-Performance Requirements-Common
Protocols-MAC Protocols for WSNs-Sensor-MAC Case Study-IEEE 802.15.4 LR –WPANs
Standard Case Study-PHY Layer-MAC Layer.

Unit IV
ROUTING PROTOCOLS FOR WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS: Data Dissemination and
Gathering-Routing Challenges and Design Issues in Wireless Sensor Networks-Routing Strategies
in Wireless Sensor Networks- Transport Control Protocols for Wireless Sensor Networks:
Traditional Transport Control Protocols- Transport Protocol Design Issues- Examples of Existing
Transport Control Protocols-Performance of Transport Control Protocols- Middleware for
Wireless Sensor Networks :WSN Middleware Principles-Middleware Architecture-Existing
Middleware.

Unit V
NETWORK MANAGEMENT FOR WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS: Traditional
Network Management Models- Network Management Design Issues-Example of Management
Architecture: MANNA-Naming –Localization Operating Systems for Wireless Sensor Networks-
Design Issues-Examples of Operating Systems Performance and Traffic Management – WSN
Design Issues –Performance Modelling of WSNs-Case Study Simple Computation of the System
Life Span.

Text Book:
1. Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli and Taieb Znati, Wireless Sensor Networks: Technology,
Protocols, and Applications, John Wiley & Sons, 2007, 978-0471743002.

Reference Books:
1. Mohammad Ilyas and Imad MahGoub (Editors), Handbook of Sensor Network: Compact
Wireless and Wire Sensing System, CRC Press, 2005, ISBN 0-8493-1968-4.
2. Holger Karl and Andreas Willig, Protocols and Architectures for Wireless Sensor
Networks, John Wiley & Sons, 2007, 978-0471718161.

12IT316 SOFT COMPUTING

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To familiarize with soft computing concepts.
• To introduce the ideas of Neural Networks, fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on
human experience.
• To introduce the concepts of Genetic algorithm and its applications to soft computing using
some applications.

Course Outcomes:
• Students will be able to gain basic knowledge on soft computing and in depth knowledge
on Neural Networks.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-42

 • Students will be equipped with basic knowledge of fuzzy set theory and its impact on fuzzy
system Design, genetic algorithm approach and the soft computing applications.

Unit I
ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORK I:Introduction – Fundamental concept – Evolution of
Neural Networks – Basic Models of Artificial Neural Networks – Important Terminologies of
ANNs – McCulloch-Pitts Neuron – Linear Separability – Hebb Network. Supervised Learning
Network: Perceptron Networks – Adaline – Multiple Adaptive Linear Neurons – Back-Propagation
Network – Radial Basis Function Network.

Unit II
ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORK II:Associative Memory Networks: Training Algorithms
for Pattern Association – Autoassociative Memory Network – Heteroassociative Memory Network
– Bidirectional Associative Memory – Hopfield Networks – Iterative Autoassociative Memory
Networks – Temporal Associative Memory Network. Unsupervised Learning Networks: Fixed
weight Competitive Nets – Kohonen Self-Organizing Feature Maps – Learning Vector
Quantization – Counter propagation Networks – Adaptive Resonance Theory Networks – Special
Networks.

Unit III
FUZZY SET THEORY I: Introduction to Classical Sets and Fuzzy sets – Classical Relations and
Fuzzy Relations – Tolerance and Equivalence Relations – Noninteractive Fuzzy sets –
Membership Functions: Fuzzification – Methods of Membership Value Assignments –
Defuzzification – Lambda-Cuts for Fuzzy sets and Fuzzy Relations – Defuzzification Methods.

Unit IV
FUZZY SET THEORY II:Fuzzy Arithmetic and Fuzzy Measures: Fuzzy Rule Base and
Approximate Reasoning: Truth values and Tables in Fuzzy logic – Fuzzy Propositions – Formation
of Rules – Decomposition and Aggregation of rules – Fuzzy Reasoning – Fuzzy Inference Systems
(FIS) – Fuzzy Decision Making – Fuzzy Logic Control Systems.

Unit V
GENETIC ALGORITHM: Introduction – Basic Operators and Terminologies in GAs –
Traditional Algorithm vs. Genetic Algorithm – Simple GA – General Genetic Algorithm – The
Scheme Theorem – Classification of Genetic Algorithm – Holland Classifier Systems – Genetic
Programming. Applications of Soft Computing: A Fusion Approach of Multispectral Images with
SAR Image for Flood Area Analysis – Optimization of Travelling Salesman Problem using
Genetic Algorithm Approach – Genetic Algorithm based Internet Search Technique – Soft
Computing based Hybrid Fuzzy Controllers – Soft Computing based Rocket Engine – Control.

Text Book:
1. S.N. Sivanandan and S.N. Deepa, Principles of Soft Computing, Wiley India, 2007. ISBN:
10: 81-265-1075-7.

Reference Books:
1. S. Rajasekaran and G.A.V.Pai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic Algorithms,
PHI, 2003.
2. Timothy J.Ross, Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, McGraw-Hill, 1997.
3. J.S.R.Jang, C.T.Sun and E.Mizutani, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing, PHI, 2004,
Pearson Education.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-43

 12IT317 WIRELESS SECURITY

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To provide exposure to various threats in wireless networks and security solutions.
• To understand the technologies and protocols that support security in wireless networks.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to gain and in-depth understanding of the development of Wireless
Security and its related attacks.
• Students will be able to learn about the technologies and protocols that makes up real
secured wireless Network.

Unit I
SECURITY PRINCIPLES AND ATTACKS: Introduction- Security Principles - Wi-Fi
Vulnerabilities – Different Types of Attack – Wireless Information warfare.

Unit II
IEEE 802.11, EAP AND RADIUS PROTOCOLS: IEEE 802.11 Protocol Primer- IEEE 802.11
WEP Working - WPA, RSN and IEEE 802.11i-Access Control: IEEE 802.1X, EAP, and RADIUS.

Unit III
UPPER LAYER AUTHENTICATION PROTOCOLS: Upper- Layer Authentication - WPA
and RSN Key Hierarchy- TKIP.

Unit IV
WIRELESS KEY MANAGEMENT AND HOTSPOTS: AES- CCMP-Wi-Fi LAN
Coordination: ESS and IBSS- Public Wireless Hotspots.

Unit V
WIRELESS ATTACKS, BLUETOOTH AND VoIP SECURITY: Known Attacks: A Technical
Review – Actual Attack Tools – Open Source Implementation Example – Security in Wireless
Application Protocol – Bluetooth Security – VoIP Security.

Text Book:
1. Jon Edney, William A.Arbaugh, Real 802.11 Security Wi-Fi Protected Access and 802.11i,
Pearson Edition, 2004. ISBN: 81-297-0312-2.

Reference Books:
1. Randall K.Nichols, Panos C. Lekkas, Wireless Security: Models, Threats and Solutions,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2006. ISBN: 0-07-061884-4.
2. Merrit Maxim, David Pollino, Wireless Security, McGraw-Hill. ISBN: 0-07-222286-7.

12IT318 VIRTUAL REALITY TECHNOLOGY

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
• To learn the fundamental principles of virtual reality
• To learn virtual reality hardware and software

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-44

• To design and construct a simple virtual environment

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to predict the behavior of any virtual reality hardware
• Students will be able to understand the type of software used for particular virtual reality
hardware
• Students will be able to construct a simple virtual environment depending upon the
requirement

Unit I
INTRODUCTION AND INPUT DEVICES: Introduction - Three dimensional position trackers
- Navigation and Manipulation, Interfaces-Gesture Interfaces.

Unit II
OUTPUT DEVICES: Graphic displays- Sound displays-Hap tic Feedback.

Unit III
ARCHITECTURE: Computing Architecture of VR-The Rendering Pipeline-PC Graphic
Architecture-Workstation based Architectures-Distributed VR Architectures.

Unit IV
MODELLING AND PROGRAMMING: Modelling – Geometric modelling- Kinematics
Modelling- Physical Modelling-Behavior Modelling-Model management-VR Programming-
Toolkits and Scene Graphs-World Toolkit-Java 3D-General Hap tics open Software Toolkit-
People shop.

Unit V
VR FACTORS: Human Factors in VR-Methodology and Terminology-User Performance
Studies-VR health and safety Issues-VR and Society.

Text Book:
1. Grigore C.Burdea and Philippe Coiffet, Virtual Reality Technology, Second Edition, Wiley
Interscience, 2003. ISBN: 0-471-36089-9.

Reference Book:
1. John Vince, Virtual Reality Systems, Pearson Education. ISBN: 81-7808-504-6.

12IT319 INTERNETWORKING MULTIMEDIA

Credits: 4:0:0
Course Objective:
• To identify and analyze the requirements that a distributed multimedia application may
enforce on the communication network.
• To include all the important aspects that has significant impact on the enhancements to the
basic Internet architecture and its associated protocols.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to identify internetworking principles and issues in multimedia
technologies, difference between different network service mode and to describe how
multicasting on the Internet works

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-45

 • Students will be able to acquire knowledge on how session directories, advertisement and
invitation protocols work.
• Students will be able to understand security measures and policies suitable for multicast
multimedia.

Unit I
INTRODUCTION - A BRIEF HISTORY OF REAL TIME: Content and delivery-From letters
and numbers to sound and vision-Analogue and digital-Protocols-Internet Service models-Multicast
in the internet-Transport Protocols-Multimedia Sessions-Conference Membership and Reception
feedback-Security-Application other than Audio and Video Network Service Models: Sharing and
caring-Service schedules and Queues-Evolution of the internet service models-Resource reservation
protocol (RSVP), Service classes and assurance-Detailed analysis of the integrated services-Host
functions- Resource reservation protocol (RSVP)revisited-QoS routing-Futures-IP and ATM- Recent
simplified approaches to service differentiation.

Unit II
MULTICAST, CODING AND COMPRESSION: Host Functions -Routing and addressing-
Multicast routing-Multicast scoping-Reliable multicast transport- Calling down traffic on a Site
Coding And Compression: System Components-Nature of the signal-lossless data compression-
Audio-Still image-Moving image-Multiplexing and synchronizing-performance-Processing
requirements for video Compression.

Unit III
TRANSPORT PROTOCOLS, SESSION DIRECTORIES, ADVERTISEMENT AND
INVITATION PROTOCOLS: Introduction-TCP adoption algorithms-MPEG systems-Transport
and program streams-RTP-Synchronization-Reliable multicast transport
Session Directories, Advertisement And Invitation Protocols: Session Description protocol (SDP)-
Session announcement protocol (SAP)-Section initiation protocol (SIP)
Conference Controls: ITU model H.320/TGCC-MMCC a Centralized Internet model-CCCP
distributed Internet model-Using ISDN to do IP access to the Mbone.

Unit IV
APPLICATIONS: Introduction-Shared applications in the Mbone: Design-Limitations of the data
model-Usability Issues-Asynchronous events-Generalizing the models-Distributed virtual reality:
General idea and problems-Virtual reality operations, user views and network considerations-
application model-Distributed virtual reality multicast protocol (DVRMP).

Unit V
MEDIA-ON-DEMAND, SECURITY AND POLICY IN MULTICAST MULTIMEDIA:
Recording and playing back Mbone sessions- Recording -Remote control of playback Security And
Policy In Multicast Multimedia: Introduction-Roadmap-A brief introduction to cryptographic
technology-Network-level solutions-media encryption-key distribution.

Text Book:
1. Jon Crowcroft, Mark Handley, Ian Wakeman, Internetworking Multimedia, Publisher:
Morgan Kaufmann; Illustrated Edition, 1999, ISBN: 1558605843.
Reference Books:
1. B.O. Szuprowicz, Multimedia Networking, McGraw Hill, NewYork. 1995. ISBN-13: 978-
0070631083
2. Tay Vaughan, Multimedia Making it work, Sixth Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003. ISBN-
13: 978-0072230000.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-46

 12IT320 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Image Enhancement using point operations - contrast Stretching, Clipping, Histogram

Equalization
2. Image Transforms - DFT, DCT, Wavelet
3. Image Compression - DCT
4. Image Compression - Wavelet
5. Image Restoration - Inverse, Pseudo-Inverse, Wiener
6. Edge Detection - Sobel, Canny, Isotropic
7. Edge Detection - Laplacian of Gaussian, Zero Crossing
8. Image Filters - Spatial and Frequency Domain filters, Average, Weighted Average, Median
9. Image Quantization - Uniform Quantizer
10. Arithmetic & Logic operations - Zooming ,Shrinking
11. Color Image Processing - Color Model conversion, Pseudo Coloring
12. Image Morphology

12IT321 COMPUTER GRAPHICS LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. To implement Bresenham’s algorithms for line,circle and ellipse drawing.

2. To perform 2D Transformations such as translation,rotation,scaling,reflection and sharing.
3. To implement Cohen-Sutherland 2D clipping and window-viewpoint mapping.
4. To perform 3D Transformations such as translation,rotation and scaling.
5. To visualize projections of 3D images.
6. To convert between color models.
7. To implement text compression algorithm
8. To implement image compression algoithm
9. To perform animation using any Animation Software
10. To perform basic operations on image using any image editing software

12IT322 ELEMENTS OF MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS

Credits: 4:0:0
Course Objective:
• To learn the basic components of multimedia
• To understand the fundamentals of media components such as audio, video and images
• To learn and understand the need of data compression
• To understand various compression methods
• To understand colour schemes in multimedia
• To learn the fundamentals of storage mechanisms in multimedia

Course Outcome:
• Students will be equipped with in depth knowledge on the need of data compression,
various compression methods.
• Students will be able to implement colour schemes in multimedia.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-47

Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO MULTIMEDIA AND AUDIO TECHNOLOGY: Interdisciplinary
aspects of Multimedia-Media characteristics-Media compression-Optical storage-Content
Processing-Media and Data Streams: The term “Multimedia” –The term “Media” –Key properties
of a multimedia system – Characterizing Data Streams –Audio Technology: What is Sound-Audio
representation on computers-Music and the MIDI Standard – Speech Signals-Speech Output-
Speech Input-Speech Transmission.

Unit II
GRAPHICS AND IMAGES: Introduction –Capturing graphics and Images – Computer assisted
Graphics and Image Processing – Reconstructing Images – graphics and Image Output Options –
Video Technology: Basics – Television Systems – Digitization of video signals – Digital television
–Computer Based Animation: Basic Concepts – Specification of Animations – Methods of
controlling Animation – Display of animation – Transmission of Animation – Virtual reality
modeling language(VRML)

Unit III
GRAPHICS AND IMAGE DATA REPRESENTATIONS: Graphics/Image Data Types-
Popular File Formats-Further Exploration-Colour in Image and video: Colour Science-Colour
Models in Images-Colour Models In video

Unit IV
DATA COMPRESSION: Storage space – Coding Requirements – Source, Entropy, and Hybrid
Coding – Basic Compression Techniques – JPEG – H.261 and H.263-MPEG – Fractal
Compression-Wavelet Based Coding-The JPEG2000 Standard

Unit V
OPTICAL STORAGE MEDIA: History of optical storage – Basic Technology – Video Discs
and other WORMs – Compact disc digital audio – Compact Disc read only memory-CD-ROM
Extended Architecture-Further CD-ROM Based Developments-Compact Disc recordable-Compact
Disc Magneto-Optical-Compact Disc Read/Write-Digital Versatile Disc-Closing Observations,
Content Analysis: Simple vs Complex features- Analysis Of Individual Images- Analysis Of
Image Sequences-Audio Analysis-Applications

Text Books:
1. Ralf Steinmetz, Klara Nahrstedt, Multimedia Fundamentals, Pearson Education, Second
Edition, 2004. ISBN: 978-81-317-0976-4.
2. Ze-Nian Li and Mark S. Drew, Fundamentals of Multimedia, Pearson Education, 2004.
ISBN 81-297-0438-2.

Reference Books:
1. J-R Ohm, Multimedia Communication Technology, Springer-Verlag, 2004. ISBN: 3-540-
01249-4.
2. Daniel Cunliffe,Geoff Elliott, Multimedia Computing, Crucial,2003. ISBN: 1-903337-18-6.

12IT323 COMPUTER GRAPHICS

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To understand the foundations of computer graphics: hardware systems, math basis, light
and colour.
• To implement key components of the rendering pipeline, especially visibility, rasterization,
viewing, and shading.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-48

 • To appreciate the complexities of modeling realistic objects through modeling complex
scenes
• using a high-level scene description language.
• To acquaint with few advanced topics in computer graphics.

Course Outcome:

• Students will be equipped with knowledge of fundamental hardware and software concepts
of interactive computer graphics such as raster displays, color systems, processor
architectures and displays.
• Students will be able to understand of the mathematics of geometric transformations as
applied to two and three-dimensional graphics.
• Students will be able to understand graphics application programming through projects
using standard graphics libraries

Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Video Display Devices – Raster Scan Systems – Line Drawing Algorithms –
Parallel Line Algorithms – Setting Frame Buffer Values – Circle Generating Algorithms –Ellipse
Generating Algorithms – other Curves – Parallel curve Algorithms – Pixel addressing and object
Geometry – Fill area Primitives – Polygon Fill Areas – Attributes of Graphics Primitives: Line
Attributes – Curve attributes – Fill area Attributes – General Scan Line Polygon Fill Algorithms –
Scan Line Fill of Convex Polygons – Scan Line Fill for Regions with Curved Boundaries.

Unit II
FUNDAMENTAL MATHEMATICS AND GEOMETRIC TRANSFORMATIONS: Basic
Two Dimensional Geometric Transformations –Matrix Representations and Homogeneous
Coordinates – Inverse transformations – Two dimensional Composite Transformations – Other
Two Dimensional Transformations –Raster Methods for Geometric Transformations – Raster
Transformations –Transformations Between Two Dimensional Coordinate Systems – Geometric
Transformations in Three Dimensional space – Three dimensional Translations – Three
Dimensional Rotation – Three Dimensional Scaling – Composite Three Dimensional
Transformations – Other Three Dimensional Transformations – Transformations Between Three
Dimensional Coordinate Systems – Affine Transformations – Geometric Transformation Functions
– The Two Dimensional Viewing Pipeline – The Clipping Window – Normalization and Viewport
– Clipping Algorithms – Two Dimensional Point Clipping – Two dimensional Line Clipping –
Polygon Fill Area Clipping – Curve Clipping – Text Clipping.

Unit III
RENDERING AND THREE DIMENSIONAL VIEWING: Overview of Three Dimensional
Viewing Concepts – The Three Dimensional Viewing Pipeline – Three Dimensional Viewing
Coordinate Parameters – Transformation from World to viewing Coordinates – Projection
Transformations – Orthogonal Transformations – Oblique Parallel Projections – Perspective
Projections – The Viewport Transformation and Three dimensional Screen coordinates – Three
Dimensional Viewing Functions – Three Dimensional Clipping Algorithms – Optional Clipping
Planes – Polyhedra – Polyhedron Functions – Curved surfaces – Quadric Surfaces – Blobby
Objects – Spline Transformations – Cubic-Spline Interpolation Methods – Beizer Spline Curves –
Beizer Surfaces – B-Spline Curves – BSpline surfaces –Beta lines – Rational Splines – Displaying
Spline Curves and Surfaces.

Unit IV
ILLUMINATION: Light Sources - Surface Lighting Effects - Basic Illumination Models –
Transparent Surfaces – Atmospheric Effects – Shadows – Camera Parameters – Displaying Light

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-49

Intensities – Halftone Patterns and Dithering Techniques – Polygon Rendering Methods – Ray
Tracing Methods – Modeling Surface Detail with polygons – Texture mapping –Illumination and
Surface Rendering Functions – Texture Functions.

Unit V
COLOR MODELS AND ANIMATION: Interactive Picture Construction Techniques – Virtual
Reality Environments –Interactive Input Device Functions - Color Models and Color Applications:
Properties of Light – Color Models – Standard Primaries and the Chromaticity Diagram – The
RGB Color Models – The YIQ and Related Color Models – The CMY and CMYK Color Models –
The HSV Color Model – The HLS Color Model – Color section and applications –Computer
Animations: Raster Methods for Computer Animation – Design of Animation sequence –
Traditional Animation Techniques – General Computer animation Functions –Computer animation
Languages – Key Frame Systems – Motion Specifications –Articulated Figure animation –
Periodic Motions – Animation Procedures – Hierarchical Modeling - Graphics File Formats:
Image File Configurations – Color Reduction Methods – File Compression Techniques –
Composition of the Major File formats.

Text Book:
1. Donald Hearn, M.Pauline Baker, Computer Graphics with OpenGL, Pearson
Education, Third Edition, 2009. ISBN: 978-81-317-2738-6.

Reference Books:
1 F.S.Hill JR, Computer graphics using Open GL, Second Edition, Prentice Hall,
2001. ISBN: 81-203-2813-2.
2 Edward Angel, Interactive Computer Graphics - A Top Down approach with
OpenGL, Addison Wesley, 2000. ISBN: 0-201-38597-X.
3 Donald Hearn, M.Pauline Baker, Computer Graphics, Prentice Hall, Second
Edition, 1999. ISBN: 81-203-0944-8.

12IT324 COMPUTER VISION

Credits: 4:0:0

Course objective:
• To understand the concepts in computer Vision.
• To provide Knowledge on basic geometry, physics of imaging and probabilistic techniques.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to understand of Image Formation, Camera models and Parameters,
Multiple View Geometry and Segmentation.
• Students will be able to apply Various Filters in practice.

Unit I
IMAGE FORMATION AND IMAGE MODEL: Cameras: Pinhole Cameras-Cameras with
Lenses, The Human Eye, Geometric Camera Models: Elements of Analytical Euclidean Geometry-
Camera Parameters and the Perspective Projection, Affine Cameras and Affine Projection
Equations, Geometric Camera Calibration: Least Squares Parameter Estimation, A Linear
Approach to Camera Calibration, Taking Radial Distortion into Account.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-50

Unit II
RADIOMETRY MEASURING LIGHT: Light in space, Light at Surfaces ,Important Special
Cases, Sources, Shadows and Shading: Qualitative Radiometry Sources and their effects, Local
Shading Models, Color: The Physics of Color, Human Color Perception, Representing Color, A
Model For Image Color, Surface Color from Image Color.

Unit III
LINEAR FILTERS: Linear Filters and Convolution, Shift Invariant Linear System, Spatial
Frequency and Fourier Transforms, Sampling and Aliasing, Filters as Templates, Technique
Normalizes Co-relation and Finding Pattern, Edge Detection: Noise, Estimating Derivatives,
Detecting Edges, Texture: Representing Texture, Analysis Using Oriented Pyramids, Application:
Synthesizing Textures for Rendering, Shape From Texture.

Unit IV
THE GEOMETRY OF MULTIPLE VIEWS: Two Views, Three Views, More Views,
Stereopsis: Reconstruction, Human Stereopsis, Binocular Fusion, sing More Camera, Affine
Structure from Motion: Elements of Affine Geometry, Affine Structure and Motion from Two
Images, Affine Structure and Motion from Multiple Images, From Affine to Euclidean Images,
Affine Motion Segmentation, Projective Structure from Motion: Elements Of Projective
Geometry, Projective Structure and Motion from Binocular Correspondences, Projective Motion
Estimation from Multi-linear Constraints.

Unit V
SEGMENTATION BY CLUSTERING: Human Vision: Grouping and Gestalt, Applications:
short Boundary detection and Background subtraction, Image Segmentation by Clustering Pixels,
Segmentation By Graph-Theoretic Clustering, Segmentation By Fitting a Model: The Hough
Transform, Fitting Lines, fitting Curves, Segmentation and Fitting Using Probabilistic Methods:
Missing Data Problems, Fitting and Segmentation

Text Book:
1. David A.Forsyth, Jean Ponce, Computer Vision A Modern Approach, Prentice Hall, 2003.
ISBN-81-203-2372-6

Reference Books:
1. Linda G. Shapiro, George C. Stockman ,Computer Vision, Published by Prentice
Hall,2001. ISBN 0130307963, 9780130307965
2. Dana H. Ballard, Christopher M. Brown, Computer Vision,2003. Prentice Hall,
ISBN:13:9780131653160 ISBN: 0131653164

12IT325 MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATION

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
• To learn the multimedia communication standards and compression techniques.
• To learn the Internet protocols.
• To learn the Multimedia communication across the networks.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be equipped with knowledge on implementing the concepts based on
multimedia communication standards and compression techniques, Internet protocols.
• Students will be able to understand multimedia communication and broad band ATM
Networks across the networks.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-51

Unit I
MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS AND AUDIO VIDEO COMPRESSION:
Introduction-Multimedia networks-Multimedia applications-Applications and networking
terminology- Audio compression and Video Compression

Unit II
STANDARDS AND DIGITAL MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS: Introduction-
Reference models-Standards relating to interpersonal communications-Standards relating to
interactive applications over the Internet-Standards for entertainment applications. Digital
communication basics: Transmission media-Sources of signal impairment-Asynchronous
transmission-Synchronous transmission-Error Detection methods

Unit III
THE INTERNET: IP datagrams-Fragmentation and reassembly-IP addresses-ARP and RARP-
Routing algorithms-ICMP-QoS support-The PPP link layer protocol-IPv6-IPv6/IPv4
interoperability

Unit IV
BROADBAND ATM NETWORKS AND ENTERTAINMENT NETWORKS: Cell format and
switching principles- Switch architectures-Protocol architecture. Entertainment networks and high-
speed modems: Cable TV networks-Satellite television networks-Terrestrial television networks-
High-speed PSTN access technologies-Transport protocols: TCP/IP protocol suite-UDP-RTP and
RTCP

Unit V
MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS ACROSS NETWORKS: Packet Audio/Video in the
network Environment -Video transport across generic networks-Multimedia transport across ATM
networks – Multimedia across IP networks – Multimedia across DSLs – Internet access Networks
– Multimedia across wireless - Mobiles Networks – Broadcasting Networks – Digital Television
infrastructure for interactive multimedia services

Text Books:
1. Fred Halsall, Multimedia Communications, Pearson, Seventh Indian Reprint, 2005. ISBN:
81-7808-532-1.
2. K .R. Rao, Zaron S. Bojkovic, Dragorad A. Milocanovic, Multimedia Communication
Systems, Prentice Hall India, 2002. ISBN: 81-203-2145-6.

Reference Books:
1. Steve Heath, Multimedia and Communication Technology, Second Edition, Focal Press,
2003. ISBN: 81-8147-145-8.

12IT326 COMPUTER ANIMATION

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
• To provide knowledge about the techniques of 3D computer animation.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to know, how to produce a storyboard, create characters and
background in film as well as various animation techniques.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-52

 • Students will be able to understand language development through aesthetic learning
processes and how these relate to other learning processes.
• Students will be able to understanding the processes related to animation and how these can
be applied for real time animation and stimulates facial expressions.

Unit I
PREPRODUCTION AND MODELING BASICS: Preproduction - Introduction – Storyboarding
- Character and Model Design - Sound Design –Technical Tests - Production Scheduling -
Modeling Basics - Introduction - Polygonal Modeling -Splines and Patches - Coordinate Systems -
Viewing Windows - Geometric Primitives –Transformations - Common Modeling Techniques –
Hierarchies - Booleans and Trims - Basic Deformations.

Unit II
RENDERING BASICS: Introduction - The Camera – Lights - Surface Characteristics - Shading
Algorithms - Rendering Algorithms - Background Images - Surface Texture Mapping - Solid
Texture Mapping – Final Rendering.

Unit III
ANIMATION BASICS AND ADVANCED MODELING: Animation Basics - Introduction -
Key framing – Interpolations – Parameter - curve Editing – Dope Sheet Editing - Forward
Kinematics - Inverse Kinematics - Motion Paths - Shape Deformations - Camera Animation -
Animating Lights and Surface Properties - Pose-based Animation - Advanced Modeling:
Introduction - Virtual Sculpting - Digitizing Techniques –Procedural Modeling - Stitched Patches -
Subdivision Surfaces - Displacement Mapping - Hair and Fur-Paint based Modeling - Higher-level
Primitives.

Unit IV
ADVANCED RENDERING: Introduction - Atmospheric Effects – Fractals - Lighting Subtleties
- Advanced Texturing - Texturing Polygons - Background Shaders - Non-Photorealistic Rendering
- Reflection Maps and Environment Procedures - More Rendering Algorithms - Rendering for
Output.

Unit V
ADVANCED ANIMATION AND POSTPRODUCTION: Introduction - Animated Fillets -
Limits and Constraints – Metaballs - Expressions and Driven Keys - Motion Dynamics -
Principles, Rigid Bodies - Soft-Body Dynamics - Particle Systems - Cloth Dynamics - Motion
Capture - Camera-Motion Matching - Character Rigging - Movement Controls, Deformation
Controls - Facial Animation - Nonlinear Animation Postproduction - Introduction-Compositing-
Editing.

Text Book:
1. Michael O’Rourke, Principles of Three-Dimensional Computer Animation, Third Edition,
W.W.Norton & Company Ltd., 2003. ISBN: 0-393-73083-2.

Reference Books:
1. John Vince, Essential Computer Animation, Springer-Verlag, 2000. ISBN: 1-85233-141-0.
2. Marcia Kuperberg, A Guide to Computer Animation, Focal Press, 2002. ISBN: 0-240-
51671-0.
3. Daniel Cunliffe, Geoff Elliott,Multimedia Computing,Crucial, 2003. ISBN: 1-903337-18-6.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-53

 12IT327 COMPUTER VISION LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. Creating panoramic images from series of images.

2. Video segmentation.
3. Homographic Estimation.
4. Hough Transform based line/circle detection.
5. Stereo Geometry.
6. Multiple View Geometry.
7. Projective Transformation.
8. Camera Calibration.
9. Structure from Motion.
10. Finding Depth map.

12IT328 ANIMATION LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

1. To perform shape tweening using Flash.

2. To implement motion tweening using Flash.
3. To frame by frame tweening using Flash.
4. To add a motion guide by Flash.
5. To create web pages and buttons using Flash.
6. To create multiple scenes using Flash.
7. To create an advertisement within a banner using Flash.
8. To implement an interactive player using Flash.
9. To create primitive and text animation using Maya.
10. To implement texture mapping using Maya.
11. To implement interactive animation using Maya.
12. To implement rendered animation like video using Maya.

12IT329 INTERACTIVE GAME DESIGN

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
To learn the concepts of designing a game and the role of a Game Designer.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be equipped with knowledge on the role of game designer, and game
designing.
• Students will be able to acquire knowledge about the formal and dramatic elements of
game design

Unit I
INTRODUCTION – GAME DESIGN BASICS: The role of the game Designer- Passion and
Skills- A Play centric design process- Designing for innovation – The Structure of Games: Go fish
versus Quake-Engaging the player- The sum of parts- Defining games.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-54

Unit II
DESIGNING A GAME I : Working with formal elements: Players-Objectives- procedures-
rulesresources-conflicts-boundaries-outcome. Dramatic elements: Challenge-Play-Premise-
characterstory-world building. Working with system Dynamics: Games as Systems-System
dynamics, interacting with systems-Tuning game systems.

Unit III
DESIGNING A GAME II: Conceptualization: Ideas-Brain Storming skills-alternate methods-
Editing and refining – turning idea into game. Prototyping: Methods of prototyping-Prototyping
original game idea. Digital Prototyping: Types of digital prototype-designing control schemes-
selecting view points – effective interface design-prototyping tools.

Unit IV
WORKING AS A GAME DESIGNER I: Play Testing: Play testing and interactive design –
Play testing session-methods- the play matrix- usability techniques- test control situation –
Functionality, Completeness & Balance, Fun & Accessibility

Unit V
WORKING AS A GAME DESIGNER II: Team Structure- Developers team – publishers team-
contribution to the design- team communication. Stages of Development: Stages- project plan-The
Design Document: Communication- contents-writing.

Text Book:
1. 1.Tracy Fulerton, Christopher Swain, Steven Haffman, Game Design Workshop: A
PlayCentric Approach to Creating Innovative Games, Second Edition, Elsevier, 2003,
ISBN: 0240809748, 9780240809748.

12IT330 MULTIMEDIA DATABASE

Credits 4:0:0
Course Objective:
• To study the design, indexing and retrieval of centralized and distributed Multimedia
Database.
• To introduce trends in Multimedia Data Management and Mining used for Electronic
Enterprise.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be equipped with knowledge on the concepts on Distributed Multimedia
Database, video indexing and retrieval techniques
• Students will be able to implement the text document and retrieval techniques

Unit 1
INTRODUCTION TO MULTIMEDIA DATABASE: Multimedia Data Types and Formats -
Multimedia Database Design Issues.

Unit II
TEXT DOCUMENT INDEXING AND RETRIEVAL:- Indexing and Retrieval of Audio -
Image Indexing and Retrieval

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-55

Unit III
VIDEO INDEXING AND RETRIEVAL: Integrated Multimedia Indexing and Retrieval -.
Techniques and Data Structures for Efficient Multimedia Similarity Search.

Unit IV
SYSTEM SUPPORT FOR DISTRIBUTED MULTIMEDIA DATABASES: Introduction -
QoS Management - Design Goals of Multimedia Systems - Multimedia Data Storage Devices and
Management - Multimedia Computer Architectures - Multimedia Operating Systems - Multimedia
Networks - Multimedia Transport Protocols - Achieving Overall Synchronous Presentation.

Unit V
MEASUREMENT OF MULTIMEDIA INFORMATION RETRIEVAL EFFECTIVENESS:
Products, Applications and New Developments - Multimedia for Web and E-Commerce -
Multimedia for Collaboration, Knowledge Management and Training for the Web - Security and
Privacy Considerations for Managing and Mining Multimedia Databases - Standards, Prototypes
and Products for Multimedia Data Management and Mining.

Text Books:
1. Guojun Lu, Multimedia Database Management Systems, First Edition, Artech House
Publishers, 1999. ISBN: 0890063427, 9780890063422.
2. Bhavani M. Thuraisingham, Managing and Mining Multimedia Databases, First Edition,
CRC Press, 2001. ISBN: 0849300371, 9780849300370

Reference Books:
1. Lynne Dunckley, Multimedia Databases, First Edition, Addison-Wesley, 2003. ISBN
:0201788993, 9780201788990.
2. Kingsley C. Nwosu, Bhavani M. Thuraisingham, P. Bruce Berra, Multimedia Database
Systems, First Edition, Springer, 1996. ISBN: 0792397126, 9780792397120.

12IT331 MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATION FOR IMAGE AND VIDEO PROCESSING

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
• To understand basic mathematical concepts and signal processing involved in image
processing.
• To provide basic idea behind image segmentation.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to understand matrix, differentiation and integration techniques
required for image processing.
• The student will be able to understand various filters and have basic knowledge required
for segmentation

Unit I
LINEAR ALGEBRA: Rank of a matrix – Consistency of linear system of equations – Eigen
value problem –Eigen values and eigenvectors of a real matrix – Characteristic equation –
Properties of eigen values and eigenvectors – Cayley –Hamilton theorem (without proof) –
Similarity transformation (concept only) – Orthogonal matrices – Orthogonal transformation of a
symmetric matrix to diagonal form – Reduction of quadratic form to canonical form by orthogonal

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-56

transformation. Transforms: Fourier transforms pairs, Properties, Cosine transforms, Wavelet
transforms.

Unit II
DIFFERENTIATION TECHNIQUES: Derivatives of elementary function from first principle –
Derivatives of inverse functions –Logarithmic differentiation – Differentiation of parametric
functions – Second order derivatives.

Unit III
INTEGRATION TECHNIQUES: Integrals of functions – Methods of integration –
Decomposition method – Method of substitution – Integration by parts.

Unit IV
FILTERS: Spatial Domain methods: Basic grey level transformation – Histogram equalization –
Image subtraction – Image averaging –Spatial filtering: Smoothing, sharpening filters – Laplacian
filters – Frequency domain filters: Smoothing – Sharpening filters – Homomorphic filtering.

Unit V
SEGMENTATION: Edge detection – Thresholding - Region Based segmentation – Boundary
representation: chair codes- Polygonal approximation – Boundary segments – boundary
descriptors: Simple descriptors-Fourier descriptors - Regional descriptors –Simple descriptors.

Text Books
1. Grewal, B.S., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Thirty Sixth Edition, Khanna Publishers,
Delhi, 2001.
2. S Salivahanan, Digital Signal Processing, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2000.
3. Gonzalez and Woods, Digital Image Processing, Third Edition, 2008.

12IT332 USER INTERFACE DESIGN

Credits: 4:0:0

Course Objective:
• To provide an introduction to the human computer interface.
• To address the interface and screen design from the user’s perspective.
• To study and understand the testing methods.

Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to understand reasoning behind the guidelines and use of the design
methods.
• Students will be able to understand interesting possibilities for supporting users in the
performance of their tasks and design user interfaces for business web applications.

Unit I
IMPORTANCE OF THE USER INTERFACE: Defining the User Interface-The Importance of
Good Design-A Brief History of Human Computer Interface- Characteristics of graphical and web
user interface: The Graphical User Interface-The Web User Interface-The Merging of Graphical
Business Systems and the Web- The User interface design process: Obstacles and pitfalls in
development path-Usability.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-57

Unit II
UNDERSTAND THE CLIENT: Important Human Characteristics in Design-Human
considerations in the design of business systems - Human interaction speed-Understand the
Business Function - Determining Basic business Functions- Design standards and style guides-
Documentation-Understand the principles of good Screen Design: Human Considerations in screen
design.

Unit III
DEVELOP SYSTEM MENUS AND NAVIGATION SCHEMES: Structures of menus –
Functions of menus – Content of menus –Formatting of Menus-Phrasing the Menus-Selecting
Menu choices-Navigating Menus-Select the Proper Kinds of Windows - Characteristics-
Components-Presentation styles-Types-Managements-organizations- Web systems.

Unit IV
USER INTERFACE CONTROLS: Characteristics-selecting proper device-based controls-Chose
the proper Screen -based controls -Operable control – Text Entry/Read-only controls-Selection
controls-Combination control-Custom control-Presentation control –Write clear text and messages
- Text for Web pages – Provide effective feedback, guidance & assistance - Providing proper
feedback-Guidance and Assistance-Provide Effective Internationalization and Accessibility -
Internationalization-Accessibility-Create Meaningful graphics, Icons and Images- Icons-
Multimedia.

Unit V
CHOOSING COLORS AND WINDOWS LAYOUTS: Color-uses-Problems with Color –
Choosing Colors for Textual Graphic screens – Choosing Colors for Statistical Graphics Screens –
Organize and Layout Windows and Pages: Organizing and Laying Out Screens – Test and Retest -
Prototypes - Kinds of tests – Developing and conducting a test.

Text book:
1. Wilbert. O. Galitz , The Essential Guide to User Interface Design: An Introduction to GUI
Design Principles and Techniques, John Wiley and Sons, 2007. ISBN 81-265-0280-0.

Reference Books:
1. Ben Shneiderman, Maxine Cohen, Designing the user interface-Strategies for Eeffective
Human-Computer Interaction, Fifth Edition, Pearson Education, 2008. ISBN:13:
9780321537355
2. JoAnn T. Hackos, Janice C. Redish, User and Task Analysis for Interface Design, First
Edition, Wiley, ISBN :978-0471178316
3. Alan J. Dix, Janet E. Finlay, Gregory D. Abowd, Russell Beale, Janet E. Finley., Human-
Computer Interaction, Second Edition, Prentice Hall, 1998. ISBN: 978-0132398640
4. Helen Sharp, Yvonne Rogers, Jenny Preece, Interaction Design: Beyond Human-Computer
Interaction, Second Edition, Wiley, 2007. ISBN-13: 978-0470018668

12IT333 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:

• To understand Traditional Project Management, Resource Requirements and Cost.

• To create project Management Life Cycles and Strategies.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-58

 • To build an effective Project Management Infrastructure.

Course Outcomes:

• Students will be able to understand the developing high quality software systems,
principles, concepts and techniques associated with software development.
• Students will be able to analyze and evaluate problems and draw on the theoretical and
technical knowledge to develop and implement plans for their resolution.

Unit I
PROJECT MANAGEMENT: Defining Project –A program-Understanding the scope triangle-
Envisioning scope triangle as system in balance-Managing Creeps- Understanding project
Management Process Groups- Using Tools, templates, and processes to scope a project-Managing
Client Expectations-Wants versus Needs-Conducting conditions of satisfaction-Planning and
Conducting the Project Scoping Meeting-gathering requirements-Building the requirement
breakdown structure-Using the RBS to choose a Best –Fit PMLC Model-Diagramming Business
Processes- .Prototyping your solution-Use Cases-validating the Business Case-Outsourcing to
vendors and contractors-procurement Management Life cycle-Vendor Evaluation-Vendor
Selection-Vendor Contracting-Contract Management-Vendor management-Writing an effective
Project Overview Statement-Gaining approval to plan project.

Unit II
ADAPTIVE PROJECT FRAMEWORK: Tools, templates, and processes used to plan a project-
the importance of planning-using application software packages to plan a project-Planning and
conducting joint project planning sessions-building the work breakdown structure-Approaches to
building the WBS-Estimating-Estimation life cycles-Estimating resource requirement-Resource
planning –Estimating Cost-Constructing the project network diagram-Planning for project risk:
The Risk Management Life Cycle-Writing an effective project proposal- Tools, templates, and
processes used to launch a project-recruiting the project team-Establishing Team Operating rules-
Managing Scope changes-Managing team communication-Assigning resources-Resource leveling
strategies- Tools, templates, and processes used to monitor and control a project-establishing your
progress reporting system-Applying Graphical Reporting Tools-Managing the scope bank-
Building and maintaining the issues log-managing project status meetings-defining a problem
escalation strategy-Gaining approval to close the project.

Unit III
PROJECT MANAGEMENT LANDSCAPE: Tools, templates, processes used to close a
project-writing & maintain client acceptance procedures-closing a project-getting client
acceptance-installing project deliverables-documenting the project-Conducting post
implementation audit-writing final report- Project management landscape-Traditional Project
Management-Using Critical Chain Project management.

Unit IV
PROJECT ESTABLISHMENT: Agile Project Management-Extreme Project Management-
Establishing & Maturing a Project Support Office.

Unit V
MANAGEMENT OF PROJECT: Establishing and Managing a Project Portfolio- Establishing
and Managing a Continuous process Improvement Program-Managing Distressed Projects-
Managing Multiple Team Projects.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-59

Text Book:
1. Robert K. Wyzocki, Rudd McGary, Effective Project Management, Fifth Edition, WILEY-
Dreamtech India Pvt. Ltd., 2009. ISBN: 978-81-265-2156-2.

Reference Books:
1. Roger S Pressman, Pressman Roger, Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach,
Seventh Edition, McGraw-Hill Higher Education, 2009. ISBN: 0073375977,
9780073375977.
2. Pankaj Jalote, Software project management in practice, Addison-Wesley, 2002. ISBN:
0201737213, 9780201737219.
3. Walker Royce, Software project management: a unified framework, Addison-Wesley,
1998. ISBN: 0201309580, 9780201309584.

Department of Information Technology Page No.4-60

 LIST OF SUBJECTS

Sub. Code Name of the Subject Credits

13IT201 System Administration 3:0:0
13IT202 Ethics in Information Technology 3:0:0
13IT203 Fundamentals of Human Computer Interaction 3:0:0

13IT201 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION

Credits: 3:0:0

Objective:
• To guide through the basics of Linux Technology and to train as a System Administrator to
maintain a Linux Server.
• To familiarize Kernel Components and System Management.
• To establish a Network and Secure Network Services.
Outcome:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
• Gain in-depth knowledge on the working of Linux systems
• Work on a Linux system and to locate additional utilities, configurations and maintenance.
• Demonstrate a working knowledge of networking terms and concepts pertaining to system
administration

Prerequisites - Introduction to UNIX and Principles of Operating Systems

Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Introducing Linux–Exploring the Desktop: Linux Graphical Desktop-Configuring
GNOME and KDE-Core Graphical Utilities-popular graphical Programs-Exploring the Bash Shell-Shell
Variables-Data Redirection-Editing Text with vi-Printing from the Command Line

Unit II
PROCESS MANAGEMENT: Understanding Users and File systems: Linux Users and Groups-File
Permissions, Introducing the File System- Managing File Archives.
Understanding Text Processing: Regular Expressions-Manipulating Files-Using sed and awk-More
advanced Text Editing, Managing Processes: Defining Managing Linux Processes-Managing Memory-
Scheduling Process-Controlling Access to at and crontab.

Unit III
KERNEL ADMINISTRATION: Using Network Clients: Remote Login-Data Services-Networking and
Diagnostic Tools, Installing Linux: Reviewing Computer’s Hardware-Configuring disk Space-Installing
Linux-Kickstart Installations, Understanding System initialization: Hardware Initialization-Configuring
Boot Loaders-init and its scripts-Controlling Services

Unit IV
MANAGING SOFTWARE PACKAGES AND FILE SYSTEMS: Managing Packages: Updating the
System-Understanding the file system, Managing Users: Creating and managing user accounts-Complex
File Permissions- User Security Issues.
Unit V
SECURITY AND NETWORK ADMINISTRATION: Configuring Networks: Configuring Linux
Networking-DHCP-printing services, System and Kernel Management: Linux system back up – System
Logs-Exploring, Configuring and updating Kernel Components-Writing Shell Scripts-Advanced
Configuration and Troubleshooting.

Text Book:
1. Nicholas Wells, The Complete Guide to LINUX System Administration, Indian Edition, Cengage
Learning, 2005.

References Books:
1. Nicholas Wells, Guide to Linux installation and administration, Volume 1, Thomson Course
Technology, 2003
2. Evi Nemeth, Garth Snyder, Trent R. Hein , Linux administration handbook, Second Edition,
Pearson Education, 2007.
3. Tom Adelstein, Bill Lubanovic, Linux System Administration, O’Reilly Media Inc., First Edition,
2007.
 13IT202 ETHICS IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Credits: 3:0:0

Objective:
• To understand the development and need for issues regarding social, legal, privacy and the application
of computer ethics to information technology.
• To learn professional ethics, privacy, criminal conduct, property rights, free speech, access, and
reliability.
Outcome:
• Be able to identify issues of professional conduct in information technology.
• Be able to determine the impact of the privacy laws on information security policies.
• Understand the issues related to intellectual freedom, intellectual property, and copyright law as they
relate to electronic publishing.
• Identify key ethical concerns of information technology specialists.
• Respond to and apply appropriate decisions around ethical issues in an array of information and
technology practices.
Prerequisite: Nil
Unit I
AN OVERVIEW OF ETHICS: Introduction to Ethics - Ethics in the Business World-Ethics in information
technology-Ethics for IT Workers and IT Users-IT Professionals-IT professional malpractice-IT Users
Unit II
COMPUTER AND INTERNET CRIME, PRIVACY: IT Security Incidents: A major concern-
Implementing Trustworthy Computing- Privacy-Privacy Protection and the Law-Key Privacy and Anonymity
Issues
Unit III
FREEDOM OF EXPRESSION AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY: First Amendment Rights-Freedom
of Expression: Key Issues-Intellectual Property-What is Intellectual Property?-Copyrights-Patents-Trade
Secrets-Key Intellectual Property Issues
Unit IV
SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT AND THE IMPACT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ON THE
PRODUCTIVITY AND QUALITY OF LIFE: Strategies to Engineer Quality Software-Key Issues in
Software Development- The impact of IT on the Standard of Living and Productivity - The impact of IT on
Healthcare Costs
Unit V
SOCIAL NETWORKING, ETHICS OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ORGANIZATIONS: Social
Networking Web Site – Business Applications of Online Social Networking-Social Networking Ethical Issues-
Online Virtual Worlds-Key ethical issues for Organizations-Need for Nontraditional Workers-Contingent
Workers-H-1B Workers-Outsourcing-Whistle Blowing-Green Computing-ICT Industry Code for Conduct
Text Book:
1. Ethics in Information Technology, Fourth Edition, by George Reynolds, CENGAGE Learning, 2012.
Reference Books:
1. Case Studies in Information Technology Ethics, Second Edition, by Richard A. Spinello, Prentice-
Hall, 2003.
2. A Gift of Fire:social, legal, and ethical issues for computing and the Internet, Second Edition, by Sara
Baase, Prentice Hall, 2008.
3. Ethics and Technology: Ethical Issues in an Age of Information and Communication Technology,
Second Edition by Tavani, H, John Wiley and Sons 2007.
 13IT203 FUNDAMENTALS OF HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION

Credits: 3:0:0

Objective:
• To learn the human computer interaction fundamentals.
• To address the basics of 2D graphics, event handling, widget architecture, layout algorithms and
management of multiple views of the same data.
• To study and understand the human physiology on user interface design.
Outcome:
Students will able to
• Design, implement and evaluate effective and usable graphical computer interfaces.
• Describe and apply core theories, models and methodologies in the field of Human Computer
Interaction.
• Learn current research in the field of Human Computer Interaction.
• Understand reasoning behind the guidelines and use of the design methods.

Prerequisite: Nil

Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS, DRAWING, EVENT HANDLING AND
WIDGETS: Humans as part of Information processing Systems – Architecture of interactive Systems –
Forms of Presentation – Forms of Expression - Redraw – Graphics Object – Light and Color – Drawing
Models – Draw Methods – Text Drawing – Windows System – Input Events – Event / Code Binding –
Model / View Notification – Essential Geometry – Controller Implementation – Polled Input- Simple,
Widgets – Container Widgets – Application Widgets – Model, View, Controller with Widgets

Unit II
LAYOUT CONSTRAINTS, MODELS, INTERFACE DESIGN TOOLS AND
INTERNATIONALIZATION: Layout – Constraints -Multiple View Models: Review of Model, View
Controller – Multiple Views with Differing View controls – Synchronized Selection – Managing Model
Persistence – Abstract Model Widgets: Tree, Table, Drawing Widget – Look and Feel: Consistency –
Look – Feel – Layout Design – Properties - Binding Events to Code - Locales – Unicode – Numbers,
Currency, and Measurements – Date and Time – Compound String Formatting – Sorting

Unit III
INPUT SYNTAX SPECIFICATION, 2D GEOMETRY, TRANSFORMATIONS AND
INTERACTING WITH GEOMETRY: Mouse Event Diagrams – State Representations of Syntax –
Propositional Production Systems – Scroll Bar Syntax Example – Translating PPS into Code - Basic
matrix Algebra – Geometric problems for user interface work – forms of equations and their Solutions –
Geometric Shapes – Geometric Transformations –Interacting Coordinates – Creating Shapes, Selecting
Shapes, Manipulating Control Points, Transformations – Cut, Copy, Paste, Drag and Drop: Appropriate
Data Transfer – Making the Connection – Source / Destination Relationship – Drag and Drop – Undo,
Scripts and Versions: Undo Issues – Baseline and Forward Undo – Command Objects and Backup Undo
– Representing the History -Versioning

Unit IV
DISTRIBUTED AND COLLABORATIVE INTERACTION, TEXT, DIGITAL INK AND
SELECTION INPUT: Collaboration – Device Consistency – MVC and Distributed of the User
Interface – Pixel / Event Distribution – Graphics Package layer – Programmable API – Model Semantics
Distribution – Data Layer Distribution – Asynchronous Collaboration - Nature of Language – Evaluating
Text Input – Keyboard Input – Buttons – Chorded Text Entry – Other Inputs – Stylus – Pen / Touch Input
Devices – Stroke Processing – Gesture / Character Recognition – Digital Ink as a Data Type – Sketching
Tools – Annotation - Selection Theory – Standard menus – Improving Menus – Marking Menus – Stoke
Selection – Area / Cursor Modification for Icon Selection – Display Space Management: Window Styles
– Big Worlds in Small Windows

Unit V
PRESENTATION ARCHITECTURE, INTERACTION AND FUNCTIONAL DESIGN: Web
Interaction: Redirecting the Graphics Object – Image Space Architectures – Scene Graphs – Web
Interaction: Web Basics – Web model view controller – Enhancing Web Interaction – AJAX – Tools –
Beyond the Web – Physical Interaction: Controlling Light and Attention Demands – Polite Presentation –
Sensing the User and the World – Physical Sensing -A Historical perspective – Object Based Task /
Function Models –Evaluating Interaction: Situation / Task/ User (STU) – Formative Evaluation –
Summative Evaluation

Text book:
1. Dan R. Olsen, Human – Computer Interaction, Cengage Learning, 2010.

Reference Books:
1. Alan J. Dix, Janet E. Finlay, Gregory D. Abowd, Russell Beale, Janet E. Finley., Human-
Computer Interaction, Third Edition, Prentice Hall, 2004.
2. Christine Faulkner, The Essence of Human-Computer Interaction, First Impression 2011, Pearson
Education.
3. Helen Sharp, Yvonne Rogers, Jenny Preece, Interaction Design: Beyond Human-Computer
Interaction, Second Edition, Wiley, 2007.
4. Ben Shneiderman, Maxine Cohen, the user interface-Strategies for Effective Human-Computer
Interaction, Fifth Edition, Pearson Education, 2008.